The NeoMutt E-Mail Client

Michael Elkins

<me@cs.hmc.edu>

version 2020-04-24

Abstract

“All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.” — me, circa 1995

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

Table of Contents

1. Introduction

    1. NeoMutt Home Page
    2. Mailing Lists
    3. NeoMutt Online Resources
    4. Contributing to NeoMutt
    5. Typographical Conventions
    6. Copyright

2. Getting Started

    1. Core Concepts
    2. Screens and Menus

        2.1. Index
        2.2. Pager
        2.3. File Browser
        2.4. Sidebar
        2.5. Help
        2.6. Compose Menu
        2.7. Alias Menu
        2.8. Attachment Menu

    3. Moving Around in Menus
    4. Editing Input Fields

        4.1. Introduction
        4.2. History

    5. Reading Mail

        5.1. The Message Index
        5.2. The Pager
        5.3. Threaded Mode
        5.4. Miscellaneous Functions

    6. Sending Mail

        6.1. Introduction
        6.2. Editing the Message Header
        6.3. Sending Cryptographically Signed/Encrypted Messages
        6.4. Sending Format=Flowed Messages

    7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail
    8. Postponing Mail
    9. Logging
    10. Encryption and Signing

        10.1. OpenPGP Configuration
        10.2. S/MIME Configuration

3. Configuration

    1. Location of Initialization Files

        1.1. Location of system config files
        1.2. Location of user config files
        1.3. Config Priority

    2. Starter NeoMuttrc
    3. Syntax of Initialization Files
    4. Address Groups
    5. Defining/Using Aliases
    6. Changing the Default Key Bindings

        6.1. Warnings about Duplicated Bindings

    7. Defining Aliases for Character Sets
    8. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox
    9. Keyboard Macros
    10. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes

        10.1. Color Style
        10.2. Simple Colors
        10.3. Color Lists
        10.4. Mono Color

    11. Message Header Display

        11.1. Header Display
        11.2. Selecting Headers
        11.3. Ordering Displayed Headers

    12. Alternative Addresses
    13. Mailing Lists
    14. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes
    15. Monitoring Incoming Mail
    16. User-Defined Headers
    17. Specify Default Fcc: and/or Save Mailbox
    18. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients
    19. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message
    20. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient
    21. Dynamically Changing $index_format using Patterns
    22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer
    23. Executing Functions
    24. Message Scoring
    25. Spam Detection
    26. Setting and Querying Variables

        26.1. Variable Types
        26.2. Commands
        26.3. User-Defined Variables
        26.4. Type Conversions

    27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File
    28. Removing Hooks
    29. Format Strings

        29.1. Basic usage
        29.2. Conditionals
        29.3. Filters
        29.4. Padding
        29.5. Conditional Dates
        29.6. Bytes size display

    30. Control allowed header fields in a mailto: URL

4. Advanced Usage

    1. Character Set Handling
    2. Regular Expressions
    3. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging

        3.1. Pattern Modifier
        3.2. Simple Searches
        3.3. Nesting and Boolean Operators
        3.4. Searching by Date
        3.5. Gmail Patterns

    4. Marking Messages
    5. Using Tags
    6. Using Hooks

        6.1. Message Matching in Hooks
        6.2. Mailbox Matching in Hooks

    7. Managing the Environment
    8. External Address Queries
    9. Mailbox Formats
    10. Mailbox Shortcuts
    11. Handling Mailing Lists
    12. Display Munging
    13. New Mail Detection

        13.1. How New Mail Detection Works
        13.2. Polling For New Mail
        13.3. Monitoring New Mail
        13.4. Calculating Mailbox Message Counts

    14. Editing Threads

        14.1. Linking Threads
        14.2. Breaking Threads

    15. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support
    16. Start a WWW Browser on URLs
    17. Echoing Text
    18. Message Composition Flow
    19. Miscellany

5. NeoMutt's MIME Support

    1. Using MIME in NeoMutt

        1.1. MIME Overview
        1.2. Viewing MIME Messages in the Pager
        1.3. The Attachment Menu
        1.4. The Compose Menu

    2. MIME Type Configuration with mime.types
    3. MIME Viewer Configuration with Mailcap

        3.1. The Basics of the Mailcap File
        3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap
        3.3. Advanced Mailcap Usage
        3.4. Example Mailcap Files

    4. MIME Autoview
    5. MIME Multipart/Alternative

        5.1. Reading Multipart/Alternative Emails
        5.2. Composing Multipart/Alternative Emails

    6. MIME Multipart/Multilingual

        6.1. Reading Multipart/Multilingual Emails
        6.2. Composing Multipart/Multilingual Emails

    7. Attachment Searching and Counting
    8. MIME Lookup

6. Optional Features

    1. General Notes

        1.1. Enabling/Disabling Features
        1.2. URL Syntax

    2. SSL/TLS Support
    3. POP3 Support
    4. IMAP Support

        4.1. The IMAP Folder Browser
        4.2. Authentication

    5. SMTP Support
    6. OAUTHBEARER Support
    7. Managing Multiple Accounts
    8. Local Caching

        8.1. Header Caching
        8.2. Body Caching
        8.3. Cache Directories
        8.4. Maintenance

    9. Sending Anonymous Messages via Mixmaster
    10. Attach Headers Color Feature

        10.1. Support
        10.2. Introduction
        10.3. Usage
        10.4. neomuttrc
        10.5. See Also
        10.6. Known Bugs
        10.7. Credits

    11. Compose to Sender Feature

        11.1. Support
        11.2. Introduction
        11.3. Functions
        11.4. neomuttrc
        11.5. Known Bugs
        11.6. Credits

    12. Compressed Folders Feature

        12.1. Support
        12.2. Introduction
        12.3. Commands
        12.4. neomuttrc
        12.5. See Also
        12.6. Credits

    13. Conditional Dates Feature

        13.1. Support
        13.2. Introduction
        13.3. Variables
        13.4. neomuttrc
        13.5. See Also
        13.6. Known Bugs
        13.7. Credits

    14. Encrypt-to-Self Feature

        14.1. Support
        14.2. Introduction
        14.3. Variables
        14.4. neomuttrc
        14.5. Known Bugs
        14.6. Credits

    15. Fmemopen Feature

        15.1. Support
        15.2. Introduction
        15.3. See Also
        15.4. Known Bugs
        15.5. Credits

    16. Forgotten Attachment Feature

        16.1. Support
        16.2. Introduction
        16.3. Variables
        16.4. neomuttrc
        16.5. See Also
        16.6. Known Bugs
        16.7. Credits

    17. Global Hooks

        17.1. Introduction
        17.2. Commands
        17.3. neomuttrc
        17.4. See Also
        17.5. Known Bugs
        17.6. Credits

    18. Header Cache Compression Feature

        18.1. Support
        18.2. Introduction
        18.3. Variables
        18.4. neomuttrc
        18.5. Known Bugs
        18.6. Credits

    19. Ifdef Feature

        19.1. Support
        19.2. Introduction
        19.3. Commands
        19.4. neomuttrc
        19.5. Known Bugs
        19.6. Credits

    20. Index Color Feature

        20.1. Support
        20.2. Introduction
        20.3. Colors
        20.4. neomuttrc
        20.5. See Also
        20.6. Known Bugs
        20.7. Credits

    21. Initials Expando Feature

        21.1. Support
        21.2. Introduction
        21.3. Variables
        21.4. neomuttrc
        21.5. See Also
        21.6. Known Bugs
        21.7. Credits

    22. Kyoto Cabinet Feature

        22.1. Support
        22.2. Introduction
        22.3. See Also
        22.4. Known Bugs
        22.5. Credits

    23. Limit Current Thread Feature

        23.1. Support
        23.2. Introduction
        23.3. Functions
        23.4. neomuttrc
        23.5. Known Bugs
        23.6. Credits

    24. LMDB Feature

        24.1. Support
        24.2. Introduction
        24.3. See Also
        24.4. Known Bugs
        24.5. Credits

    25. Multiple FCC Feature

        25.1. Support
        25.2. Introduction
        25.3. See Also
        25.4. Known Bugs
        25.5. Credits

    26. Nested If Feature

        26.1. Support
        26.2. Introduction
        26.3. Variables
        26.4. neomuttrc
        26.5. See Also
        26.6. Known Bugs
        26.7. Credits

    27. New Mail Feature

        27.1. Support
        27.2. Introduction
        27.3. Variables
        27.4. neomuttrc
        27.5. See Also
        27.6. Known Bugs
        27.7. Credits

    28. NNTP Feature

        28.1. Support
        28.2. Introduction
        28.3. Variables
        28.4. Functions
        28.5. neomuttrc
        28.6. Known Bugs
        28.7. Credits

    29. Custom backend based Tags Feature

        29.1. Support
        29.2. Introduction
        29.3. Variables
        29.4. Functions
        29.5. Commands
        29.6. Colors
        29.7. neomuttrc
        29.8. Credits

    30. Notmuch Feature

        30.1. Support
        30.2. Introduction
        30.3. Using Notmuch
        30.4. Variables
        30.5. Functions
        30.6. Commands
        30.7. Colors
        30.8. neomuttrc
        30.9. See Also
        30.10. Known Bugs
        30.11. Credits

    31. Progress Bar Feature

        31.1. Support
        31.2. Introduction
        31.3. Colors
        31.4. neomuttrc
        31.5. See Also
        31.6. Known Bugs
        31.7. Credits

    32. Quasi-Delete Feature

        32.1. Support
        32.2. Introduction
        32.3. Functions
        32.4. neomuttrc
        32.5. See Also
        32.6. Known Bugs
        32.7. Credits

    33. Reply With X-Original-To Feature

        33.1. Support
        33.2. Introduction
        33.3. Variables
        33.4. neomuttrc
        33.5. Credits

    34. Sensible Browser Feature

        34.1. Support
        34.2. Introduction
        34.3. See Also
        34.4. Known Bugs
        34.5. Credits

    35. Sidebar Feature

        35.1. Support
        35.2. Introduction
        35.3. Variables
        35.4. Functions
        35.5. Commands
        35.6. Colors
        35.7. Sort
        35.8. neomuttrc
        35.9. See Also
        35.10. Known Bugs
        35.11. Credits

    36. Skip Quoted Feature

        36.1. Support
        36.2. Introduction
        36.3. Variables
        36.4. neomuttrc
        36.5. Known Bugs
        36.6. Credits

    37. Status Color Feature

        37.1. Support
        37.2. Introduction
        37.3. Commands
        37.4. Colors
        37.5. neomuttrc
        37.6. See Also
        37.7. Known Bugs
        37.8. Credits

    38. TLS-SNI Feature

        38.1. Support
        38.2. Introduction
        38.3. Known Bugs
        38.4. Credits

    39. Trash Folder Feature

        39.1. Support
        39.2. Introduction
        39.3. Variables
        39.4. Functions
        39.5. neomuttrc
        39.6. See Also
        39.7. Known Bugs
        39.8. Credits

    40. Autocrypt

        40.1. Requirements
        40.2. First Run
        40.3. Compose Menu
        40.4. Account Management
        40.5. Alternative Key and Keyring Strategies

7. Security Considerations

    1. Passwords
    2. Temporary Files
    3. Information Leaks

        3.1. Message-Id: headers
        3.2. mailto:-style Links

    4. External Applications

8. Performance Tuning

    1. Reading and Writing Mailboxes
    2. Reading Messages from Remote Folders
    3. Searching and Limiting

9. Reference

    1. Command-Line Options
    2. Configuration Commands
    3. Configuration Variables

        3.1. abort_backspace
        3.2. abort_key
        3.3. abort_noattach
        3.4. abort_noattach_regex
        3.5. abort_nosubject
        3.6. abort_unmodified
        3.7. alias_file
        3.8. alias_format
        3.9. allow_8bit
        3.10. allow_ansi
        3.11. arrow_cursor
        3.12. arrow_string
        3.13. ascii_chars
        3.14. ask_follow_up
        3.15. ask_x_comment_to
        3.16. askbcc
        3.17. askcc
        3.18. assumed_charset
        3.19. attach_charset
        3.20. attach_format
        3.21. attach_save_dir
        3.22. attach_save_without_prompting
        3.23. attach_sep
        3.24. attach_split
        3.25. attribution
        3.26. attribution_locale
        3.27. auto_subscribe
        3.28. auto_tag
        3.29. autocrypt
        3.30. autocrypt_acct_format
        3.31. autocrypt_dir
        3.32. autocrypt_reply
        3.33. autoedit
        3.34. beep
        3.35. beep_new
        3.36. bounce
        3.37. bounce_delivered
        3.38. braille_friendly
        3.39. browser_abbreviate_mailboxes
        3.40. catchup_newsgroup
        3.41. certificate_file
        3.42. change_folder_next
        3.43. charset
        3.44. check_mbox_size
        3.45. check_new
        3.46. collapse_all
        3.47. collapse_flagged
        3.48. collapse_unread
        3.49. compose_format
        3.50. config_charset
        3.51. confirmappend
        3.52. confirmcreate
        3.53. connect_timeout
        3.54. content_type
        3.55. copy
        3.56. crypt_autoencrypt
        3.57. crypt_autopgp
        3.58. crypt_autosign
        3.59. crypt_autosmime
        3.60. crypt_chars
        3.61. crypt_confirmhook
        3.62. crypt_opportunistic_encrypt
        3.63. crypt_opportunistic_encrypt_strong_keys
        3.64. crypt_protected_headers_read
        3.65. crypt_protected_headers_save
        3.66. crypt_protected_headers_subject
        3.67. crypt_protected_headers_write
        3.68. crypt_replyencrypt
        3.69. crypt_replysign
        3.70. crypt_replysignencrypted
        3.71. crypt_timestamp
        3.72. crypt_use_gpgme
        3.73. crypt_use_pka
        3.74. crypt_verify_sig
        3.75. date_format
        3.76. debug_file
        3.77. debug_level
        3.78. default_hook
        3.79. delete
        3.80. delete_untag
        3.81. digest_collapse
        3.82. display_filter
        3.83. dsn_notify
        3.84. dsn_return
        3.85. duplicate_threads
        3.86. edit_headers
        3.87. editor
        3.88. empty_subject
        3.89. encode_from
        3.90. envelope_from_address
        3.91. escape
        3.92. external_search_command
        3.93. fast_reply
        3.94. fcc_attach
        3.95. fcc_before_send
        3.96. fcc_clear
        3.97. flag_chars
        3.98. flag_safe
        3.99. folder
        3.100. folder_format
        3.101. followup_to
        3.102. followup_to_poster
        3.103. force_name
        3.104. forward_attachments
        3.105. forward_attribution_intro
        3.106. forward_attribution_trailer
        3.107. forward_decode
        3.108. forward_decrypt
        3.109. forward_edit
        3.110. forward_format
        3.111. forward_quote
        3.112. forward_references
        3.113. from
        3.114. from_chars
        3.115. gecos_mask
        3.116. group_index_format
        3.117. hdrs
        3.118. header
        3.119. header_cache
        3.120. header_cache_backend
        3.121. header_cache_compress_level
        3.122. header_cache_compress_method
        3.123. header_color_partial
        3.124. help
        3.125. hidden_host
        3.126. hidden_tags
        3.127. hide_limited
        3.128. hide_missing
        3.129. hide_thread_subject
        3.130. hide_top_limited
        3.131. hide_top_missing
        3.132. history
        3.133. history_file
        3.134. history_remove_dups
        3.135. honor_disposition
        3.136. honor_followup_to
        3.137. hostname
        3.138. idn_decode
        3.139. idn_encode
        3.140. ignore_list_reply_to
        3.141. imap_authenticators
        3.142. imap_check_subscribed
        3.143. imap_condstore
        3.144. imap_deflate
        3.145. imap_delim_chars
        3.146. imap_fetch_chunk_size
        3.147. imap_headers
        3.148. imap_idle
        3.149. imap_keepalive
        3.150. imap_list_subscribed
        3.151. imap_login
        3.152. imap_oauth_refresh_command
        3.153. imap_pass
        3.154. imap_passive
        3.155. imap_peek
        3.156. imap_pipeline_depth
        3.157. imap_poll_timeout
        3.158. imap_qresync
        3.159. imap_rfc5161
        3.160. imap_servernoise
        3.161. imap_user
        3.162. implicit_autoview
        3.163. include
        3.164. include_encrypted
        3.165. include_onlyfirst
        3.166. indent_string
        3.167. index_format
        3.168. inews
        3.169. ispell
        3.170. keep_flagged
        3.171. mail_check
        3.172. mail_check_recent
        3.173. mail_check_stats
        3.174. mail_check_stats_interval
        3.175. mailcap_path
        3.176. mailcap_sanitize
        3.177. maildir_check_cur
        3.178. maildir_header_cache_verify
        3.179. maildir_trash
        3.180. mark_macro_prefix
        3.181. mark_old
        3.182. markers
        3.183. mask
        3.184. mbox
        3.185. mbox_type
        3.186. menu_context
        3.187. menu_move_off
        3.188. menu_scroll
        3.189. message_cache_clean
        3.190. message_cachedir
        3.191. message_format
        3.192. meta_key
        3.193. metoo
        3.194. mh_purge
        3.195. mh_seq_flagged
        3.196. mh_seq_replied
        3.197. mh_seq_unseen
        3.198. mime_forward
        3.199. mime_forward_decode
        3.200. mime_forward_rest
        3.201. mime_subject
        3.202. mime_type_query_command
        3.203. mime_type_query_first
        3.204. move
        3.205. narrow_tree
        3.206. net_inc
        3.207. new_mail_command
        3.208. news_cache_dir
        3.209. news_server
        3.210. newsgroups_charset
        3.211. newsrc
        3.212. nm_db_limit
        3.213. nm_default_url
        3.214. nm_exclude_tags
        3.215. nm_flagged_tag
        3.216. nm_open_timeout
        3.217. nm_query_type
        3.218. nm_query_window_current_position
        3.219. nm_query_window_current_search
        3.220. nm_query_window_duration
        3.221. nm_query_window_timebase
        3.222. nm_record
        3.223. nm_record_tags
        3.224. nm_replied_tag
        3.225. nm_unread_tag
        3.226. nntp_authenticators
        3.227. nntp_context
        3.228. nntp_listgroup
        3.229. nntp_load_description
        3.230. nntp_pass
        3.231. nntp_poll
        3.232. nntp_user
        3.233. pager
        3.234. pager_context
        3.235. pager_format
        3.236. pager_index_lines
        3.237. pager_stop
        3.238. pgp_auto_decode
        3.239. pgp_autoinline
        3.240. pgp_check_exit
        3.241. pgp_check_gpg_decrypt_status_fd
        3.242. pgp_clearsign_command
        3.243. pgp_decode_command
        3.244. pgp_decrypt_command
        3.245. pgp_decryption_okay
        3.246. pgp_default_key
        3.247. pgp_encrypt_only_command
        3.248. pgp_encrypt_sign_command
        3.249. pgp_entry_format
        3.250. pgp_export_command
        3.251. pgp_getkeys_command
        3.252. pgp_good_sign
        3.253. pgp_ignore_subkeys
        3.254. pgp_import_command
        3.255. pgp_list_pubring_command
        3.256. pgp_list_secring_command
        3.257. pgp_long_ids
        3.258. pgp_mime_auto
        3.259. pgp_replyinline
        3.260. pgp_retainable_sigs
        3.261. pgp_self_encrypt
        3.262. pgp_show_unusable
        3.263. pgp_sign_as
        3.264. pgp_sign_command
        3.265. pgp_sort_keys
        3.266. pgp_strict_enc
        3.267. pgp_timeout
        3.268. pgp_use_gpg_agent
        3.269. pgp_verify_command
        3.270. pgp_verify_key_command
        3.271. pipe_decode
        3.272. pipe_sep
        3.273. pipe_split
        3.274. pop_auth_try_all
        3.275. pop_authenticators
        3.276. pop_checkinterval
        3.277. pop_delete
        3.278. pop_host
        3.279. pop_last
        3.280. pop_oauth_refresh_command
        3.281. pop_pass
        3.282. pop_reconnect
        3.283. pop_user
        3.284. post_indent_string
        3.285. post_moderated
        3.286. postpone
        3.287. postpone_encrypt
        3.288. postpone_encrypt_as
        3.289. postponed
        3.290. preconnect
        3.291. preferred_languages
        3.292. print
        3.293. print_command
        3.294. print_decode
        3.295. print_split
        3.296. prompt_after
        3.297. query_command
        3.298. query_format
        3.299. quit
        3.300. quote_regex
        3.301. toggle_quoted_show_levels
        3.302. read_inc
        3.303. read_only
        3.304. realname
        3.305. recall
        3.306. record
        3.307. reflow_space_quotes
        3.308. reflow_text
        3.309. reflow_wrap
        3.310. reply_regex
        3.311. reply_self
        3.312. reply_to
        3.313. reply_with_xorig
        3.314. resolve
        3.315. resume_draft_files
        3.316. resume_edited_draft_files
        3.317. reverse_alias
        3.318. reverse_name
        3.319. reverse_realname
        3.320. rfc2047_parameters
        3.321. save_address
        3.322. save_empty
        3.323. save_history
        3.324. save_name
        3.325. save_unsubscribed
        3.326. score
        3.327. score_threshold_delete
        3.328. score_threshold_flag
        3.329. score_threshold_read
        3.330. search_context
        3.331. send_charset
        3.332. sendmail
        3.333. sendmail_wait
        3.334. shell
        3.335. show_multipart_alternative
        3.336. show_new_news
        3.337. show_only_unread
        3.338. sidebar_component_depth
        3.339. sidebar_delim_chars
        3.340. sidebar_divider_char
        3.341. sidebar_folder_indent
        3.342. sidebar_format
        3.343. sidebar_indent_string
        3.344. sidebar_new_mail_only
        3.345. sidebar_next_new_wrap
        3.346. sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only
        3.347. sidebar_on_right
        3.348. sidebar_short_path
        3.349. sidebar_sort_method
        3.350. sidebar_visible
        3.351. sidebar_width
        3.352. sig_dashes
        3.353. sig_on_top
        3.354. signature
        3.355. simple_search
        3.356. size_show_bytes
        3.357. size_show_fractions
        3.358. size_show_mb
        3.359. size_units_on_left
        3.360. skip_quoted_offset
        3.361. sleep_time
        3.362. smart_wrap
        3.363. smileys
        3.364. smime_ask_cert_label
        3.365. smime_ca_location
        3.366. smime_certificates
        3.367. smime_decrypt_command
        3.368. smime_decrypt_use_default_key
        3.369. smime_default_key
        3.370. smime_encrypt_command
        3.371. smime_encrypt_with
        3.372. smime_get_cert_command
        3.373. smime_get_cert_email_command
        3.374. smime_get_signer_cert_command
        3.375. smime_import_cert_command
        3.376. smime_is_default
        3.377. smime_keys
        3.378. smime_pk7out_command
        3.379. smime_self_encrypt
        3.380. smime_sign_as
        3.381. smime_sign_command
        3.382. smime_sign_digest_alg
        3.383. smime_timeout
        3.384. smime_verify_command
        3.385. smime_verify_opaque_command
        3.386. smtp_authenticators
        3.387. smtp_oauth_refresh_command
        3.388. smtp_pass
        3.389. smtp_user
        3.390. smtp_url
        3.391. sort
        3.392. sort_alias
        3.393. sort_aux
        3.394. sort_browser
        3.395. sort_re
        3.396. spam_separator
        3.397. spoolfile
        3.398. ssl_ca_certificates_file
        3.399. ssl_ciphers
        3.400. ssl_client_cert
        3.401. ssl_force_tls
        3.402. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits
        3.403. ssl_starttls
        3.404. ssl_use_sslv3
        3.405. ssl_use_tlsv1
        3.406. ssl_use_tlsv1_1
        3.407. ssl_use_tlsv1_2
        3.408. ssl_use_tlsv1_3
        3.409. ssl_verify_dates
        3.410. ssl_verify_host
        3.411. status_chars
        3.412. status_format
        3.413. status_on_top
        3.414. strict_threads
        3.415. suspend
        3.416. text_flowed
        3.417. thorough_search
        3.418. thread_received
        3.419. tilde
        3.420. time_inc
        3.421. timeout
        3.422. tmpdir
        3.423. to_chars
        3.424. trash
        3.425. ts_enabled
        3.426. ts_icon_format
        3.427. ts_status_format
        3.428. tunnel
        3.429. uncollapse_jump
        3.430. uncollapse_new
        3.431. use_8bitmime
        3.432. use_domain
        3.433. use_envelope_from
        3.434. use_from
        3.435. use_ipv6
        3.436. user_agent
        3.437. vfolder_format
        3.438. virtual_spoolfile
        3.439. visual
        3.440. wait_key
        3.441. weed
        3.442. wrap
        3.443. wrap_headers
        3.444. wrap_search
        3.445. write_bcc
        3.446. write_inc
        3.447. x_comment_to

    4. Functions

        4.1. Generic Menu
        4.2. Index Menu
        4.3. Pager Menu
        4.4. Alias Menu
        4.5. Query Menu
        4.6. Attachment Menu
        4.7. Compose Menu
        4.8. Postpone Menu
        4.9. Browser Menu
        4.10. Pgp Menu
        4.11. Smime Menu
        4.12. Editor Menu
        4.13. Autocrypt Account Menu

10. Miscellany

    1. Acknowledgements
    2. About This Document

List of Tables

1.1. Typographical conventions for special terms
2.1. sidebar_format
2.2. sidebar_format examples
2.3. Sidebar Color Priority
2.4. Config Changes
2.5. Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus
2.6. Most common navigation keys in page-based menus
2.7. Most common line editor keys
2.8. Most common message index keys
2.9. Message status flags
2.10. Message recipient flags
2.11. Most common pager keys
2.12. ANSI escape sequences
2.13. Color sequences
2.14. Most common thread mode keys
2.15. Special Thread Characters
2.16. Most common mail sending keys
2.17. Most common compose menu keys
2.18. PGP key menu flags
3.1. NeoMutt config file search order
3.2. NeoMutt system config file locations
3.3. NeoMutt user config file locations
3.4. Config Priority
3.5. Symbolic key names
3.6. Simple Colours
3.7. Simple Index Colours
3.8. Simple Sidebar Colours
3.9. Simple Compose Colours
3.10. Quoted Email Colours
3.11. Colour Regex Lists
4.1. POSIX regular expression character classes
4.2. Regular expression repetition operators
4.3. GNU regular expression extensions
4.4. Pattern modifiers
4.5. Relative Message Number Ranges
4.6. Message Number Shortcuts
4.7. Absolute Message Number Ranges
4.8. Simple search keywords
4.9. Date units
4.10. Relative date units
4.11. Gmail Example Patterns
4.12. Mailbox shortcuts
5.1. Supported MIME types
6.1. compose-to-sender Functions
6.2. Not all Hooks are Required
6.3. Potential Formatting Scheme
6.4. Date Formatting Codes
6.5. Example Date Tests
6.6. Example 1
6.7. Example 2
6.8. encrypt-self Variables
6.9. forgotten-attachment Variables
6.10. Header Cache Compression Variables
6.11. Header Cache Compression Methods and it's Levels
6.12. Index Colors
6.13. Limit-Current-Thread Functions
6.14. New Mail Command Variables
6.15. NNTP Variables
6.16. NNTP Functions
6.17. Custom tags Variables
6.18. Notmuch/IMAP Functions
6.19. Index Colors
6.20. Notmuch Variables
6.21. Notmuch Functions
6.22. Progress Colors
6.23. Quasi-Delete Functions
6.24. Reply With X-Original-To Variables
6.25. Sidebar Variables
6.26. Sidebar Functions
6.27. Sidebar Colors
6.28. Sidebar Sort
6.29. Skip-Quoted Variables
6.30. Status Colors
6.31. Trash Variables
6.32. Trash Functions
9.1. Command line options
9.2. Default Generic Menu Bindings
9.3. Default Index Menu Bindings
9.4. Default Pager Menu Bindings
9.5. Default Alias Menu Bindings
9.6. Default Query Menu Bindings
9.7. Default Attachment Menu Bindings
9.8. Default Compose Menu Bindings
9.9. Default Postpone Menu Bindings
9.10. Default Browser Menu Bindings
9.11. Default Pgp Menu Bindings
9.12. Default Smime Menu Bindings
9.13. Default Editor Menu Bindings
9.14. Default Autocrypt Account Menu Bindings

List of Examples

3.1. Multiple configuration commands per line
3.2. Commenting configuration files
3.3. Escaping quotes in configuration files
3.4. Splitting long configuration commands over several lines
3.5. Using external command's output in configuration files
3.6. Preventing the output of backticks from being parsed
3.7. Using environment variables in configuration files
3.8. Configuring external alias files
3.9. Setting sort method based on mailbox name
3.10. Header weeding
3.11. Configuring header display order
3.12. Defining custom headers
3.13. Using %-expandos in save-hook
3.14. Embedding push in folder-hook
3.15. Configuring spam detection
3.16. Using user-defined variables for config file readability
3.17. Using user-defined variables for backing up other config option values
3.18. Deferring user-defined variable expansion to runtime
3.19. Type conversions using variables
3.20. Using external filters in format strings
4.1. Matching all addresses in address lists
4.2. Matching restricted to aliases
4.3. Matching any defined alias
4.4. Using boolean operators in patterns
4.5. Specifying a “default” hook
4.6. Subject Munging
5.1. mime.types
5.2. Attachment counting
6.1. URLs
6.2. Managing multiple accounts
6.3. Example of open-hook
6.4. Example of close-hook
6.5. Example of append-hook

Chapter 1. Introduction

Table of Contents

1. NeoMutt Home Page
2. Mailing Lists
3. NeoMutt Online Resources
4. Contributing to NeoMutt
5. Typographical Conventions
6. Copyright

NeoMutt is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. NeoMutt is
highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular expression
searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting groups of
messages.

1. NeoMutt Home Page

The homepage can be found at https://neomutt.org.

2. Mailing Lists

  • <neomutt-users@neomutt.org> – help, bug reports and feature requests. To
    subscribe to this list, please send a mail to <
    neomutt-users-request@neomutt.org> with the subject "subscribe".

  • <neomutt-devel@neomutt.org> – development mailing list. To subscribe to
    this list, please send a mail to <neomutt-devel-request@neomutt.org> with
    the subject "subscribe".

3. NeoMutt Online Resources

Issue Tracking System

    Bugs may be reported on the devel mailing list, or on GitHub: https://
    github.com/neomutt/neomutt/issues

IRC

    For the IRC user community, visit channel #neomutt on irc.freenode.net.

4. Contributing to NeoMutt

There are various ways to contribute to the NeoMutt project.

Especially for new users it may be helpful to meet other new and experienced
users to chat about NeoMutt, talk about problems and share tricks.

Since translations of NeoMutt into other languages are highly appreciated, the
NeoMutt developers always look for skilled translators that help improve and
continue to maintain stale translations.

For contributing code patches for new features and bug fixes, please refer to
the developer pages at https://neomutt.org/dev.html for more details.

5. Typographical Conventions

This section lists typographical conventions followed throughout this manual.
See table Table 1.1, “Typographical conventions for special terms” for
typographical conventions for special terms.

Table 1.1. Typographical conventions for special terms

┌──────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
│     Item     │             Refers to...              │
├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│printf(3)     │UNIX manual pages, execute man 3 printf│
├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│<PageUp>      │named keys                             │
├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│<create-alias>│named NeoMutt function                 │
├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│^G            │Control+G key combination              │
├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│$mail_check   │NeoMutt configuration option           │
├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│$HOME         │environment variable                   │
└──────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘


Examples are presented as:

neomutt -v

Within command synopsis, curly brackets (“{}”) denote a set of options of which
one is mandatory, square brackets (“[]”) denote optional arguments, three dots
denote that the argument may be repeated arbitrary times.

6. Copyright

NeoMutt is Copyright © 1996-2019 Michael R. Elkins <me@neomutt.org> and others.

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

Chapter 2. Getting Started

Table of Contents

1. Core Concepts
2. Screens and Menus

    2.1. Index
    2.2. Pager
    2.3. File Browser
    2.4. Sidebar
    2.5. Help
    2.6. Compose Menu
    2.7. Alias Menu
    2.8. Attachment Menu

3. Moving Around in Menus
4. Editing Input Fields

    4.1. Introduction
    4.2. History

5. Reading Mail

    5.1. The Message Index
    5.2. The Pager
    5.3. Threaded Mode
    5.4. Miscellaneous Functions

6. Sending Mail

    6.1. Introduction
    6.2. Editing the Message Header
    6.3. Sending Cryptographically Signed/Encrypted Messages
    6.4. Sending Format=Flowed Messages

7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail
8. Postponing Mail
9. Logging
10. Encryption and Signing

    10.1. OpenPGP Configuration
    10.2. S/MIME Configuration

This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use NeoMutt. There are
many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. There is even
more information available in the NeoMutt FAQ and various web pages. See the
NeoMutt homepage for more details.

The keybindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed. Your
local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site. You can
always type “?” in any menu to display the current bindings.

The first thing you need to do is invoke NeoMutt, simply by typing neomutt at
the command line. There are various command-line options, see either the
NeoMutt man page or the reference.

1. Core Concepts

NeoMutt is a text-based application which interacts with users through
different menus which are mostly line-/entry-based or page-based. A line-based
menu is the so-called “index” menu (listing all messages of the currently
opened folder) or the “alias” menu (allowing you to select recipients from a
list). Examples for page-based menus are the “pager” (showing one message at a
time) or the “help” menu listing all available key bindings.

The user interface consists of a context sensitive help line at the top, the
menu's contents followed by a context sensitive status line and finally the
command line. The command line is used to display informational and error
messages as well as for prompts and for entering interactive commands.

NeoMutt is configured through variables which, if the user wants to permanently
use a non-default value, are written to configuration files. NeoMutt supports a
rich config file syntax to make even complex configuration files readable and
commentable.

Because NeoMutt allows for customizing almost all key bindings, there are
so-called “functions” which can be executed manually (using the command line)
or in macros. Macros allow the user to bind a sequence of commands to a single
key or a short key sequence instead of repeating a sequence of actions over and
over.

Many commands (such as saving or copying a message to another folder) can be
applied to a single message or a set of messages (so-called “tagged” messages).
To help selecting messages, NeoMutt provides a rich set of message patterns
(such as recipients, sender, body contents, date sent/received, etc.) which can
be combined into complex expressions using the boolean and and or operations as
well as negating. These patterns can also be used to (for example) search for
messages or to limit the index to show only matching messages.

NeoMutt supports a “hook” concept which allows the user to execute arbitrary
configuration commands and functions in certain situations such as entering a
folder, starting a new message or replying to an existing one. These hooks can
be used to highly customize NeoMutt's behavior including managing multiple
identities, customizing the display for a folder or even implementing
auto-archiving based on a per-folder basis and much more.

Besides an interactive mode, NeoMutt can also be used as a command-line tool to
send messages. It also supports a mailx(1)-compatible interface, see Table 9.1,
“Command line options” for a complete list of command-line options.

2. Screens and Menus

2.1. Index

The index is the screen that you usually see first when you start NeoMutt. It
gives an overview over your emails in the currently opened mailbox. By default,
this is your system mailbox. The information you see in the index is a list of
emails, each with its number on the left, its flags (new email, important
email, email that has been forwarded or replied to, tagged email, ...), the
date when email was sent, its sender, the email size, and the subject.
Additionally, the index also shows thread hierarchies: when you reply to an
email, and the other person replies back, you can see the other person's email
in a "sub-tree" below. This is especially useful for personal email between a
group of people or when you've subscribed to mailing lists.

2.2. Pager

The pager is responsible for showing the email content. On the top of the pager
you have an overview over the most important email headers like the sender, the
recipient, the subject, and much more information. How much information you
actually see depends on your configuration, which we'll describe below.

Below the headers, you see the email body which usually contains the message.
If the email contains any attachments, you will see more information about them
below the email body, or, if the attachments are text files, you can view them
directly in the pager.

To give the user a good overview, it is possible to configure NeoMutt to show
different things in the pager with different colors. Virtually everything that
can be described with a regular expression can be colored, e.g. URLs, email
addresses or smileys.

2.3. File Browser

The file browser is the interface to the local or remote file system. When
selecting a mailbox to open, the browser allows custom sorting of items,
limiting the items shown by a regular expression and a freely adjustable format
of what to display in which way. It also allows for easy navigation through the
file system when selecting file(s) to attach to a message, select multiple
files to attach and many more.

Some mail systems can nest mail folders inside other mail folders. The normal
open entry commands in NeoMutt will open the mail folder and you can't see the
sub-folders. If you instead use the <descend-directory> function it will go
into the directory and not open it as a mail directory.

2.4. Sidebar

The Sidebar shows a list of all your mailboxes. The list can be turned on and
off, it can be themed and the list style can be configured.

This part of the manual is suitable for beginners. If you already know NeoMutt
you could skip ahead to the main Sidebar guide. If you just want to get
started, you could use the sample Sidebar neomuttrc.

To check if NeoMutt supports “Sidebar”, look for the string +sidebar in the
neomutt version.

neomutt -v

Let's turn on the Sidebar:

set sidebar_visible
set sidebar_format = "%B%?F? [%F]?%* %?N?%N/?%S"
set mail_check_stats

You will see something like this. A list of mailboxes on the left. A list of
emails, from the selected mailbox, on the right.

Fruit [1]     3/8|  1    + Jan 24  Rhys Lee         (192)  Yew
Animals [1]   2/6|  2    + Feb 11  Grace Hall       (167)  Ilama
Cars            4|  3      Feb 23  Aimee Scott      (450)  Nectarine
Seas          1/7|  4    ! Feb 28  Summer Jackson   (264)  Lemon
                 |  5      Mar 07  Callum Harrison  (464)  Raspberry
                 |  6 N  + Mar 24  Samuel Harris    (353)  Tangerine          
                 |  7 N  + Sep 05  Sofia Graham     (335)  Cherry
                 |  8 N    Sep 16  Ewan Brown       (105)  Ugli
                 |
                 |

This user has four mailboxes: “Fruit”, “Cars”, “Animals” and “Seas”.

The current, open, mailbox is “Fruit”. We can also see information about the
other mailboxes. For example: The “Animals” mailbox contains, 1 flagged email,
2 new emails out of a total of 6 emails.

2.4.1. Navigation

The Sidebar adds some new functions to NeoMutt.

The user pressed the “c” key to <change-folder> to the “Animals” mailbox. The
Sidebar automatically updated the indicator to match.

Fruit [1]     3/8|  1      Jan 03  Tia Gibson       (362)  Caiman
Animals [1]   2/6|  2    + Jan 22  Rhys Lee         ( 48)  Dolphin
Cars            4|  3    ! Aug 16  Ewan Brown       (333)  Hummingbird
Seas          1/7|  4      Sep 25  Grace Hall       ( 27)  Capybara
                 |  5 N  + Nov 12  Evelyn Rogers    (453)  Tapir              
                 |  6 N  + Nov 16  Callum Harrison  (498)  Hedgehog
                 |
                 |
                 |
                 |

Let's map some functions:

bind index,pager \CP sidebar-prev       # Ctrl-Shift-P – Previous Mailbox
bind index,pager \CN sidebar-next       # Ctrl-Shift-N – Next Mailbox
bind index,pager \CO sidebar-open       # Ctrl-Shift-O – Open Highlighted Mailbox

Press “Ctrl-Shift-N” (Next mailbox) twice will move the Sidebar highlight to
down to the “Seas” mailbox.

Fruit [1]     3/8|  1      Jan 03  Tia Gibson       (362)  Caiman
Animals [1]   2/6|  2    + Jan 22  Rhys Lee         ( 48)  Dolphin
Cars            4|  3    ! Aug 16  Ewan Brown       (333)  Hummingbird
Seas          1/7|  4      Sep 25  Grace Hall       ( 27)  Capybara
                 |  5 N  + Nov 12  Evelyn Rogers    (453)  Tapir              
                 |  6 N  + Nov 16  Callum Harrison  (498)  Hedgehog
                 |
                 |
                 |
                 |

Note

Functions <sidebar-next> and <sidebar-prev> move the Sidebar highlight. They do
not change the open mailbox.

Press “Ctrl-Shift-O” (<sidebar-open>) to open the highlighted mailbox.

Fruit [1]     3/8|  1    ! Mar 07  Finley Jones     (139)  Molucca Sea
Animals [1]   2/6|  2    + Mar 24  Summer Jackson   ( 25)  Arafura Sea
Cars            4|  3    + Feb 28  Imogen Baker     (193)  Pechora Sea
Seas          1/7|  4 N  + Feb 23  Isla Hussain     (348)  Balearic Sea       
                 |
                 |
                 |
                 |
                 |
                 |

2.4.2. Features

The Sidebar shows a list of mailboxes in a panel.

Everything about the Sidebar can be configured.

State of the Sidebar

  • Visibility

  • Width

Which mailboxes are displayed

  • Display all

  • Limit to mailboxes with new mail

  • Whitelist mailboxes to display always

The order in which mailboxes are displayed

  • Unsorted (order of mailboxes commands)

  • Sorted alphabetically

  • Sorted by number of new mails

Color

  • Sidebar indicators and divider

  • Mailboxes depending on their type

  • Mailboxes depending on their contents

Key bindings

  • Hide/Unhide the Sidebar

  • Select previous/next mailbox

  • Select previous/next mailbox with new mail

  • Page up/down through a list of mailboxes

Misc

  • Formatting string for mailbox

  • Wraparound searching

  • Flexible mailbox abbreviations

  • Support for Unicode mailbox names (UTF-8)

2.4.3. Display

Everything about the Sidebar can be configured.

For a quick reference:

  • Sidebar variables to set

  • Sidebar colors to apply

  • Sidebar sort methods

2.4.3.1. Sidebar Basics

The most important variable is $sidebar_visible. You can set this in your “
neomuttrc”, or bind a key to the function <sidebar-toggle-visible>.

set sidebar_visible                         # Make the Sidebar visible by default
bind index,pager B sidebar-toggle-visible   # Use 'B' to switch the Sidebar on and off

Next, decide how wide you want the Sidebar to be. 25 characters might be enough
for the mailbox name and some numbers. Remember, you can hide/show the Sidebar
at the press of button.

Finally, you might want to change the divider character. By default, Sidebar
draws an ASCII line between it and the Index panel If your terminal supports
it, you can use a Unicode line-drawing character.

set sidebar_width = 25                  # Plenty of space
set sidebar_divider_char = '│'          # Pretty line-drawing character

2.4.3.2. Sidebar Format String

$sidebar_format allows you to customize the Sidebar display. For an
introduction, read format strings including the section about conditionals.

The default value is: %B%* %n

A more detailed value is: %B%?F? [%F]?%* %?N?%N/?%S

Which breaks down as:

  • %B – Mailbox name

  • %?F? [%F]? – If flagged emails [%F], otherwise nothing

  • %* – Pad with spaces

  • %?N?%N/? – If new emails %N/, otherwise nothing

  • %S – Total number of emails

Table 2.1. sidebar_format

┌──────┬─────┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Format│Notes│                          Description                           │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%B    │     │Name of the mailbox                                             │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d    │* ‡  │Number of deleted messages                                      │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%D    │     │Descriptive name of the mailbox                                 │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%F    │* †  │Number of flagged messages in the mailbox                       │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%L    │* ‡  │Number of messages after limiting                               │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n    │*    │If there's new mail, display “N”, otherwise “ ” (space).        │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%N    │* †  │Number of unread messages in the mailbox (seen or unseen)       │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%o    │* †  │Number of old messages in the mailbox (unread, but seen)        │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%r    │* †  │Number of read messages in the mailbox                          │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%S    │* †  │Size of mailbox (total number of messages)                      │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t    │* ‡  │Number of tagged messages in the mailbox                        │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%Z    │* †  │Number of new messages in the mailbox (unread, unseen)          │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%Z    │* †  │Number of new messages in the mailbox (unread, unseen)          │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%!    │     │“!”: one flagged message; “!!”: two flagged messages; “n!”: n   │
│      │     │flagged messages (for n > 2). Otherwise prints nothing.         │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X   │     │Right justify the rest of the string and pad with “X”           │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X   │     │Pad to the end of the line with “X”                             │
├──────┼─────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X   │     │Soft-fill with character “X” as pad                             │
└──────┴─────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


* = Can be optionally printed if nonzero

† = To use this expandos, you must first:

set mail_check_stats

‡ = Only applicable to the current folder

Here are some examples. They show the number of (F)lagged, (N)ew and (S)ize.

Table 2.2. sidebar_format examples

┌─────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────┐
│         Format          │         Example          │
├─────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│%B%?F? [%F]?%* %?N?%N/?%S│mailbox [F]            N/S│
├─────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│%B%* %F:%N:%S            │mailbox              F:N:S│
├─────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│%B %?N?(%N)?%* %S        │mailbox (N)              S│
├─────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│%B%* ?F?%F/?%N           │mailbox                F/S│
└─────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────┘


2.4.3.3. Abbreviating Mailbox Names

$sidebar_delim_chars tells Sidebar how to split up mailbox paths. For local
directories use “/”; for IMAP folders use “.”

2.4.3.3.1. Example 1

This example works well if your mailboxes have unique names after the last
separator.

Add some mailboxes of different depths.

set folder="~/mail"
mailboxes =fruit/apple          =fruit/banana          =fruit/cherry
mailboxes =water/sea/sicily     =water/sea/archipelago =water/sea/sibuyan
mailboxes =water/ocean/atlantic =water/ocean/pacific   =water/ocean/arctic

Shorten the names:

set sidebar_short_path                  # Shorten mailbox names (truncate all subdirs)
set sidebar_component_depth=1           # Shorten mailbox names (truncate 1 subdirs)
set sidebar_delim_chars="/"             # Delete everything up to the last or Nth / character

The screenshot below shows what the Sidebar would look like before and after
shortening using sidebar_short_path.

|fruit/apple                            |apple
|fruit/banana                           |banana
|fruit/cherry                           |cherry
|water/sea/sicily                       |sicily
|water/sea/archipelago                  |archipelago
|water/sea/sibuyan                      |sibuyan
|water/ocean/atlantic                   |atlantic
|water/ocean/pacific                    |pacific
|water/ocean/arctic                     |arctic

The screenshot below shows what the Sidebar would look like before and after
shortening using sidebar_component_depth=1.

|fruit/apple                            |apple
|fruit/banana                           |banana
|fruit/cherry                           |cherry
|water/sea/sicily                       |sea/sicily
|water/sea/archipelago                  |sea/archipelago
|water/sea/sibuyan                      |sea/sibuyan
|water/ocean/atlantic                   |ocean/atlantic
|water/ocean/pacific                    |ocean/pacific
|water/ocean/arctic                     |ocean/arctic

2.4.3.3.2. Example 2

This example works well if you have lots of mailboxes which are arranged in a
tree.

Add some mailboxes of different depths.

set folder="~/mail"
mailboxes =fruit
mailboxes =fruit/apple =fruit/banana =fruit/cherry
mailboxes =water
mailboxes =water/sea
mailboxes =water/sea/sicily =water/sea/archipelago =water/sea/sibuyan
mailboxes =water/ocean
mailboxes =water/ocean/atlantic =water/ocean/pacific =water/ocean/arctic

Shorten the names:

set sidebar_short_path                  # Shorten mailbox names
set sidebar_delim_chars="/"             # Delete everything up to the last / character
set sidebar_folder_indent               # Indent folders whose names we've shortened
set sidebar_indent_string="  "          # Indent with two spaces

The screenshot below shows what the Sidebar would look like before and after
shortening.

|fruit                                  |fruit
|fruit/apple                            |  apple
|fruit/banana                           |  banana
|fruit/cherry                           |  cherry
|water                                  |water
|water/sea                              |  sea
|water/sea/sicily                       |    sicily
|water/sea/archipelago                  |    archipelago
|water/sea/sibuyan                      |    sibuyan
|water/ocean                            |  ocean
|water/ocean/atlantic                   |    atlantic
|water/ocean/pacific                    |    pacific
|water/ocean/arctic                     |    arctic

Sometimes, it will be necessary to add mailboxes, that you don't use, to fill
in part of the tree. This will trade vertical space for horizontal space (but
it looks good).

2.4.3.4. Limiting the Number of Mailboxes

If you have a lot of mailboxes, sometimes it can be useful to hide the ones you
aren't using. $sidebar_new_mail_only tells Sidebar to only show mailboxes that
contain new, or flagged, email.

Sometimes it is useful to only show mailboxes that have mails in them, while
hiding the rest. $sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only tells the Sidebar to only show
mailboxes with a non-zero number of mails.

If you want some mailboxes to be always visible, then use the sidebar_whitelist
command. It takes a list of mailboxes as parameters.

set sidebar_new_mail_only               # Only mailboxes with new/flagged email
sidebar_whitelist fruit fruit/apple     # Always display these two mailboxes

2.4.4. Colors

Here is a sample color scheme:

color sidebar_indicator default color17     # Dark blue background
color sidebar_highlight white   color238    # Grey background
color sidebar_spoolfile yellow  default     # Yellow
color sidebar_unread    cyan    default     # Light blue
color sidebar_new       green   default     # Green
color sidebar_ordinary  default default     # Default colors
color sidebar_flagged   red     default     # Red
color sidebar_divider   color8  default     # Dark grey

There is a priority order when coloring Sidebar mailboxes. e.g. If a mailbox
has new mail it will have the sidebar_new color, even if it also contains
flagged mails.

Table 2.3. Sidebar Color Priority

┌────────┬─────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Priority│      Color      │                   Description                   │
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Highest │sidebar_indicator│Mailbox is open                                  │
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │sidebar_highlight│Mailbox is highlighted                           │
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │sidebar_new      │Mailbox contains new mail                        │
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │sidebar_unread   │Mailbox contains unread mail                     │
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │sidebar_flagged  │Mailbox contains flagged mail                    │
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │sidebar_spoolfile│Mailbox is the spoolfile (receives incoming mail)│
├────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Lowest  │sidebar_ordinary │Mailbox does not match above                     │
└────────┴─────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


2.4.5. Config Changes

If you haven't used Sidebar before, you can ignore this section.

Some of the Sidebar config has been changed to make its meaning clearer. These
changes have been made since the previous Sidebar release: 2015-11-11.

Table 2.4. Config Changes

┌─────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
│      Old Name       │       New Name       │
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│$sidebar_delim       │$sidebar_divider_char │
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│$sidebar_folderindent│$sidebar_folder_indent│
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│$sidebar_indentstr   │$sidebar_indent_string│
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│$sidebar_newmail_only│$sidebar_new_mail_only│
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│$sidebar_shortpath   │$sidebar_short_path   │
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│$sidebar_sort        │$sidebar_sort_method  │
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-scroll-down>│<sidebar-page-down>   │
├─────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-scroll-up>  │<sidebar-page-up>     │
└─────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘


2.5. Help

The help screen is meant to offer a quick help to the user. It lists the
current configuration of key bindings and their associated commands including a
short description, and currently unbound functions that still need to be
associated with a key binding (or alternatively, they can be called via the
NeoMutt command prompt).

2.6. Compose Menu

The compose menu features a split screen containing the information which
really matter before actually sending a message by mail: who gets the message
as what (recipients and who gets what kind of copy). Additionally, users may
set security options like deciding whether to sign, encrypt or sign and encrypt
a message with/for what keys. Also, it's used to attach messages, to re-edit
any attachment including the message itself.

2.7. Alias Menu

The alias menu is used to help users finding the recipients of messages. For
users who need to contact many people, there's no need to remember addresses or
names completely because it allows for searching, too. The alias mechanism and
thus the alias menu also features grouping several addresses by a shorter
nickname, the actual alias, so that users don't have to select each single
recipient manually.

2.8. Attachment Menu

As will be later discussed in detail, NeoMutt features a good and stable MIME
implementation, that is, it supports sending and receiving messages of
arbitrary MIME types. The attachment menu displays a message's structure in
detail: what content parts are attached to which parent part (which gives a
true tree structure), which type is of what type and what size. Single parts
may saved, deleted or modified to offer great and easy access to message's
internals.

3. Moving Around in Menus

The most important navigation keys common to line- or entry-based menus are
shown in Table 2.5, “Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus” and in
Table 2.6, “Most common navigation keys in page-based menus” for page-based
menus.

Table 2.5. Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus

┌─────────────┬────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────┐
│     Key     │    Function    │               Description               │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│j or <Down>  │<next-entry>    │move to the next entry                   │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│k or <Up>    │<previous-entry>│move to the previous entry               │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│z or <PageDn>│<page-down>     │go to the next page                      │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Z or <PageUp>│<page-up>       │go to the previous page                  │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│= or <Home>  │<first-entry>   │jump to the first entry                  │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│* or <End>   │<last-entry>    │jump to the last entry                   │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│q            │<quit>          │exit the current menu                    │
├─────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│?            │<help>          │list all keybindings for the current menu│
└─────────────┴────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────────────┘


Table 2.6. Most common navigation keys in page-based menus

┌──────────────────────┬───────────────┬──────────────────────┐
│         Key          │   Function    │     Description      │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│J or <Return>         │<next-line>    │scroll down one line  │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│<Backspace>           │<previous-line>│scroll up one line    │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│K, <Space> or <PageDn>│<next-page>    │move to the next page │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│- or <PageUp>         │<previous-page>│move the previous page│
├──────────────────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│<Home>                │<top>          │move to the top       │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│<End>                 │<bottom>       │move to the bottom    │
└──────────────────────┴───────────────┴──────────────────────┘


4. Editing Input Fields

4.1. Introduction

NeoMutt has a built-in line editor for inputting text, e.g. email addresses or
filenames. The keys used to manipulate text input are very similar to those of
Emacs. See Table 2.7, “Most common line editor keys” for a full reference of
available functions, their default key bindings, and short descriptions.

Table 2.7. Most common line editor keys

┌──────────────┬─────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────┐
│     Key      │    Function     │            Description             │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^A or <Home>  │<bol>            │move to the start of the line       │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^B or <Left>  │<backward-char>  │move back one char                  │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc B         │<backward-word>  │move back one word                  │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^D or <Delete>│<delete-char>    │delete the char under the cursor    │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^E or <End>   │<eol>            │move to the end of the line         │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^F or <Right> │<forward-char>   │move forward one char               │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc F         │<forward-word>   │move forward one word               │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Tab>         │<complete>       │complete filename, alias, or label  │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^T            │<complete-query> │complete address with query         │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^K            │<kill-eol>       │delete to the end of the line       │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc d         │<kill-eow>       │delete to the end of the word       │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^W            │<kill-word>      │kill the word in front of the cursor│
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^U            │<kill-line>      │delete entire line                  │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^V            │<quote-char>     │quote the next typed key            │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Up>          │<history-up>     │recall previous string from history │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Down>        │<history-down>   │recall next string from history     │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^R            │<history-search> │use current input to search history │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│<BackSpace>   │<backspace>      │kill the char in front of the cursor│
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc u         │<upcase-word>    │convert word to upper case          │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc l         │<downcase-word>  │convert word to lower case          │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc c         │<capitalize-word>│capitalize the word                 │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│^G            │n/a              │abort                               │
├──────────────┼─────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Return>      │n/a              │finish editing                      │
└──────────────┴─────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────┘


You can remap the editor functions using the bind command. For example, to make
the <Delete> key delete the character in front of the cursor rather than under,
you could use:

bind editor <delete> backspace

4.2. History

NeoMutt maintains a history for the built-in editor. The number of items is
controlled by the $history variable and can be made persistent using an
external file specified using $history_file and $save_history. You may cycle
through them at an editor prompt by using the <history-up> and/or
<history-down> commands. NeoMutt will remember the currently entered text as
you cycle through history, and will wrap around to the initial entry line.

NeoMutt maintains several distinct history lists, one for each of the following
categories:

  • .neomuttrc commands

  • addresses and aliases

  • shell commands

  • filenames

  • patterns

  • everything else

NeoMutt automatically filters out consecutively repeated items from the
history. If $history_remove_dups is set, all repeated items are removed from
the history. It also mimics the behavior of some shells by ignoring items
starting with a space. The latter feature can be useful in macros to not
clobber the history's valuable entries with unwanted entries.

5. Reading Mail

Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is read
in NeoMutt. The first is a list of messages in the mailbox, which is called the
“index” menu in NeoMutt. The second mode is the display of the message
contents. This is called the “pager.”

The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these modes.

5.1. The Message Index

Common keys used to navigate through and manage messages in the index are shown
in Table 2.8, “Most common message index keys”. How messages are presented in
the index menu can be customized using the $index_format variable.

Table 2.8. Most common message index keys

┌────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────┐
│  Key   │                Description                │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│c       │change to a different mailbox              │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc c   │change to a folder in read-only mode       │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│C       │copy the current message to another mailbox│
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc C   │decode a message and copy it to a folder   │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc s   │decode a message and save it to a folder   │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│D       │delete messages matching a pattern         │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│d       │delete the current message                 │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│F       │mark as important                          │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│l       │show messages matching a pattern           │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│N       │mark message as new                        │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│o       │change the current sort method             │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│O       │reverse sort the mailbox                   │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│q       │save changes and exit                      │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│s       │save-message                               │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│T       │tag messages matching a pattern            │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│t       │toggle the tag on a message                │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc t   │toggle tag on entire message thread        │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│U       │undelete messages matching a pattern       │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│u       │undelete-message                           │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│v       │view-attachments                           │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│x       │abort changes and exit                     │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Return>│display-message                            │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Tab>   │jump to the next new or unread message     │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│@       │show the author's full e-mail address      │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│$       │save changes to mailbox                    │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│/       │search                                     │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc /   │search-reverse                             │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^L      │clear and redraw the screen                │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^T      │untag messages matching a pattern          │
└────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────┘


In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of the
disposition of each message is printed beside the message number. Zero or more
of the “flags” in Table 2.9, “Message status flags” may appear, some of which
can be turned on or off using these functions: <set-flag> and <clear-flag>
bound by default to “w” and “W” respectively.

Furthermore, the flags in Table 2.10, “Message recipient flags” reflect who the
message is addressed to. They can be customized with the $to_chars variable.

Table 2.9. Message status flags

┌────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Flag│                         Description                         │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│D   │message is deleted (is marked for deletion)                  │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│d   │message has attachments marked for deletion                  │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│K   │contains a PGP public key                                    │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│N   │message is new                                               │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│O   │message is old                                               │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│P   │message is PGP encrypted                                     │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│r   │message has been replied to                                  │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│S   │message is signed, and the signature is successfully verified│
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│s   │message is signed                                            │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│!   │message is flagged                                           │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│*   │message is tagged                                            │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│n   │thread contains new messages (only if collapsed)             │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│o   │thread contains old messages (only if collapsed)             │
└────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


Table 2.10. Message recipient flags

┌────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Flag│                   Description                   │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│+   │message is to you and you only                   │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│T   │message is to you, but also to or CC'ed to others│
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│C   │message is CC'ed to you                          │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│F   │message is from you                              │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│L   │message is sent to a subscribed mailing list     │
├────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│R   │message has your address in the Reply-To field   │
└────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


5.2. The Pager

By default, NeoMutt uses its built-in pager to display the contents of messages
(an external pager such as less(1) can be configured, see $pager variable). The
pager is very similar to the Unix program less(1) though not nearly as
featureful.

Table 2.11. Most common pager keys

┌────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│  Key   │                           Description                            │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Return>│go down one line                                                  │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<Space> │display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)│
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-       │go back to the previous page                                      │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│n       │search for next match                                             │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│S       │skip beyond quoted text                                           │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│T       │toggle display of quoted text                                     │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│?       │show keybindings                                                  │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│/       │regular expression search                                         │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc /   │backward regular expression search                                │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\       │toggle highlighting of search matches                             │
├────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^       │jump to the top of the message                                    │
└────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


In addition to key bindings in Table 2.11, “Most common pager keys”, many of
the functions from the index menu are also available in the pager, such as
<delete-message> or <copy-message> (this is one advantage over using an
external pager to view messages).

Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For one, it
will accept and translate the “standard” nroff sequences for bold and
underline. These sequences are a series of either the letter, backspace (“^H”),
the letter again for bold or the letter, backspace, “_” for denoting underline.
NeoMutt will attempt to display these in bold and underline respectively if
your terminal supports them. If not, you can use the bold and underline color
objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.

Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for
character attributes. NeoMutt translates them into the correct color and
character settings. The sequences NeoMutt supports are:

\e[ Ps; Ps; ...  Ps;m

where Ps can be one of the codes shown in Table 2.12, “ANSI escape sequences”.

Table 2.12. ANSI escape sequences

┌───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Escape code│                          Description                          │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│0          │All attributes off                                             │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│1          │Bold on                                                        │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│4          │Underline on                                                   │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│5          │Blink on                                                       │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│7          │Reverse video on                                               │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│3 <color>  │Foreground color is <color> (see Table 2.13, “Color sequences”)│
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│4 <color>  │Background color is <color> (see Table 2.13, “Color sequences”)│
└───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


Table 2.13. Color sequences

┌───────────┬───────┐
│Color code │ Color │
├───────────┼───────┤
│0          │Black  │
├───────────┼───────┤
│1          │Red    │
├───────────┼───────┤
│2          │Green  │
├───────────┼───────┤
│3          │Yellow │
├───────────┼───────┤
│4          │Blue   │
├───────────┼───────┤
│5          │Magenta│
├───────────┼───────┤
│6          │Cyan   │
├───────────┼───────┤
│7          │White  │
└───────────┴───────┘


NeoMutt uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they can
also be used by an external autoview script for highlighting purposes.

Note

If you change the colors for your display, for example by changing the color
associated with color2 for your xterm, then that color will be used instead of
green.

Note

Note that the search commands in the pager take regular expressions, which are
not quite the same as the more complex patterns used by the search command in
the index. This is because patterns are used to select messages by criteria
whereas the pager already displays a selected message.

5.3. Threaded Mode

So-called “threads” provide a hierarchy of messages where replies are linked to
their parent message(s). This organizational form is extremely useful in
mailing lists where different parts of the discussion diverge. NeoMutt displays
threads as a tree structure.

In NeoMutt, when a mailbox is sorted by threads, there are a few additional
functions available in the index and pager modes as shown in Table 2.14, “Most
common thread mode keys”.

Table 2.14. Most common thread mode keys

┌─────┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Key │      Function      │                 Description                  │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^D   │<delete-thread>     │delete all messages in the current thread     │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^U   │<undelete-thread>   │undelete all messages in the current thread   │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^N   │<next-thread>       │jump to the start of the next thread          │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^P   │<previous-thread>   │jump to the start of the previous thread      │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^R   │<read-thread>       │mark the current thread as read               │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc d│<delete-subthread>  │delete all messages in the current subthread  │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc u│<undelete-subthread>│undelete all messages in the current subthread│
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc n│<next-subthread>    │jump to the start of the next subthread       │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc p│<previous-subthread>│jump to the start of the previous subthread   │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc r│<read-subthread>    │mark the current subthread as read            │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc t│<tag-thread>        │toggle the tag on the current thread          │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc v│<collapse-thread>   │toggle collapse for the current thread        │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc V│<collapse-all>      │toggle collapse for all threads               │
├─────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│P    │<parent-message>    │jump to parent message in thread              │
└─────┴────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────┘


In the index, the subject of threaded children messages will be prepended with
thread tree characters. By default, the subject itself will not be duplicated
unless $hide_thread_subjectis unset. Special characters will be added to the
thread tree as detailed in Table 2.15, “Special Thread Characters”.

Table 2.15. Special Thread Characters

┌─────────┬──────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character│ Description  │                       Notes                        │
├─────────┼──────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│&        │hidden message│see $hide_limitedand $hide_top_limited              │
├─────────┼──────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│?        │missing       │see $hide_missingand $hide_top_missing              │
│         │message       │                                                    │
├─────────┼──────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│*        │pseudo thread │see $strict_threads; not displayed when $narrow_tree│
│         │              │is set                                              │
├─────────┼──────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│=        │duplicate     │see $duplicate_threads; not displayed when          │
│         │thread        │$narrow_treeis set                                  │
└─────────┴──────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the thread and hides the
others. This is useful when threads contain so many messages that you can only
see a handful of threads on the screen. See %M in $index_format. For example,
you could use “%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?” in $index_format to optionally display the
number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed. The %?<char>?<if-part>&
<else-part>? syntax is explained in detail in format string conditionals.

Technically, every reply should contain a list of its parent messages in the
thread tree, but not all do. In these cases, NeoMutt groups them by subject
which can be controlled using the $strict_threads variable.

5.4. Miscellaneous Functions

In addition, the index and pager menus have these interesting functions:

<check-stats>

    Calculate statistics for all monitored mailboxes declared using the 
    mailboxescommand. It will calculate statistics despite $mail_check_stats
    being unset.

<create-alias> (default: a)

    Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a new
    one). Once editing is complete, an alias command is added to the file
    specified by the $alias_file variable for future use

    Note

    NeoMutt does not read the $alias_file upon startup so you must explicitly
    source the file.

<check-traditional-pgp> (default: Esc P)

    This function will search the current message for content signed or
    encrypted with PGP the “traditional” way, that is, without proper MIME
    tagging. Technically, this function will temporarily change the MIME
    content types of the body parts containing PGP data; this is similar to the
    <edit-type> function's effect.

<edit-raw-message>

    This command (available in the index and pager) allows you to edit the raw
    current message as it's present in the mail folder. After you have finished
    editing, the changed message will be appended to the current folder, and
    the original message will be marked for deletion; if the message is
    unchanged it won't be replaced.

    <edit> is a synonym of this for backwards compatibility.

    See also <edit-or-view-raw-message>, <view-raw-message>.

<edit>

    Alias of <edit-raw-message> for backwards compatibility.

<edit-or-view-raw-message> (default: e)

    This command (available in the index and pager) is the same as
    <edit-raw-message> if the mailbox is writable, otherwise it the same as
    <view-raw-message>.

<edit-type> (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index
    menus; ^T on the compose menu)

    This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type to
    fix, for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked from the
    index or from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit the top-level
    attachment's content type. On the attachment menu, you can change any
    attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get lost
    upon changing folders.

    Note that this command is also available on the compose menu. There, it's
    used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are going to send.

<enter-command> (default: “:”)

    This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a
    configuration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or
    in conjunction with macros to change settings on the fly.

<extract-keys> (default: ^K)

    This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged message(s)
    and adds them to your PGP public key ring.

<forget-passphrase> (default: ^F)

    This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you
    misspelled the passphrase.

<list-reply> (default: L)

    Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
    match the regular expressions given by the lists or subscribe commands, but
    also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the $honor_followup_to
    configuration variable is set. In addition, the List-Post header field is
    examined for mailto: URLs specifying a mailing list address. Using this
    when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid duplicate
    copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.

<pipe-message> (default: |)

    Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged message
    (s) to it. The variables $pipe_decode, $pipe_split, $pipe_sep and $wait_key
    control the exact behavior of this function.

<resend-message> (default: Esc e)

    NeoMutt takes the current message as a template for a new message. This
    function is best described as "recall from arbitrary folders". It can
    conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while preserving the original
    mail structure. Note that the amount of headers included here depends on
    the value of the $weed variable.

    This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this
    to easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message as a
    message/rfc822 body part.

<shell-escape> (default: !)

    Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The $wait_key can be
    used to control whether NeoMutt will wait for a key to be pressed when the
    command returns (presumably to let the user read the output of the
    command), based on the return status of the named command. If no command is
    given, an interactive shell is executed.

<toggle-quoted> (default: T)

    The pager uses the $quote_regex variable to detect quoted text when
    displaying the body of the message. This function toggles the display of
    the quoted material in the message. It is particularly useful when being
    interested in just the response and there is a large amount of quoted text
    in the way.

    The variable $toggle_quoted_show_levels can be used to show some context by
    continuing to show that number of levels rather than hiding all quoted
    levels.

<view-raw-message>

    This command (available in the index and pager) opens the raw message
    read-only in an editor. This command does not allow editing the message,
    use <edit-raw-message> for this.

    See also <edit-raw-message>, <edit-or-view-raw-message>.

<skip-quoted> (default: S)

    This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which comes after
    a line of quoted text in the internal pager.

6. Sending Mail

6.1. Introduction

The bindings shown in Table 2.16, “Most common mail sending keys” are available
in the index and pager to start a new message.

Table 2.16. Most common mail sending keys

┌─────┬──────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Key │     Function     │              Description               │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│m    │<compose>         │compose a new message                   │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│r    │<reply>           │reply to sender                         │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│g    │<group-reply>     │reply to all recipients                 │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│     │<group-chat-reply>│reply to all recipients preserving To/Cc│
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│L    │<list-reply>      │reply to mailing list address           │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│f    │<forward>         │forward message                         │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│b    │<bounce>          │bounce (remail) message                 │
├─────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc k│<mail-key>        │mail a PGP public key to someone        │
└─────┴──────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────┘


Bouncing a message sends the message as-is to the recipient you specify. 
Forwarding a message allows you to add comments or modify the message you are
forwarding. These items are discussed in greater detail in the next section “
Forwarding and Bouncing Mail”.

NeoMutt will then enter the compose menu and prompt you for the recipients to
place on the “To:” header field when you hit m to start a new message. Next, it
will ask you for the “Subject:” field for the message, providing a default if
you are replying to or forwarding a message. You again have the chance to
adjust recipients, subject, and security settings right before actually sending
the message. See also $askcc, $askbcc, $autoedit, $bounce, $fast_reply, and
$include for changing how and if NeoMutt asks these questions.

When replying, NeoMutt fills these fields with proper values depending on the
reply type. The types of replying supported are:

Simple reply

    Reply to the author directly.

Group reply

    Reply to the author; cc all other recipients; consults alternates and
    excludes you.

Group Chat reply

    Reply to the author and other recipients in the To list; cc other
    recipients in the Cc list; consults alternates and excludes you.

List reply

    Reply to all mailing list addresses found, either specified via
    configuration or auto-detected. See Section 13, “Mailing Lists” for
    details.

After getting recipients for new messages, forwards or replies, NeoMutt will
then automatically start your $editor on the message body. If the $edit_headers
variable is set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor;
the message body should start on a new line after the existing blank line at
the end of headers. Any messages you are replying to will be added in sort
order to the message, with appropriate $attribution, $indent_string and
$post_indent_string. When forwarding a message, if the $mime_forward variable
is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you have
specified a $signature, it will be appended to the message.

Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are returned
to the compose menu providing the functions shown in Table 2.17, “Most common
compose menu keys” to modify, send or postpone the message.

Table 2.17. Most common compose menu keys

┌─────┬───────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Key │     Function      │                Description                 │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│a    │<attach-file>      │attach a file                               │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│A    │<attach-message>   │attach message(s) to the message            │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc k│<attach-key>       │attach a PGP public key                     │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│d    │<edit-description> │edit description on attachment              │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│D    │<detach-file>      │detach a file                               │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│t    │<edit-to>          │edit the To field                           │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Esc f│<edit-from>        │edit the From field                         │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│r    │<edit-reply-to>    │edit the Reply-To field                     │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│c    │<edit-cc>          │edit the Cc field                           │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│b    │<edit-bcc>         │edit the Bcc field                          │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│y    │<send-message>     │send the message                            │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│s    │<edit-subject>     │edit the Subject                            │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│S    │<smime-menu>       │select S/MIME options                       │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│f    │<edit-fcc>         │specify an “Fcc” mailbox                    │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│p    │<pgp-menu>         │select PGP options                          │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│P    │<postpone-message> │postpone this message until later           │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│q    │<quit>             │quit (abort) sending the message            │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│w    │<write-fcc>        │write the message to a folder               │
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│i    │<ispell>           │check spelling (if available on your system)│
├─────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^F   │<forget-passphrase>│wipe passphrase(s) from memory              │
└─────┴───────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────┘


The compose menu is also used to edit the attachments for a message which can
be either files or other messages. The <attach-message> function to will prompt
you for a folder to attach messages from. You can now tag messages in that
folder and they will be attached to the message you are sending.

Note

Note that certain operations like composing a new mail, replying, forwarding,
etc. are not permitted when you are in that folder. The %r in $status_format
will change to a “A” to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.

After exiting the compose menu via <send-message>, the message will be sent. If
configured and enabled, this can happen via mixmaster or $smtp_url. Otherwise
$sendmail will be invoked. Prior to version 2019-11-29, NeoMutt enabled
$write_bcc by default, assuming the MTA would automatically remove a Bcc:
header as part of delivery. Starting with 2019-11-29, the option is unset by
default, but no longer affects the fcc copy of the message.

6.2. Editing the Message Header

When editing the header because of $edit_headers being set, there are a several
pseudo headers available which will not be included in sent messages but
trigger special NeoMutt behavior.

6.2.1. Fcc: Pseudo Header

If you specify

Fcc: filename

as a header, NeoMutt will pick up filename just as if you had used the
<edit-fcc> function in the compose menu. It can later be changed from the
compose menu.

6.2.2. Attach: Pseudo Header

You can also attach files to your message by specifying

Attach: filename [description]

where filename is the file to attach and description is an optional string to
use as the description of the attached file. Spaces in filenames have to be
escaped using backslash (“\”). The file can be removed as well as more added
from the compose menu.

6.2.3. Pgp: Pseudo Header

If you want to use PGP, you can specify

Pgp: [ E | S | S <id> ]

“E” selects encryption, “S” selects signing and “S<id>” selects signing with
the given key, setting $pgp_sign_as for the duration of the message composition
session. The selection can later be changed in the compose menu.

6.2.4. In-Reply-To: Header

When replying to messages, the In-Reply-To: header contains the Message-Id of
the message(s) you reply to. If you remove or modify its value, NeoMutt will
not generate a References: field, which allows you to create a new message
thread, for example to create a new message to a mailing list without having to
enter the mailing list's address.

If you intend to start a new thread by replying, please make really sure you
remove the In-Reply-To: header in your editor. Otherwise, though you'll produce
a technically valid reply, some netiquette guardians will be annoyed by this
so-called “thread hijacking”.

6.3. Sending Cryptographically Signed/Encrypted Messages

If you have told NeoMutt to PGP or S/MIME encrypt a message, it will guide you
through a key selection process when you try to send the message. NeoMutt will
not ask you any questions about keys which have a certified user ID matching
one of the message recipients' mail addresses. However, there may be situations
in which there are several keys, weakly certified user ID fields, or where no
matching keys can be found.

In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from which you
can select one. When you quit this menu, or NeoMutt can't find any matching
keys, you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as usually, abort this prompt
using ^G. When you do so, NeoMutt will return to the compose screen.

Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message will be
encrypted using the selected public keys when sent out.

To ensure you can view encrypted messages you have sent, you may wish to set
$pgp_self_encrypt and $pgp_default_key for PGP, or $smime_self_encrypt and
$smime_default_key for S/MIME.

Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also
$pgp_entry_format) have obvious meanings. But some explanations on the
capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.

The flags sequence (“%f”) will expand to one of the flags in Table 2.18, “PGP
key menu flags”.

Table 2.18. PGP key menu flags

┌────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Flag│                   Description                    │
├────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│R   │The key has been revoked and can't be used.       │
├────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│X   │The key is expired and can't be used.             │
├────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│d   │You have marked the key as disabled.              │
├────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│c   │There are unknown critical self-signature packets.│
└────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


The capabilities field (“%c”) expands to a two-character sequence representing
a key's capabilities. The first character gives the key's encryption
capabilities: A minus sign (“-”) means that the key cannot be used for
encryption. A dot (“.”) means that it's marked as a signature key in one of the
user IDs, but may also be used for encryption. The letter “e” indicates that
this key can be used for encryption.

The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once again, a “-
” implies “not for signing”, “.” implies that the key is marked as an
encryption key in one of the user-ids, and “s” denotes a key which can be used
for signing.

Finally, the validity field (“%t”) indicates how well-certified a user-id is. A
question mark (“?”) indicates undefined validity, a minus character (“-”) marks
an untrusted association, a space character means a partially trusted
association, and a plus character (“+”) indicates complete validity.

6.4. Sending Format=Flowed Messages

6.4.1. Concept

format=flowed-style messages (or f=f for short) are text/plain messages that
consist of paragraphs which a receiver's mail client may reformat to its own
needs which mostly means to customize line lengths regardless of what the
sender sent. Technically this is achieved by letting lines of a “flowable”
paragraph end in spaces except for the last line.

While for text-mode clients like NeoMutt it's the best way to assume only a
standard 80x25 character cell terminal, it may be desired to let the receiver
decide completely how to view a message.

6.4.2. NeoMutt Support

NeoMutt only supports setting the required format=flowed MIME parameter on
outgoing messages if the $text_flowed variable is set, specifically it does not
add the trailing spaces.

After editing, NeoMutt properly space-stuffs the message. Space-stuffing is
required by RFC3676 defining format=flowed and means to prepend a space to:

  • all lines starting with a space

  • lines starting with the word “From” followed by space

  • all lines starting with “>” which is not intended to be a quote character

Note

NeoMutt only supports space-stuffing for the first two types of lines but not
for the third: It is impossible to safely detect whether a leading > character
starts a quote or not.

All leading spaces are to be removed by receiving clients to restore the
original message prior to further processing.

6.4.3. Editor Considerations

As NeoMutt provides no additional features to compose f=f messages, it's
completely up to the user and his editor to produce proper messages. Please
consider your editor's documentation if you intend to send f=f messages.

For example, vim provides the w flag for its formatoptions setting to assist in
creating f=f messages, see :help fo-table for details.

6.4.4. Reformatting

NeoMutt has some support for reformatting when viewing and replying to format=
flowed messages. In order to take advantage of these, $reflow_text must be set.

  • Paragraphs are automatically reflowed and wrapped at a width specified by
    $reflow_wrap.

  • In its original format, the quoting style of format=flowed messages can be
    difficult to read, and doesn't intermix well with non-flowed replies.
    Setting $reflow_space_quotes adds spaces after each level of quoting when
    in the pager and replying in a non-flowed format (i.e. with $text_flowed
    unset).

  • If $reflow_space_quotes is unset, NeoMutt will still add one trailing space
    after all the quotes in the pager (but not when replying).

7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail

Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients that you
specify. Bouncing a message sends a verbatim copy of a message to alternative
addresses as if they were the message's original recipients specified in the
Bcc header. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to modify the
message before it is resent (for example, by adding your own comments).
Bouncing is done using the <bounce> function and forwarding using the <forward>
function bound to “b” and “f” respectively.

Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new message's
body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME attachment,
depending on the value of the $mime_forward variable. Decoding of attachments,
like in the pager, can be controlled by the $forward_decode and
$mime_forward_decode variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may
depend on the content, therefore $mime_forward is a quadoption which, for
example, can be set to “ask-no”.

NeoMutt's default ($mime_forward=“no” and $forward_decode=“yes”) is to use
standard inline forwarding. In that mode all text-decodable parts are included
in the new message body. Other attachments from the original email can also be
attached to the new message, based on the quadoption $forward_attachments.

The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the $weed
variable, unless $mime_forward is set.

By default a forwarded message does not reference the messages it contains.
When $forward_references is set, a forwarded message includes the “In-Reply-To:
” and “References:” headers, just like a reply would. Hence the forwarded
message becomes part of the original thread instead of starting a new one.

Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or
replying to a message does, but can be disabled via the quadoption
$forward_edit.

8. Postponing Mail

At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have already begun
to compose. When the <postpone-message> function is used in the compose menu,
the body of your message and attachments are stored in the mailbox specified by
the $postponed variable. This means that you can recall the message even if you
exit NeoMutt and then restart it at a later time.

Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
command line you can use the “-p” option, or if you compose a new message from
the index or pager you will be prompted if postponed messages exist. If
multiple messages are currently postponed, the postponed menu will pop up and
you can select which message you would like to resume.

Note

If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the message is only
updated when you actually finish the message and send it. Also, you must be in
the same folder with the message you replied to for the status of the message
to be updated.

See also the $postpone quad-option.

9. Logging

NeoMutt has different types of logging/error messages

  • Primitive Errors: errors emitted by C library functions such as fopen().

  • Errors

  • Warnings

  • Message: Informational messages such as Sorting mailbox....

  • Debug: Debug messages usually only interesting while debugging.

These log messages are shown in the command bar at the bottom of the UI
(usually below the status line) and errors are shown in a different colour than
the other message types. The colours used for displaying can be adjusted with
color error ... and color message ..., respectively. See the description of
color for the precise syntax.

The command bar shows only the last message. To show the last 100 messages
(this includes all types of messages from debug to error) the function
<show-log-messages> can be used.

Debug messages are not shown by default. To enable them NeoMutt must be
compiled with +debug. Furthermore, the debug log level must be set with the -d
command line parameter at startup. The -d parameter expects a debug level which
can range from 1 to 5 and affects verbosity of the debug messages. A value of 2
is recommended for the start. If debug logging is enabled, all log messages
(i.e. errors, warnings, ..., debug) are additionally written to the file ~
/.neomuttdebug0.

10. Encryption and Signing

OpenPGP and S/MIME are enabled in one of two ways: “classic mode” or GPGME. The
former invokes external programs to perform the various operations; it is
better tested and more flexible, but requires some configuration. The latter
uses the GnuPG project's GPGME library.

To enable “classic mode”, ensure GPGME is disabled and use the gpg.rc or
smime.rc files that come with NeoMutt. These are typically installed under /usr
/local/share/doc/neomutt/samples/. Source them, either directly or by copying
them to your .mutt directory and sourcing them. Sourcing them directly from /
usr/local/share/doc/neomutt/samples/ has the benefit of automatically using
fixes and security improvements to the command invocations, and is recommended.

unset crypt_use_gpgme
source /usr/local/share/doc/neomutt/samples/gpg.rc
source /usr/local/share/doc/neomutt/samples/smime.rc

To use GPGME instead, simply ensure the option is enabled in your .muttrc:

set crypt_use_gpgme

10.1. OpenPGP Configuration

The two most important settings are $pgp_default_key and $pgp_sign_as. To
perform encryption, you must set the first variable. If you have a separate
signing key, or only have a signing key, then set the second. Most people will
only need to set $pgp_default_key.

Starting with version 2.1.0, GnuPG automatically uses an agent to prompt for
your passphrase. If you are using a version older than that, you'll need to
ensure an agent is running (alternatively, you can unset $pgp_use_gpg_agent and
NeoMutt will prompt you for your passphrase). The agent in turn uses a pinentry
program to display the prompt. There are many different kinds of pinentry
programs that can be used: qt, gtk2, gnome3, fltk, and curses. However, NeoMutt
does not work properly with the tty pinentry program. Please ensure you have
one of the GUI or curses pinentry programs installed and configured to be the
default for your system.

10.2. S/MIME Configuration

As with OpenPGP, the two most important settings are $smime_default_key and
$smime_sign_as. To perform encryption and decryption, you must set the first
variable. If you have a separate signing key, or only have a signing key, then
set the second. Most people will only need to set $smime_default_key.

In “classic mode”, keys and certificates are managed by the smime_keys program
that comes with NeoMutt. By default they are stored under ~/.smime/. (This is
set by the smime.rc file with $smime_certificates and $smime_keys.) To
initialize this directory, use the command “smime_keys init” from a shell
prompt. The program can be then be used to import and list certificates. You
may also want to periodically run “smime_keys refresh” to update status flags
for your certificates.

Chapter 3. Configuration

Table of Contents

1. Location of Initialization Files

    1.1. Location of system config files
    1.2. Location of user config files
    1.3. Config Priority

2. Starter NeoMuttrc
3. Syntax of Initialization Files
4. Address Groups
5. Defining/Using Aliases
6. Changing the Default Key Bindings

    6.1. Warnings about Duplicated Bindings

7. Defining Aliases for Character Sets
8. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox
9. Keyboard Macros
10. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes

    10.1. Color Style
    10.2. Simple Colors
    10.3. Color Lists
    10.4. Mono Color

11. Message Header Display

    11.1. Header Display
    11.2. Selecting Headers
    11.3. Ordering Displayed Headers

12. Alternative Addresses
13. Mailing Lists
14. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes
15. Monitoring Incoming Mail
16. User-Defined Headers
17. Specify Default Fcc: and/or Save Mailbox
18. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients
19. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message
20. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient
21. Dynamically Changing $index_format using Patterns
22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer
23. Executing Functions
24. Message Scoring
25. Spam Detection
26. Setting and Querying Variables

    26.1. Variable Types
    26.2. Commands
    26.3. User-Defined Variables
    26.4. Type Conversions

27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File
28. Removing Hooks
29. Format Strings

    29.1. Basic usage
    29.2. Conditionals
    29.3. Filters
    29.4. Padding
    29.5. Conditional Dates
    29.6. Bytes size display

30. Control allowed header fields in a mailto: URL

1. Location of Initialization Files

When NeoMutt starts up it looks for two configuration files – one “system” file
and one “user” file.

NeoMutt first reads the system configuration file, then the user configuration
file. The two files are merged in the sense that "last setting wins". That is,
if a setting is defined in both files, the user configuration file's value for
that setting is the one that takes precedence and becomes effective.

NeoMutt searches for several different file names when looking for config. It
looks for NeoMutt config files before Mutt config files and versioned config
before plain config. For example:

Table 3.1. NeoMutt config file search order

┌─────────┐
│neomuttrc│
├─────────┤
│muttrc   │
└─────────┘


This allows the user to create separate NeoMutt and Mutt config files on the
same system.

1.1. Location of system config files

NeoMutt will search for a system config file in a neomutt directory in several
places. First it searches the locations specified in the XDG_CONFIG_DIRS
environment variable, which defaults to /etc/xdg. Next, it looks in /etc.
Finally, it tries /usr/share.

The system config file will not be read if the “-n” option is used on the
command line.

NeoMutt will read just one file, the first file it finds, from the list below.

Table 3.2. NeoMutt system config file locations

┌────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────┐
│       File Location        │            Notes            │
├────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
│/etc/xdg/neomutt/neomuttrc  │                             │
├────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
│/etc/xdg/neomutt/Muttrc     │Note the case of the filename│
├────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
│/etc/neomuttrc              │                             │
├────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
│/etc/Muttrc                 │Note the case of the filename│
├────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
│/usr/share/neomutt/neomuttrc│                             │
├────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
│/usr/share/neomutt/Muttrc   │Note the case of the filename│
└────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────┘


1.2. Location of user config files

NeoMutt will search for a user config file in several places. First it looks in
the directory specified in the XDG_CONFIG_HOME environment variable, which
defaults to ~/.config/neomutt. Next, it looks in ~ (your home directory).
Finally, it tries ~/.neomutt.

You may specify your own location for the user config file using the “-F”
option on the command line.

NeoMutt will read just one file, the first file it finds, from the list below.

Table 3.3. NeoMutt user config file locations

┌───────────────────────────┐
│       File Location       │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.config/neomutt/neomuttrc│
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.config/neomutt/muttrc   │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.config/mutt/neomuttrc   │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.config/mutt/muttrc      │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.neomutt/neomuttrc       │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.neomutt/muttrc          │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.mutt/neomuttrc          │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.mutt/muttrc             │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.neomuttrc               │
├───────────────────────────┤
│~/.muttrc                  │
└───────────────────────────┘


1.3. Config Priority

The majority of NeoMutt's config will be read from two files: the system config
in /etc and the user config in, e.g. ~/.neomuttrc

The last file that gets read will overwrite any settings from previous config
files. This means that an administrator can set some defaults which the user
can override.

Additionally, there are a handful of config items which can be set using an
environment variable. They have a lower priority than the NeoMutt config files:
$editor, $from, $mailcap_path, $news_server, shell, $spoolfile, $tmpdir,
$visual.

Finally, it's possible to set some variables directly on the command-line using
the -e option.

Table 3.4. Config Priority

┌────────┬─────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Priority│    Where    │                      Example                      │
├────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Highest │Command line │neomutt -e 'set from="John Doe <john@example.com>"'│
├────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │User Config  │~/.neomuttrc                                       │
├────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │System Config│/etc/neomuttrc                                     │
├────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │Environment  │export EDITOR="/usr/bin/vim"                       │
├────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│Lowest  │Built-in     │Defaults hard-coded into NeoMutt                   │
└────────┴─────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


2. Starter NeoMuttrc

NeoMutt is highly configurable because it's meant to be customized to your
needs and preferences. However, this configurability can make it difficult when
just getting started. A few sample neomuttrc files come with NeoMutt, under doc
/neomutt/samples/. Among them, sample.neomuttrc-starter is a basic example
config with a few suggested settings and pointers to useful programs.

3. Syntax of Initialization Files

An initialization file consists of a series of commands. Each line of the file
may contain one or more commands. When multiple commands are used, they must be
separated by a semicolon (“;”).

Example 3.1. Multiple configuration commands per line

set realname='John Smith' ; ignore x-


The hash mark, or pound sign (“#”), is used as a “comment” character. You can
use it to annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment
character to the end of the line is ignored.

Example 3.2. Commenting configuration files

my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me?   # This is a comment


Single quotes (“'”) and double quotes (“"”) can be used to quote strings which
contain spaces or other special characters. The difference between the two
types of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs, namely that
a single quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is not interpreted
for shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while
double quotes indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example,
backticks are evaluated inside of double quotes, but not for single quotes.

“\” quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh. For
example, if want to put quotes “"” inside of a string, you can use “\” to force
the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted character.

Example 3.3. Escaping quotes in configuration files

set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"


“\\” means to insert a literal “\” into the line. “\n” and “\r” have their
usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return, respectively.

A “\” at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple lines as
it “escapes” the line end, provided that the split points don't appear in the
middle of command names. Lines are first concatenated before interpretation so
that a multi-line can be commented by commenting out the first line only.

Example 3.4. Splitting long configuration commands over several lines

set status_format="some very \
long value split \
over several lines"


Note

Using “\” at the end of a line only removes the newline character.

Any leading whitespace on the following lines will be part of the
configuration.

It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an
initialization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in backticks
(``). In Example 3.5, “Using external command's output in configuration files”,
the output of the Unix command “uname -a” will be substituted before the line
is parsed. Since initialization files are line oriented, only the first line of
output from the Unix command will be substituted.

Example 3.5. Using external command's output in configuration files

my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`


To avoid the output of backticks being parsed, place them inside double quotes.
In Example 3.6, “Preventing the output of backticks from being parsed”, the
output of the gpg decryption is assigned directly to $imap_pass, so that
special characters in the password (e.g.“'”, “#”, “$”) are not parsed and
interpreted specially by neomutt.

Example 3.6. Preventing the output of backticks from being parsed

set imap_pass="`gpg --batch -q --decrypt ~/.neomutt/account.gpg`"


Both environment variables and NeoMutt variables can be accessed by prepending 
“$” to the name of the variable. For example,

Example 3.7. Using environment variables in configuration files

set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME


will cause NeoMutt to save outgoing messages to a folder named “sent_on_kremvax
” if the environment variable $HOSTNAME is set to “kremvax.” (See $record for
details.)

NeoMutt expands the variable when it is assigned, not when it is used. If the
value of a variable on the right-hand side of an assignment changes after the
assignment, the variable on the left-hand side will not be affected.

The commands understood by NeoMutt are explained in the next paragraphs. For a
complete list, see the command reference.

All configuration files are expected to be in the current locale as specified
by the $charset variable which doesn't have a default value since it's
determined by NeoMutt at startup. If a configuration file is not encoded in the
same character set the $config_charset variable should be used: all lines
starting with the next are recoded from $config_charset to $charset.

This mechanism should be avoided if possible as it has the following
implications:

  • These variables should be set early in a configuration file with $charset
    preceding $config_charset so NeoMutt knows what character set to convert
    to.

  • If $config_charset is set, it should be set in each configuration file
    because the value is global and not per configuration file.

  • Because NeoMutt first recodes a line before it attempts to parse it, a
    conversion introducing question marks or other characters as part of errors
    (unconvertable characters, transliteration) may introduce syntax errors or
    silently change the meaning of certain tokens (e.g. inserting question
    marks into regular expressions).

4. Address Groups

Usage:

group [ -group name ...] { -rx expr ... | -addr expr ... }
ungroup [ -group name ...] { * | -rx expr ... | -addr expr ... }

NeoMutt supports grouping addresses logically into named groups. An address or
address pattern can appear in several groups at the same time. These groups can
be used in patterns (for searching, limiting and tagging) and in hooks by using
group patterns. This can be useful to classify mail and take certain actions
depending on in what groups the message is. For example, the NeoMutt user's
mailing list would fit into the categories “mailing list” and “NeoMutt-related”
. Using send-hook, the sender can be set to a dedicated one for writing mailing
list messages, and the signature could be set to a NeoMutt-related one for
writing to a NeoMutt list – for other lists, the list sender setting still
applies but a different signature can be selected. Or, given a group only
containing recipients known to accept encrypted mail, “auto-encryption” can be
achieved easily.

The group command is used to directly add either addresses or regular
expressions to the specified group or groups. The different categories of
arguments to the group command can be in any order. The flags -rx and -addr
specify what the following strings (that cannot begin with a hyphen) should be
interpreted as: either a regular expression or an email address, respectively.

These address groups can also be created implicitly by the alias, lists,
subscribe and alternates commands by specifying the optional -group option. For
example,

alternates -group me address1 address2
alternates -group me -group work address3

would create a group named “me” which contains all your addresses and a group
named “work” which contains only your work address address3. Besides many other
possibilities, this could be used to automatically mark your own messages in a
mailing list folder as read or use a special signature for work-related
messages.

The ungroup command is used to remove addresses or regular expressions from the
specified group or groups. The syntax is similar to the group command, however
the special character * can be used to empty a group of all of its contents. As
soon as a group gets empty because all addresses and regular expressions have
been removed, it'll internally be removed, too (i.e. there cannot be an empty
group). When removing regular expressions from a group, the pattern must be
specified exactly as given to the group command or -group argument.

5. Defining/Using Aliases

Usage:

alias [ -group name ...] key address [ , address ...]
unalias [ -group name ...] { * | key ... }

It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone you
are communicating with. NeoMutt allows you to create “aliases” which map a
short string to a full address.

Note

If you want to create an alias for more than one address, you must separate the
addresses with a comma (“,”).

The optional -group argument to alias causes the aliased address(es) to be
added to the named group.

To add an alias:

alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
alias theguys manny, moe, jack

To remove an alias or aliases (“*” means all aliases):

unalias muttdude
unalias *

Unlike other mailers, NeoMutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a
special file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a configuration file, as
long as this file is sourced. Consequently, you can have multiple alias files,
or you can have all aliases defined in your .neomuttrc.

On the other hand, the <create-alias> function can use only one file, the one
pointed to by the $alias_file variable (which is ~/.neomuttrc by default). This
file is not special either, in the sense that NeoMutt will happily append
aliases to any file, but in order for the new aliases to take effect you need
to explicitly source this file too.

Example 3.8. Configuring external alias files

source /usr/local/share/NeoMutt.aliases
source ~/.mail_aliases
set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases


To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in NeoMutt where NeoMutt
prompts for addresses, such as the To: or Cc: prompt. You can also enter
aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the $edit_headers
variable set.

In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character to
expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches,
NeoMutt will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be
presented with the full list of aliases, you must hit tab without a partial
alias, such as at the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting
multiple addresses.

In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the
select-entry key (default: <Return>), and use the exit key (default: q) to
return to the address prompt.

6. Changing the Default Key Bindings

Usage:

bind map [ ,map ...] key function
unbind { * | map | [ ,map ...]} [ key ]

This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation invoked
when pressing a key).

map specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be specified
by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is allowed). The
currently defined maps are:

Note

Missing key sequence in unmacro command means unmacro all macros in menus given
in menu.

generic

    This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the other
    menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not defined in
    another menu, NeoMutt will look for a binding to use in this menu. This
    allows you to bind a key to a certain function in multiple menus instead of
    having multiple bind statements to accomplish the same task.

alias

    The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in your
    .neomuttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full email
    address(es) of the recipient(s).

attach

    The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received messages.

browser

    The browser is used for both browsing the local directory structure, and
    for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.

editor

    The editor is used to allow the user to enter a single line of text, such
    as the To or Subject prompts in the compose menu.

index

    The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.

compose

    The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.

pager

    The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and help
    listings.

pgp

    The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used to encrypt outgoing
    messages.

smime

    The smime menu is used to select the OpenSSL certificates used to encrypt
    outgoing messages.

postpone

    The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
    recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.

query

    The query menu is the browser for results returned by $query_command.

mix

    The mixmaster screen is used to select remailer options for outgoing
    messages (if NeoMutt is compiled with Mixmaster support).

key is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a control
character, use the sequence \Cx, where x is the letter of the control character
(for example, to specify control-A use “\Ca”). Note that the case of x as well
as \C is ignored, so that \CA, \Ca, \cA and \ca are all equivalent. An
alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit octal number prefixed
with a “\” (for example \177 is equivalent to \c?). In addition, key may be a
symbolic name as shown in Table 3.5, “Symbolic key names”.

Table 3.5. Symbolic key names

┌─────────────┬───────────────────┐
│Symbolic name│      Meaning      │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│\t           │tab                │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<tab>        │tab                │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<backtab>    │backtab / shift-tab│
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│\r           │carriage return    │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│\n           │newline            │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│\e           │escape/alt         │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<esc>        │escape/alt         │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<up>         │up arrow           │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<down>       │down arrow         │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<left>       │left arrow         │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<right>      │right arrow        │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<pageup>     │Page Up            │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<pagedown>   │Page Down          │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<backspace>  │Backspace          │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<delete>     │Delete             │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<insert>     │Insert             │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<enter>      │Enter              │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<return>     │Return             │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<home>       │Home               │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<end>        │End                │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<space>      │Space bar          │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<f1>         │function key 1     │
├─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│<f10>        │function key 10    │
└─────────────┴───────────────────┘


The <what-key> function can be used to explore keycode and symbolic names for
other keys on your keyboard. Executing this function will display information
about each key pressed, until terminated by ^G.

key does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space (“ ”) or
semi-colon (“;”).

function specifies which action to take when key is pressed. For a complete
list of functions, see the reference. Note that the bind expects function to be
specified without angle brackets.

The special function <noop> unbinds the specified key sequence.

6.1. Warnings about Duplicated Bindings

Due to a limitation of NeoMutt, creating key bindings, or macros, will
overwrite existing mappings with similar, shorter, names.

bind index g  group-reply
bind index gg first-entry

In this example, the g binding will be overwritten and cannot be used. Newer
versions of NeoMutt will warn the user about this.

To avoid warnings on startup, first set the shorter binding to noop (no
operation).

bind index g  noop
bind index gg first-entry

The same is also possible using unbind.

unbind index g
bind index gg first-entry

7. Defining Aliases for Character Sets

Usage:

charset-hook alias charset
iconv-hook charset local-charset

The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This is useful
to properly display messages which are tagged with a character set name not
known to NeoMutt.

The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character set. This
is helpful when your systems character conversion library insists on using
strange, system-specific names for character sets.

8. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox

Usage:

folder-hook regex command

It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are
reading. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute any
configuration command. regex is a regular expression specifying in which
mailboxes to execute command before loading. If a mailbox matches multiple 
folder-hooks, they are executed in the order given in the .neomuttrc.

The regex parameter has mailbox shortcut expansion performed on the first
character. See Mailbox Matching in Hooks for more details.

Note

If you use the “!” shortcut for $spoolfile at the beginning of the pattern, you
must place it inside of double or single quotes in order to distinguish it from
the logical not operator for the expression.

Note

Settings are not restored when you leave the mailbox. For example, a command
action to perform is to change the sorting method based upon the mailbox being
read:

folder-hook work "set sort=threads"

However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when reading
a different mailbox. To specify a default command, use the pattern “.” before
other folder-hooks adjusting a value on a per-folder basis because folder-hooks
are evaluated in the order given in the configuration file.

Note

The keyboard buffer will not be processed until after all hooks are run;
multiple push or exec commands will end up being processed in reverse order.

The following example will set the sort variable to date-sent for all folders
but to threads for all folders containing “work” in their name.

Example 3.9. Setting sort method based on mailbox name

folder-hook . "set sort=date-sent"
folder-hook work "set sort=threads"


9. Keyboard Macros

Usage:

macro menu [ ,menu ...] key sequence [ description ]
unmacro { * | map | [ ,map ...]} [ key ]

Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
actions. When you press key in menu menu, NeoMutt will behave as if you had
typed sequence. So if you have a common sequence of commands you type, you can
create a macro to execute those commands with a single key or fewer keys.

menu is the map which the macro will be bound in. Multiple maps may be
specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas. Whitespace may not
be used in between the menu arguments and the commas separating them.

key and sequence are expanded by the same rules as the key bindings with some
additions. The first is that control characters in sequence can also be
specified as ^x. In order to get a caret (“^”) you need to use ^^. Secondly, to
specify a certain key such as up or to invoke a function directly, you can use
the format <key name> and <function name>. For a listing of key names see the
section on key bindings. Functions are listed in the reference.

The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will work
regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on the user
having particular key definitions. This makes them more robust and portable,
and also facilitates defining of macros in files used by more than one user
(e.g., the system neomuttrc).

Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after sequence, which is shown in
the help screens if they contain a description.

Note

Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are silently truncated
at the screen width, and are not wrapped.

Note

Missing key sequence in unmacro command means unmacro all macros in menus given
in menu.

10. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes

Usage:

color [ compose ] object [ attribute ...] foreground background
color pattern-object [ attribute ...] foreground background pattern
color regex-object [ attribute ...] foreground background regex
color status [ attribute ...] foreground background [ regex [ num ]]
uncolor [ compose ] object
uncolor pattern-object { pattern | * }
uncolor regex-object { regex | * }
uncolor status { regex | * }

If your terminal supports color, you can spice up NeoMutt by creating your own
color scheme.

The types of objects that can be colored fall into two categories: Simple
Colors such as the highlight in the index, and Color Lists such as the status
bar. These lists can created complexing coloring rules.

10.1. Color Style

Objects in NeoMutt can be given colors and attributes to make things easier to
find and use.

Note

Objects must be given both a foreground and background color (it is not
possible to specify one or the other).

Colors can be specified in two ways, using their name such as green, blue, or
by their number in the palette, such as color12, color207 (the palette consists
of the 256 Xterm colors).

Named colours may also be prefixed by a modifier. bright or light will make the
color boldfaced or light (e.g., brightred). alert to make a blinking/alert
color (e.g., alertred).

The precise behavior depends on the terminal and its configuration. In
particular, the boldfaced/light difference and such background colors may be
available only for terminals configured with at least 16 colors, as specified
by the $TERM environment variable.

foreground and background can be one of the following:

  • white

  • black

  • green

  • magenta

  • blue

  • cyan

  • yellow

  • red

  • default

In addition to the colors, objects may have their attributes set:

  • none

  • bold

  • reverse

  • standout

  • underline

If your terminal supports it, the special keyword default can be used as a
transparent color. The value brightdefault is also valid. If NeoMutt is linked
against the S-Lang library, you also need to set the $COLORFGBG environment
variable to the default colors of your terminal for this to work; for example
(for Bourne-like shells):

set COLORFGBG="green;black"
export COLORFGBG

Note

The S-Lang library requires you to use the lightgray and brown keywords instead
of white and yellow when setting this variable.

10.2. Simple Colors

Most of NeoMutt's colorable objects follow simple rules. They don't use a
pattern and any new configuration will overwrite the old colours.

Simple colors can be undone by setting the foreground and background to
default, or by using the uncolor command.

These are general NeoMutt objects:

Table 3.6. Simple Colours

┌───────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Colour Name│                         Description                          │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│attachment │Colour for attachment headers                                 │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│bold       │Highlighting bold patterns in the body of messages            │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│error      │Error messages printed by NeoMutt                             │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│hdrdefault │Default colour of the message header in the pager             │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│indicator  │Arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu      │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│markers    │The "+" markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager│
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│message    │Informational messages                                        │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│normal     │Default colour for all text                                   │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│options    │The key letters in multi-choice questions                     │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│progress   │Visual progress bar                                           │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│prompt     │A question                                                    │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│search     │Highlighting of words in the pager                            │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│signature  │Email's signature lines (.sig)                                │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│tilde      │The "~" used to pad blank lines in the pager                  │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│tree       │Thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu    │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│underline  │Highlighting underlined patterns in the body of messages      │
├───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│warning    │Warning messages                                              │
└───────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


# Make error messages white text on a red background
color error white red
# Make questions bold, underlined, with light blue text (with default background)
color prompt bold underline cyan default

uncolor error
uncolor prompt

Each of these objects will colour a certain expando in the index. See
$index_format for more details.

Table 3.7. Simple Index Colours

┌───────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│  Colour Name  │                Description                 │
├───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_collapsed│Number of messages in a collapsed thread, %M│
├───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_date     │Date field, %d %D %{fmt} %[fmt] %(fmt)      │
├───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_label    │Message label, %y %Y                        │
├───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_number   │Message number, %C                          │
├───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_size     │Message size, %c %cr %l                     │
├───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_tags     │Transformed message tags, %g %J             │
└───────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────┘


color index_date green default

uncolor index_date

These are sidebar objects. See Sidebar Intro for more details.

Table 3.8. Simple Sidebar Colours

┌─────────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Colour Name   │                        Description                        │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_divider  │The dividing line between the Sidebar and the Index/Pager  │
│                 │panels                                                     │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_flagged  │Mailboxes containing flagged mail                          │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_highlight│Cursor to select a mailbox                                 │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_indicator│The mailbox open in the Index panel                        │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_new      │Mailboxes containing new mail                              │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_ordinary │Mailboxes that have no new/flagged mails, etc              │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_spoolfile│Mailbox that receives incoming mail                        │
├─────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_unread   │Mailboxes containing unread mail                           │
└─────────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


color sidebar_divider brightblack default

uncolor sidebar_divider

These are compose objects.

Note

The compose objects use a slightly different format of command. They prefix the
style with the word compose.

Table 3.9. Simple Compose Colours

┌────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────┐
│  Colour Name   │            Description             │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│header          │Header labels, e.g. From:           │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│security_encrypt│Mail will be encrypted              │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│security_sign   │Mail will be signed                 │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│security_both   │Mail will be encrypted and signed   │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│security_none   │Mail will not be encrypted or signed│
└────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────┘


color compose header bold white default

uncolor compose header

The quoted objects refer to quoted lines in an email reply. They are defined
using the $reply_regex config variable.

The quoted email colours don't use pattern. The first colour, quoted provides a
default colour for all quoted text. Also, each diffent level of quoting can be
given a different colour using, quoted1, quoted2, quoted3 up to quoted9.

Table 3.10. Quoted Email Colours

┌───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Colour Name│                    Description                    │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│quoted     │Text matching $quote_regex in the body of a message│
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│quoted1    │1 level deeper quoted text, e.g. > > text          │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│quoted2    │2 level deeper quoted text, e.g. > > > text        │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│...        │...                                                │
├───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│quoted9    │9 level deeper quoted text                         │
└───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


color quoted brightblue default
color quoted1 brightgreen default
color quoted2 yellow default

uncolor quoted
uncolor quoted1
uncolor quoted2

10.3. Color Lists

Some objects in NeoMutt support lists of color rules. Each rule has a pattern
and a color. Each is checked in turn and any matching rules are applied
cumulatively (overlaid).

When applying the colours, each pattern will be tested against the field to be
colored. All of the matching patterns will have their colors applied in the
order they are configured.

The color lists work in slightly different ways to each other.

attach_headers, body and header match a regular expression (regex) in the
header/body of a email.

index objects match a pattern in the email index (see Section 3, “Patterns:
Searching, Limiting and Tagging”) Note that IMAP server-side searches (=b, =B,
=h) are not supported for color index patterns.

When $header_color_partial is unset (the default), a header matched by regex
will have color applied to the entire header. When set, color is applied only
to the exact text matched by regex.

For the status list, the regular expression is optional. Without one, the
command will set the default style for the status bar. With a regex (and an
optional number), it's possible to style parts of the status bar. See:
Status-Color feature for more detail.

Color lists can be undone by using the uncolor command and the pattern or * to
match.

Table 3.11. Colour Regex Lists

┌──────────────┬───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Colour Name  │ Match │                 Description                 │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│attach_headers│regex  │Attachment headers                           │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│body          │regex  │Email body                                   │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│header        │regex  │Email headers                                │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index         │pattern│Default highlighting of the entire index line│
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_author  │pattern│Author in the index, %A %a %F %L %n          │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_flags   │pattern│Flags in the index, %S %Z                    │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_subject │pattern│Subject in the index, %s                     │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_tag     │pattern│Tags in the index, %G                        │
├──────────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│status        │regex  │Status bar                                   │
└──────────────┴───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────┘


# Highlight emails from work (entire line)
color index          cyan default "~f @work.com"
# Extra highlighting for the boss (just the author column)
color index_author   cyan red     "~f boss@work.com"

uncolor index          "~f @work.com"
# Clear all index_author colors
uncolor index_author   *

# Add some highlights to the body of an email
color body    bold red    default "(urgent|important)"
color body         yellow default "(warning|notice)"
# Make the label header red
color header       cyan   default "X-Label"

uncolor body    "(urgent|important)"
# Clear all body colors
uncolor body    *
uncolor header  "X-Label"

# Set the default color for the entire status line
color status blue white
# Highlight New, Deleted, or Flagged emails
color status brightred white '(New|Del|Flag):[0-9]+'
# Highlight the contents of the []s but not the [] themselves
color status red default '\[([^]]+)\]' 1

uncolor status '(New|Del|Flag):[0-9]+'
uncolor status *

10.4. Mono Color

If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
attributes through the use of the “mono” command. Usage:

mono object attribute
mono { header | body } attribute regex
mono index-object attribute pattern
unmono { index-object | header | body } { * | pattern ... }

For object, composeobject, and attribute, see the color command.

11. Message Header Display

11.1. Header Display

When displaying a message in the pager, NeoMutt folds long header lines at
$wrap columns. Though there're precise rules about where to break and how,
NeoMutt always folds headers using a tab for readability. (Note that the
sending side is not affected by this, NeoMutt tries to implement standards
compliant folding.)

11.2. Selecting Headers

Usage:

ignore pattern [ pattern ...]
unignore { * | pattern ... }

Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows you
to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see in the pager.

You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example, “ignore
content-” will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern “content-”.
“ignore *” will ignore all headers.

To remove a previously added token from the list, use the “unignore” command.
The “unignore” command will make NeoMutt display headers with the given
pattern. For example, if you do “ignore x-” it is possible to “unignore
x-mailer”.

“unignore *” will remove all tokens from the ignore list.

Example 3.10. Header weeding

# Sven's draconian header weeding
ignore *
unignore from date subject to cc
unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
unignore posted-to:


11.3. Ordering Displayed Headers

Usage:

hdr_order header [ header ...]
unhdr_order { * | header ... }

With the hdr_order command you can specify an order in which NeoMutt will
attempt to present these headers to you when viewing messages.

“unhdr_order*” will clear all previous headers from the order list, thus
removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.

Example 3.11. Configuring header display order

hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:


12. Alternative Addresses

Usage:

alternates [ -group name ...] regex [ regex ...]
unalternates [ -group name ...] { * | regex ... }

With various functions, NeoMutt will treat messages differently, depending on
whether you sent them or whether you received them from someone else. For
instance, when replying to a message that you sent to a different party,
NeoMutt will automatically suggest to send the response to the original
message's recipients – responding to yourself won't make much sense in many
cases. (See $reply_to.)

Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To fully use
NeoMutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize what e-mail
addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of the alternates command:
It takes a list of regular expressions, each of which can identify an address
under which you receive e-mail.

As addresses are matched using regular expressions and not exact strict
comparisons, you should make sure you specify your addresses as precise as
possible to avoid mismatches. For example, if you specify:

alternates user@example

NeoMutt will consider “some-user@example” as being your address, too which may
not be desired. As a solution, in such cases addresses should be specified as:

alternates '^user@example$'

The -group flag causes all of the subsequent regular expressions to be added to
the named group.

The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates
patterns. If an address matches something in an alternates command, but you
nonetheless do not think it is from you, you can list a more precise pattern
under an unalternates command.

To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the unalternates
command with exactly the same regex. Likewise, if the regex for an alternates
command matches an entry on the unalternates list, that unalternates entry will
be removed. If the regex for unalternates is “*”, all entries on alternates
will be removed.

13. Mailing Lists

Usage:

lists [ -group name ...] regex [ regex ...]
unlists { * | regex ... }
subscribe [ -group name ...] regex [ regex ...]
unsubscribe { * | regex ... }

NeoMutt has a few nice features for handling mailing lists. In order to take
advantage of them, you must specify which addresses belong to mailing lists,
and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. NeoMutt also has limited support
for auto-detecting mailing lists: it supports parsing mailto: links in the
common List-Post: header which has the same effect as specifying the list
address via the lists command (except the group feature). Once you have done
this, the <list-reply> function will work for all known lists. Additionally,
when you send a message to a known list and $followup_to is set, NeoMutt will
add a Mail-Followup-To header. For unsubscribed lists, this will include your
personal address, ensuring you receive a copy of replies. For subscribed
mailing lists, the header will not, telling other users' mail user agents not
to send copies of replies to your personal address.

Note

The Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not supported
by all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against receiving
personal CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation of the
Mail-Followup-To header is controlled by the $followup_to configuration
variable since it's common practice on some mailing lists to send Cc upon
replies (which is more a group- than a list-reply).

More precisely, NeoMutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of known
and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is known. To mark a
mailing list as known, use the list command. To mark it as subscribed, use 
subscribe.

You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all messages sent
to a specific bug report's address on Debian's bug tracking system as list
mail, for instance, you could say

subscribe [0-9]+.*@bugs.debian.org

as it's often sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.

Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For example,
if you've subscribed to the NeoMutt mailing list, you will receive mail
addressed to neomutt-users@neomutt.org. So, to tell NeoMutt that this is a
mailing list, you could add lists neomutt-users@ to your initialization file.
To tell NeoMutt that you are subscribed to it, add subscribe neomutt-users to
your initialization file instead. If you also happen to get mail from someone
whose address is neomutt-users@example.com, you could use lists ^
neomutt-users@neomutt\\.org$ or subscribe ^neomutt-users@neomutt\\.org$ to
match only mail from the actual list.

The -group flag adds all of the subsequent regular expressions to the named
address group in addition to adding to the specified address list.

The “unlists” command is used to remove a token from the list of known and
subscribed mailing-lists. Use “unlists *” to remove all tokens.

To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists, but keep it
on the list of known mailing lists, use unsubscribe.

14. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes

Usage:

mbox-hook regex mailbox

This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a
different mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders. regex is a
regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a “spool” mailbox and 
mailbox specifies where mail should be saved when read.

The regex parameter has mailbox shortcut expansion performed on the first
character. See Mailbox Matching in Hooks for more details.

Note that execution of mbox-hooks is dependent on the $move configuration
variable. If set to “no” (the default), mbox-hooks will not be executed.

Unlike some of the other hook commands, only the first matching regex is used
(it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single mailbox).

15. Monitoring Incoming Mail

Usage:

mailboxes mailbox [ mailbox ...]
named-mailboxes description mailbox { description mailbox ...}
unmailboxes { * | mailbox ... }

This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will be checked
for new messages periodically.

folder can either be a local file or directory (Mbox/Mmdf or Maildir/Mh). If
NeoMutt was built with POP and/or IMAP support, folder can also be a POP/IMAP
folder URL. The URL syntax is described in Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”, POP and
IMAP are described in Section 3, “POP3 Support” and Section 4, “IMAP Support”
respectively.

NeoMutt provides a number of advanced features for handling (possibly many)
folders and new mail within them, please refer to Section 13, “New Mail
Detection” for details (including in what situations and how often NeoMutt
checks for new mail). Additionally, $new_mail_command can be used to run a
command when new mail is detected.

The “unmailboxes” command is used to remove a token from the list of folders
which receive mail. “unmailboxes” can be used on the mailbox path, “$folder”
-abbreviated path, or description. Use “unmailboxes *” to remove all tokens.

Note

The folders in the mailboxes command are resolved when the command is executed,
so if these names contain shortcut characters (such as “=” and “!”), any
variable definition that affects these characters (like $folder and $spoolfile)
should be set before the mailboxes command. If none of these shortcuts are
used, a local path should be absolute as otherwise NeoMutt tries to find it
relative to the directory from where NeoMutt was started which may not always
be desired.

16. User-Defined Headers

Usage:

my_hdr string
unmy_hdr { * | field ... }

The my_hdr command allows you to create your own header fields which will be
added to every message you send and appear in the editor if $edit_headers is
set.

For example, if you would like to add an “Organization:” header field to all of
your outgoing messages, you can put the command something like shown in
Example 3.12, “Defining custom headers” in your .neomuttrc.

Example 3.12. Defining custom headers

my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA


Note

Space characters are not allowed between the keyword and the colon (“:”). The
standard for electronic mail (RFC2822) says that space is illegal there, so
NeoMutt enforces the rule.

If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should either
set the $edit_headers variable, or use the <edit-headers> function (default: “E
”) in the compose menu so that you can edit the header of your message along
with the body.

To remove user defined header fields, use the unmy_hdr command. You may specify
an asterisk (“*”) to remove all header fields, or the fields to remove. For
example, to remove all “To” and “Cc” header fields, you could use:

unmy_hdr to cc

17. Specify Default Fcc: and/or Save Mailbox

Usage:

fcc-save-hook pattern mailbox
fcc-hook pattern mailbox
save-hook pattern mailbox

fcc-save-hook is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a fcc-hook and a
save-hook with its arguments, including %-expansion on mailbox according to
$index_format.

fcc-hook is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than $record. NeoMutt
searches the initial list of message recipients for the first matching pattern
and uses mailbox as the default “Fcc:” mailbox. If no match is found the
message will be saved to $record mailbox.

fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers

...will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to the “
+spammers” mailbox by default.

save-hook is used to override the default mailbox used when saving messages. 
mailbox will be used as the default if the message matches pattern.

Example 3.13. Using %-expandos in save-hook

# default: save all to ~/Mail/<author name>
save-hook . ~/Mail/%F
# save from me@turing.cs.hmc.edu and me@cs.hmc.edu to $folder/elkins
save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
# save from aol.com to $folder/spam
save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam


Also see the fcc-save-hook command.

To provide more flexibility and good defaults, NeoMutt applies the expandos of
$index_format to mailbox after it was expanded. See Message Matching in Hooks
for information on the exact format of pattern.

18. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients

Usage:

reply-hook pattern command
send-hook pattern command
send2-hook pattern command

These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
upon recipients of the message. pattern is used to match the message, see
Message Matching in Hooks for details. command is executed when pattern
matches.

reply-hook is matched against the message you are replying to, instead of the
message you are sending. send-hook is matched against all messages, both new
and replies.

Note

reply-hooks are matched before the send-hook, regardless of the order specified
in the user's configuration file. However, you can inhibit send-hook in the
reply case by using the pattern '! ~Q' (not replied, see Message Matching in
Hooks) in the send-hook to tell when reply-hook have been executed.

send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by editing it, or
by using the compose menu to change its recipients or subject. send2-hook is
executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the
$sendmail variable depending on the message's sender address.

For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur, commands
are executed in the order they are specified in the .neomuttrc (for that type
of hook).

Example: send-hook work "set mime_forward signature=''"

Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the
$attribution, $attribution_locale, and $signature variables in order to change
the language of the attributions and signatures based upon the recipients.

Note

send-hook's are only executed once after getting the initial list of
recipients. They are not executed when resuming a postponed draft. Adding a
recipient after replying or editing the message will not cause any send-hook to
be executed, similarly if $autoedit is set (as then the initial list of
recipients is empty). Also note that my_hdr commands which modify recipient
headers, or the message's subject, don't have any effect on the current message
when executed from a send-hook.

19. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message

Usage:

message-hook pattern command

This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands before
viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message. 
command is executed if the pattern matches the message to be displayed. When
multiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified
in the .neomuttrc.

See Message Matching in Hooks for information on the exact format of pattern.

Example:

message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^  subject: .*\""'

20. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient

Usage:

crypt-hook regex keyid

When encrypting messages with PGP/GnuPG or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a
certain key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the
recipient's public key can't be deduced from the destination address, or
because, for some reasons, you need to override the key NeoMutt would normally
use. The crypt-hook command provides a method by which you can specify the ID
of the public key to be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
You may use multiple crypt-hooks with the same regex; multiple matching
crypt-hooks result in the use of multiple keyids for a recipient. During key
selection, NeoMutt will confirm whether each crypt-hook is to be used (unless
the $crypt_confirmhook option is unset). If all crypt-hooks for a recipient are
declined, NeoMutt will use the original recipient address for key selection
instead.

The meaning of keyid is to be taken broadly in this context: You can either put
a numerical key ID or fingerprint here, an e-mail address, or even just a real
name.

21. Dynamically Changing $index_format using Patterns

Usage:

index-format-hook name [!]pattern format-string

This command is used to inject format strings dynamically into $index_format
based on pattern matching against the current message.

The $index_formatexpando %@name@specifies a placeholder for the injection.
Index-format-hooks with the same nameare matched using pattern against the
current message. Matching is done in the order specified in the .muttrc, with
the first match being used. The hook's format-stringis then substituted and
evaluated.

Because the first match is used, best practice is to put a catch-all ~Apattern
as the last hook. Here is an example showing how to implement dynamic date
formatting:

set index_format="%4C %-6@date@ %-15.15F %Z (%4c) %s"

index-format-hook  date  "~d<1d"    "%[%H:%M]"
index-format-hook  date  "~d<1m"    "%[%a %d]"
index-format-hook  date  "~d<1y"    "%[%b %d]"
index-format-hook  date  "~A"       "%[%m/%y]"

Another example, showing a way to prepend to the subject. Note that without a
catch-all ~A pattern, no match results in the expando being replaced with an
empty string.

set index_format="%4C %@subj_flags@%s"

index-format-hook  subj_flags  "~f boss@example.com"    "** BOSS ** "
index-format-hook  subj_flags  "~f spouse@example.com"  ":-) "

22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer

Usage:

push string

This command adds the named string to the beginning of the keyboard buffer. The
string may contain control characters, key names and function names like the
sequence string in the macro command. You may use it to automatically run a
sequence of commands at startup, or when entering certain folders. For example,
Example 3.14, “Embedding push in folder-hook” shows how to automatically
collapse all threads when entering a folder.

Example 3.14. Embedding push in folder-hook

folder-hook . 'push <collapse-all>'


For using functions like shown in the example, it's important to use angle
brackets (“<” and “>”) to make NeoMutt recognize the input as a function name.
Otherwise it will simulate individual just keystrokes, i.e. “push collapse-all”
would be interpreted as if you had typed “c”, followed by “o”, followed by “l”,
..., which is not desired and may lead to very unexpected behavior.

Keystrokes can be used, too, but are less portable because of potentially
changed key bindings. With default bindings, this is equivalent to the above
example:

folder-hook . 'push \eV'

because it simulates that Esc+V was pressed (which is the default binding of
<collapse-all>).

23. Executing Functions

Usage:

exec function [ function ...]

This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed in the
function reference. “exec function” is equivalent to “push <function>”.

24. Message Scoring

Usage:

score pattern value
unscore { * | pattern ... }

The score commands adds value to a message's score if pattern matches it. 
pattern is a string in the format described in the patterns section (note: For
efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information not available in the index,
such as ~b, ~B, ~h, ~M, or ~X may not be used). value is a positive or negative
integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all matching score
entries. However, you may optionally prefix value with an equal sign (“=”) to
cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is a match. Negative
final scores are rounded up to 0.

The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You must specify the
same pattern specified in the score command for it to be removed. The pattern “
*” is a special token which means to clear the list of all score entries.

Scoring occurs as the messages are read in, before the mailbox is sorted.
Because of this, patterns which depend on threading, such as ~=, ~$, and ~(),
will not work by default. A workaround is to push the scoring command in a
folder hook. This will cause the mailbox to be rescored after it is opened and
input starts being processed:

folder-hook . 'push "<enter-command>score ~= 10<enter>"'

25. Spam Detection

Usage:

spam pattern format
nospam { * | pattern }

NeoMutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By defining
your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can limit, search,
and sort your mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index display using
the %H selector in the $index_format variable. (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display
spam tags only when they are defined for a given message.)

Note: the value displayed by %Hand searched by ~His stored in the header cache.
NeoMutt isn't smart enough to invalidate a header cache entry based on changing
spam rules, so if you aren't seeing correct %Hvalues, try temporarily turning
off the header cache. If that fixes the problem, then once your spam rules are
set to your liking, remove your stale header cache files and turn the header
cache back on.

Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using the 
spam command. pattern should be a regular expression that matches a header in a
mail message. If any message in the mailbox matches this regular expression, it
will receive a “spam tag” or “spam attribute” (unless it also matches a nospam
pattern – see below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up to you,
and is governed by the format parameter. format can be any static text, but it
also can include back-references from the pattern expression. (A regular
expression “back-reference” refers to a sub-expression contained within
parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-reference in the regex, %2
with the second, etc.

To match spam tags, NeoMutt needs the corresponding header information which is
always the case for local and POP folders but not for IMAP in the default
configuration. Depending on the spam header to be analyzed, $imap_headers may
need to be adjusted.

If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than one
spam-related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter you use. If a
message matches two or more of these patterns, and the $spam_separator variable
is set to a string, then the message's spam tag will consist of all the format
strings joined together, with the value of $spam_separator separating them.

For example, suppose one uses DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage, then the
configuration might look like in Example 3.15, “Configuring spam detection”.

Example 3.15. Configuring spam detection

spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many"         "90+/DCC-%1"
spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes"                     "90+/SA"
spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
set spam_separator=", "


If then a message is received that DCC registered with “many” hits under the “
Fuz2” checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a 97% probability of being
spam, that message's spam tag would read 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four
characters before “=many” in a DCC report indicate the checksum used – in this
case, “Fuz2”.)

If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match
supersedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined format strings, you'll
get only the last one to match.

The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in the
$index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-matching
expression matches against for <search> and <limit> functions. And it's what
sorting by spam attribute will use as a sort key.

That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual environments will
have only one spam filter. The simpler your configuration, the more effective
NeoMutt can be, especially when it comes to sorting.

Generally, when you sort by spam tag, NeoMutt will sort lexically – that is, by
ordering strings alphanumerically. However, if a spam tag begins with a number,
NeoMutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only when two numbers are
equal in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A message with no spam
attributes at all – that is, one that didn't match any of your spam patterns –
is sorted at lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and
ranging upward. Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with “a” taking lower
priority than “z”. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective
when you can coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case you
can't, NeoMutt can still do something useful.

The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns. If a
header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you nonetheless do not
want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more precise pattern under a 
nospam command.

If the pattern given to nospam is exactly the same as the pattern on an
existing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry from the spam
list, instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the pattern for a spam
command matches an entry on the nospam list, that nospam entry will be removed.
If the pattern for nospam is “*”, all entries on both lists will be removed.
This might be the default action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with
a folder-hook.

You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can even do your
own primitive spam detection within NeoMutt – for example, if you consider all
mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a spam command like this:

spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON"       "999"

26. Setting and Querying Variables

26.1. Variable Types

NeoMutt supports these types of configuration variables:

boolean

    A boolean expression, either “yes” or “no”.

number

    A signed integer number in the range -32768 to 32767.

number (long)

    A signed integer number in the range -2147483648 to 2147483647.

string

    Arbitrary text.

path

    A specialized string for representing paths including support for mailbox
    shortcuts (see Section 10, “Mailbox Shortcuts”) as well as tilde (“~”) for
    a user's home directory and more.

quadoption

    Like a boolean but triggers a prompt when set to “ask-yes” or “ask-no” with
    “yes” and “no” preselected respectively.

sort order

    A specialized string allowing only particular words as values depending on
    the variable.

regular expression

    A regular expression, see Section 2, “Regular Expressions” for an
    introduction.

folder type

    Specifies the type of folder to use: mbox, mmdf, mh or maildir. Currently
    only used to determine the type for newly created folders.

e-mail address

    An email address either with or without realname. The older “
    user@example.org (Joe User)” form is supported but strongly deprecated.

user-defined

    Arbitrary text, see Section 26.3, “User-Defined Variables” for details.

26.2. Commands

The following commands are available to manipulate and query variables:

Usage:

set { [ no | inv | & | ? ] variable | variable=value } [...]
unset variable [ variable ...]
reset variable [ variable ...]
toggle variable [ variable ...]

This command is used to set (and unset) configuration variables. There are four
basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and quadoption. boolean
variables can be set (true) or unset (false). number variables can be assigned
a positive integer value. string variables consist of any number of printable
characters and must be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You
may also use the escape sequences “\n” and “\t” for newline and tab,
respectively. quadoption variables are used to control whether or not to be
prompted for certain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of yes
will cause the action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered
yes to the question. Similarly, a value of no will cause the action to be
carried out as if you had answered “no.” A value of ask-yes will cause a prompt
with a default answer of “yes” and ask-no will provide a default answer of “no.
”

Prefixing a variable with “no” will unset it. Example: set noaskbcc.

For boolean variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with inv to
toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing macros. Example: set
invsmart_wrap.

The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all specified
variables.

The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all specified
variables.

Using the <enter-command> function in the index menu, you can query the value
of a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question mark:

set ?allow_8bit

The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption
variables.

The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time defaults
(hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command set and prefix the
variable with “&” this has the same behavior as the reset command.

With the reset command there exists the special variable “all”, which allows
you to reset all variables to their system defaults.

26.3. User-Defined Variables

26.3.1. Introduction

Along with the variables listed in the Configuration variables section, NeoMutt
supports user-defined variables with names starting with my_ as in, for
example, my_cfgdir.

The set command either creates a custom my_ variable or changes its value if it
does exist already. The unset and reset commands remove the variable entirely.

Since user-defined variables are expanded in the same way that environment
variables are (except for the shell-escape command and backtick expansion),
this feature can be used to make configuration files more readable.

26.3.2. Examples

The following example defines and uses the variable my_cfgdir to abbreviate the
calls of the source command:

Example 3.16. Using user-defined variables for config file readability

set my_cfgdir = $HOME/neomutt/config
source $my_cfgdir/hooks $my_cfgdir/macros
# more source commands...


A custom variable can also be used in macros to backup the current value of
another variable. In the following example, the value of the $delete is changed
temporarily while its original value is saved as my_delete. After the macro has
executed all commands, the original value of $delete is restored.

Example 3.17. Using user-defined variables for backing up other config option
values

macro pager ,x '\
<enter-command>set my_delete=$delete<enter>\
<enter-command>set delete=yes<enter>\
...\
<enter-command>set delete=$my_delete<enter>'


Since NeoMutt expands such values already when parsing the configuration file
(s), the value of $my_delete in the last example would be the value of $delete
exactly as it was at that point during parsing the configuration file. If
another statement would change the value for $delete later in the same or
another file, it would have no effect on $my_delete. However, the expansion can
be deferred to runtime, as shown in the next example, when escaping the dollar
sign.

Example 3.18. Deferring user-defined variable expansion to runtime

macro pager <PageDown> "\
<enter-command> set my_old_pager_stop=\$pager_stop pager_stop<Enter>\
<next-page>\
<enter-command> set pager_stop=\$my_old_pager_stop<Enter>\
<enter-command> unset my_old_pager_stop<Enter>"


Note that there is a space between <enter-command> and the set configuration
command, preventing NeoMutt from recording the macro's commands into its
history.

26.4. Type Conversions

Variables are always assigned string values which NeoMutt parses into its
internal representation according to the type of the variable, for example an
integer number for numeric types. For all queries (including $-expansion) the
value is converted from its internal type back into string. As a result, any
variable can be assigned any value given that its content is valid for the
target. This also counts for custom variables which are of type string. In case
of parsing errors, NeoMutt will print error messages. Example 3.19, “Type
conversions using variables” demonstrates type conversions.

Example 3.19. Type conversions using variables

set my_lines = "5"                # value is string "5"
set pager_index_lines = $my_lines # value is integer 5
set my_sort = "date-received"     # value is string "date-received"
set sort = "last-$my_sort"        # value is sort last-date-received
set my_inc = $read_inc            # value is string "10" (default of $read_inc)
set my_foo = $my_inc              # value is string "10"


These assignments are all valid. If, however, the value of $my_lines would have
been “five” (or something else that cannot be parsed into a number), the
assignment to $pager_index_lines would have produced an error message.

Type conversion applies to all configuration commands which take arguments. But
please note that every expanded value of a variable is considered just a single
token. A working example is:

set my_pattern = "~A"
set my_number = "10"
# same as: score ~A +10
score $my_pattern +$my_number

What does not work is:

set my_mx = "+mailbox1 +mailbox2"
mailboxes $my_mx +mailbox3

because the value of $my_mx is interpreted as a single mailbox named “+mailbox1
+mailbox2” and not two distinct mailboxes.

27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File

Usage:

source filename

This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from other files.
For example, I place all of my aliases in ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my
~/.neomuttrc readable and keep my aliases private.

If the filename begins with a tilde (“~”), it will be expanded to the path of
your home directory.

If the filename ends with a vertical bar (“|”), then filename is considered to
be an executable program from which to read input (e.g. source ~/bin/myscript
|).

28. Removing Hooks

Usage:

unhook { * | hook-type }

This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined. You can
either remove all hooks by giving the “*” character as an argument, or you can
remove all hooks of a specific type by saying something like unhook send-hook.

29. Format Strings

29.1. Basic usage

Format strings are a general concept you'll find in several locations through
the NeoMutt configuration, especially in the $index_format, $pager_format,
$status_format, and other related variables. These can be very straightforward,
and it's quite possible you already know how to use them.

The most basic format string element is a percent symbol followed by another
character. For example, %s represents a message's Subject: header in the
$index_format variable. The “expandos” available are documented with each
format variable, but there are general modifiers available with all formatting
expandos, too. Those are our concern here.

Some of the modifiers are borrowed right out of C (though you might know them
from Perl, Python, shell, or another language). These are the [-]m.n modifiers,
as in %-12.12s. As with such programming languages, these modifiers allow you
to specify the minimum and maximum size of the resulting string, as well as its
justification. If the “-” sign follows the percent, the string will be
left-justified instead of right-justified. If there's a number immediately
following that, it's the minimum amount of space the formatted string will
occupy – if it's naturally smaller than that, it will be padded out with
spaces. If a decimal point and another number follow, that's the maximum space
allowable – the string will not be permitted to exceed that width, no matter
its natural size. Each of these three elements is optional, so that all these
are legal format strings: %-12s, %4c, %.15F and %-12.15L.

NeoMutt adds some other modifiers to format strings. If you use an equals
symbol (=) as a numeric prefix (like the minus above), it will force the string
to be centered within its minimum space range. For example, %=14y will reserve
14 characters for the %y expansion – that's the set of message keywords
(formerly X-Label). If the expansion results in a string less than 14
characters, it will be centered in a 14-character space. If the X-Label for a
message were “test”, that expansion would look like “     test     ”.

There are two very little-known modifiers that affect the way that an expando
is replaced. If there is an underline (“_”) character between any format
modifiers (as above) and the expando letter, it will expands in all lower case.
And if you use a colon (“:”), it will replace all decimal points with
underlines.

29.2. Conditionals

Depending on the format string variable, some of its sequences can be used to
optionally print a string if their value is nonzero. For example, you may only
want to see the number of flagged messages if such messages exist, since zero
is not particularly meaningful. To optionally print a string based upon one of
the above sequences, the following construct is used:

%?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?

where sequence_char is an expando, and optional_string is the string you would
like printed if sequence_char is nonzero. optional_string may contain other
sequences as well as normal text, but you may not nest optional strings.

Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new
messages in a mailbox in $status_format:

%?n?%n new messages.?

You can also switch between two strings using the following construct:

%?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?

If the value of sequence_char is non-zero, if_string will be expanded,
otherwise else_string will be expanded.

The conditional sequences can also be nested by using the %< and > operators.
The %? notation can still be used but requires quoting. For example:

%<x?true&false>
%<x?%<y?%<z?xyz&xy>&x>&none>

For more examples, see Section 26, “Nested If Feature”

29.3. Filters

Any format string ending in a vertical bar (“|”) will be expanded and piped
through the first word in the string, using spaces as separator. The string
returned will be used for display. If the returned string ends in %, it will be
passed through the formatter a second time. This allows the filter to generate
a replacement format string including % expandos.

All % expandos in a format string are expanded before the script is called so
that:

Example 3.20. Using external filters in format strings

set status_format="script.sh '%r %f (%L)'|"


will make NeoMutt expand %r, %f and %L before calling the script. The example
also shows that arguments can be quoted: the script will receive the expanded
string between the single quotes as the only argument.

A practical example is the mutt_xtitle script installed in the samples
subdirectory of the NeoMutt documentation: it can be used as filter for
$status_format to set the current terminal's title, if supported.

29.4. Padding

In most format strings, NeoMutt supports different types of padding using
special %-expandos:

%|X

    When this occurs, NeoMutt will fill the rest of the line with the character
    X. For example, filling the rest of the line with dashes is done by
    setting:

    set status_format = "%v on %h: %B: %?n?%n&no? new messages %|-"

%>X

    Since the previous expando stops at the end of line, there must be a way to
    fill the gap between two items via the %>X expando: it puts as many
    characters X in between two items so that the rest of the line will be
    right-justified. For example, to not put the version string and hostname
    the above example on the left but on the right and fill the gap with
    spaces, one might use (note the space after %>):

    set status_format = "%B: %?n?%n&no? new messages %> (%v on %h)"

%*X

    Normal right-justification will print everything to the left of the %>,
    displaying padding and whatever lies to the right only if there's room. By
    contrast, “soft-fill” gives priority to the right-hand side, guaranteeing
    space to display it and showing padding only if there's still room. If
    necessary, soft-fill will eat text leftwards to make room for rightward
    text. For example, to right-justify the subject making sure as much as
    possible of it fits on screen, one might use (note two spaces after %*: the
    second ensures there's a space between the truncated right-hand side and
    the subject):

    set index_format="%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?)%*  %s"

29.5. Conditional Dates

This feature allows the format of dates in the index to vary based on how
recent the message is. This is especially useful in combination with the
nested-if feature.

For example, using %<[y?%<[d?%[%H:%M]&%[%m/%d]>&%[%y.%m]> for the date in the
$index_format will produce a display like:

   1   + 14.12 Grace Hall      (   13) Gulliver's Travels
   2   + 10/02 Callum Harrison (   48) Huckleberry Finn
   3     12:17 Rhys Lee        (   42) The Lord Of The Rings

29.6. Bytes size display

Various format strings contain expandos that display the size of messages in
bytes. This includes %s in $attach_format, %l in $compose_format, %s in
$folder_format, %c and %cr in $index_format, and %l and %L in $status_format.
There are four configuration variables that can be used to customize how the
numbers are displayed.

$size_show_bytes will display the number of bytes when the size is < 1
kilobyte. When unset, kilobytes will be displayed instead.

$size_show_mb will display the number of megabytes when the size is >= 1
megabyte. When unset, kilobytes will be displayed instead (which could be a
large number).

$size_show_fractions, will display numbers with a single decimal place for
values from 0 to 10 kilobytes, and 1 to 10 megabytes.

$size_units_on_left will display the unit (“K” or “M”) to the left of the
number, instead of the right if unset.

These variables also affect size display in a few other places, such as
progress indicators and attachment delimiters in the pager.

30. Control allowed header fields in a mailto: URL

Usage:

mailto_allow { * | header-field ... }
unmailto_allow { * | header-field ... }

As a security measure, NeoMutt will only add user-approved header fields from a
mailto: URL. This is necessary since NeoMutt will handle certain header fields,
such as Attach:, in a special way. The mailto_allow and unmailto_allow commands
allow the user to modify the list of approved headers.

NeoMutt initializes the default list to contain only the Subject and Body
header fields, which are the only requirement specified by the mailto:
specification in RFC2368, and the Cc, In-Reply-To, References headers to aid
with replies to mailing lists.

Chapter 4. Advanced Usage

Table of Contents

1. Character Set Handling
2. Regular Expressions
3. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging

    3.1. Pattern Modifier
    3.2. Simple Searches
    3.3. Nesting and Boolean Operators
    3.4. Searching by Date
    3.5. Gmail Patterns

4. Marking Messages
5. Using Tags
6. Using Hooks

    6.1. Message Matching in Hooks
    6.2. Mailbox Matching in Hooks

7. Managing the Environment
8. External Address Queries
9. Mailbox Formats
10. Mailbox Shortcuts
11. Handling Mailing Lists
12. Display Munging
13. New Mail Detection

    13.1. How New Mail Detection Works
    13.2. Polling For New Mail
    13.3. Monitoring New Mail
    13.4. Calculating Mailbox Message Counts

14. Editing Threads

    14.1. Linking Threads
    14.2. Breaking Threads

15. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support
16. Start a WWW Browser on URLs
17. Echoing Text
18. Message Composition Flow
19. Miscellany

1. Character Set Handling

A “character set” is basically a mapping between bytes and glyphs and implies a
certain character encoding scheme. For example, for the ISO 8859 family of
character sets, an encoding of 8bit per character is used. For the Unicode
character set, different character encodings may be used, UTF-8 being the most
popular. In UTF-8, a character is represented using a variable number of bytes
ranging from 1 to 4.

Since NeoMutt is a command-line tool run from a shell, and delegates certain
tasks to external tools (such as an editor for composing/editing messages), all
of these tools need to agree on a character set and encoding. There exists no
way to reliably deduce the character set a plain text file has.
Interoperability is gained by the use of well-defined environment variables.
The full set can be printed by issuing locale on the command line.

Upon startup, NeoMutt determines the character set on its own using routines
that inspect locale-specific environment variables. Therefore, it is generally
not necessary to set the $charset variable in NeoMutt. It may even be
counter-productive as NeoMutt uses system and library functions that derive the
character set themselves and on which NeoMutt has no influence. It's safest to
let NeoMutt work out the locale setup itself.

If you happen to work with several character sets on a regular basis, it's
highly advisable to use Unicode and an UTF-8 locale. Unicode can represent
nearly all characters in a message at the same time. When not using a Unicode
locale, it may happen that you receive messages with characters not
representable in your locale. When displaying such a message, or replying to or
forwarding it, information may get lost possibly rendering the message unusable
(not only for you but also for the recipient, this breakage is not reversible
as lost information cannot be guessed).

A Unicode locale makes all conversions superfluous which eliminates the risk of
conversion errors. It also eliminates potentially wrong expectations about the
character set between NeoMutt and external programs.

The terminal emulator used also must be properly configured for the current
locale. Terminal emulators usually do not derive the locale from environment
variables, they need to be configured separately. If the terminal is
incorrectly configured, NeoMutt may display random and unexpected characters
(question marks, octal codes, or just random glyphs), format strings may not
work as expected, you may not be abled to enter non-ascii characters, and
possible more. Data is always represented using bytes and so a correct setup is
very important as to the machine, all character sets “look” the same.

Warning: A mismatch between what system and library functions think the locale
is and what NeoMutt was told what the locale is may make it behave badly with
non-ascii input: it will fail at seemingly random places. This warning is to be
taken seriously since not only local mail handling may suffer: sent messages
may carry wrong character set information the receiver has too deal with. The
need to set $charset directly in most cases points at terminal and environment
variable setup problems, not NeoMutt problems.

A list of officially assigned and known character sets can be found at IANA, a
list of locally supported locales can be obtained by running locale -a.

2. Regular Expressions

All string patterns in NeoMutt including those in more complex patterns must be
specified using regular expressions (regex) in the “POSIX extended” syntax
(which is more or less the syntax used by egrep and GNU awk). For your
convenience, we have included below a brief description of this syntax.

The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper case
letter, and case insensitive otherwise.

Note

“\” must be quoted if used for a regular expression in an initialization
command: “\\”.

A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings. Regular
expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic expressions, by using
various operators to combine smaller expressions.

Note

The regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either " or ' which is
useful if the regular expression includes a white-space character. See Syntax
of Initialization Files for more information on " and ' delimiter processing.
To match a literal " or ' you must preface it with \ (backslash).

The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match a single
character. Most characters, including all letters and digits, are regular
expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with special meaning may
be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.

The period “.” matches any single character. The caret “^” and the dollar sign 
“$” are metacharacters that respectively match the empty string at the
beginning and end of a line.

A list of characters enclosed by “[” and “]” matches any single character in
that list; if the first character of the list is a caret “^” then it matches
any character not in the list. For example, the regular expression [0123456789]
matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be specified by
giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen “-”. Most
metacharacters lose their special meaning inside lists. To include a literal “]
” place it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal “^” place it
anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen “-” place it last.

Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes consist
of “[:”, a keyword denoting the class, and “:]”. The following classes are
defined by the POSIX standard in Table 4.1, “POSIX regular expression character
classes”

Table 4.1. POSIX regular expression character classes

┌──────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character │                           Description                            │
│  class   │                                                                  │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:alnum:] │Alphanumeric characters                                           │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:alpha:] │Alphabetic characters                                             │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:blank:] │Space or tab characters                                           │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:cntrl:] │Control characters                                                │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:digit:] │Numeric characters                                                │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:graph:] │Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is       │
│          │printable, but not visible, while an “a” is both)                 │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:lower:] │Lower-case alphabetic characters                                  │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:print:] │Printable characters (characters that are not control characters) │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:punct:] │Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,   │
│          │control characters, or space characters)                          │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:space:] │Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few) │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:upper:] │Upper-case alphabetic characters                                  │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│[:xdigit:]│Characters that are hexadecimal digits                            │
└──────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the brackets of
a character list.

Note

Note that the brackets in these class names are part of the symbolic names, and
must be included in addition to the brackets delimiting the bracket list. For
example, [[:digit:]] is equivalent to [0-9].

Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to
non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating
elements) that are represented with more than one character, as well as several
characters that are equivalent for collating or sorting purposes:

Collating Symbols

    A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed in “[.”
    and “.]”. For example, if “ch” is a collating element, then [[.ch.]] is a
    regex that matches this collating element, while [ch] is a regex that
    matches either “c” or “h”.

Equivalence Classes

    An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of characters
    that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in “[=” and “=]”. For example,
    the name “e” might be used to represent all of “e” with grave (“è”), “e”
    with acute (“é”) and “e”. In this case, [[=e=]] is a regex that matches any
    of: “e” with grave (“è”), “e” with acute (“é”) and “e”.

A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one of
several repetition operators described in Table 4.2, “Regular expression
repetition operators”.

Table 4.2. Regular expression repetition operators

┌────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Operator│                            Description                             │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│?       │The preceding item is optional and matched at most once             │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│*       │The preceding item will be matched zero or more times               │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│+       │The preceding item will be matched one or more times                │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│{n}     │The preceding item is matched exactly n times                       │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│{n,}    │The preceding item is matched n or more times                       │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│{,m}    │The preceding item is matched at most m times                       │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│{n,m}   │The preceding item is matched at least n times, but no more than m  │
│        │times                                                               │
└────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular expression
matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings that respectively
match the concatenated subexpressions.

Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator “|”; the resulting
regular expression matches any string matching either subexpression.

Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes precedence
over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in parentheses to
override these precedence rules.

Note

If you compile NeoMutt with the included regular expression engine, the
following operators may also be used in regular expressions as described in
Table 4.3, “GNU regular expression extensions”.

Table 4.3. GNU regular expression extensions

┌──────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Expression│                           Description                            │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\y        │Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a  │
│          │word                                                              │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\B        │Matches the empty string within a word                            │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\<        │Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word               │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\>        │Matches the empty string at the end of a word                     │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\w        │Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or         │
│          │underscore)                                                       │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\W        │Matches any character that is not word-constituent                │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\`        │Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string)    │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│\'        │Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer                   │
└──────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so they may
or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.

3. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging

3.1. Pattern Modifier

Many of NeoMutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match (limit,
tag-pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). Table 4.4, “Pattern modifiers” shows
several ways to select messages.

Table 4.4. Pattern modifiers

┌──────────┬───────┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─┐
│ Pattern  │ Notes │                      Description                       │ │
│ modifier │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~A        │       │all messages                                            │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~b EXPR   │****   │messages which contain EXPR in the message body         │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│          │       │If IMAP is enabled, like ~b but searches for STRING on  │ │
│=b STRING │       │the server, rather than downloading each message and    │ │
│          │       │searching it locally.                                   │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~B EXPR   │****   │messages which contain EXPRin the whole message         │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│          │       │If IMAP is enabled, like ~B but searches for STRINGon   │ │
│=B STRING │       │the server, rather than downloading each message and    │ │
│          │       │searching it locally.                                   │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~c EXPR   │       │messages carbon-copied to EXPR                          │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│%c GROUP  │       │messages carbon-copied to any member of GROUP           │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~C EXPR   │       │messages either to: or cc: EXPR                         │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│%C GROUP  │       │messages either to: or cc: to any member of GROUP       │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~d [MIN]-[│       │messages with “date-sent” in a Date range               │ │
│MAX]      │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~D        │       │deleted messages                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~e EXPR   │       │messages which contains EXPR in the “Sender” field      │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│%e GROUP  │       │messages which contain a member of GROUP in the “Sender”│ │
│          │       │field                                                   │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~E        │       │expired messages                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~F        │       │flagged messages                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~f EXPR   │       │messages originating from EXPR                          │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│%f GROUP  │       │messages originating from any member of GROUP           │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~g        │       │cryptographically signed messages                       │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~G        │       │cryptographically encrypted messages                    │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~h EXPR   │****   │messages which contain EXPRin the message header        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│          │       │If IMAP is enabled, like ~h but searches for STRINGon   │ │
│=h STRING │       │the server, rather than downloading each message and    │ │
│          │       │searching it locally; STRINGmust be of the form “header:│ │
│          │       │substring”(see below).                                  │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~H EXPR   │       │messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR            │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~i EXPR   │       │messages which match EXPR in the “Message-ID” field     │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│          │       │messages whose “Message-ID” field is included in the    │ │
│          │       │results returned from an external search program, when  │ │
│~I QUERY  │       │the program is run with QUERY as its argument. This is  │ │
│          │       │explained in greater detail in the variable reference   │ │
│          │       │entry Section 3.92, “external_search_command”,          │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~k        │       │messages which contain PGP key material                 │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~L EXPR   │       │messages either originated or received by EXPR          │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│%L GROUP  │       │message either originated or received by any member of  │ │
│          │       │GROUP                                                   │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~l        │       │messages addressed to a known mailing list              │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~m [MIN]-[│***    │messages with numbers in the range MIN to MAX           │ │
│MAX]      │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~m <[MAX] │***    │messages with numbers less than MAX                     │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~m >[MIN] │***    │messages with numbers greater than MIN                  │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~m [M]    │***    │just message number M                                   │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~m [MIN],[│***    │messages with offsets (from selected message) in the    │ │
│MAX]      │       │range MIN to MAX                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~M EXPR   │****   │messages which contain a mime Content-Type matching EXPR│ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~n [MIN]-[│*      │messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX           │ │
│MAX]      │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~N        │       │new messages                                            │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~O        │       │old messages                                            │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~p        │       │messages addressed to you (consults $from, alternates,  │ │
│          │       │and local account/hostname information)                 │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~P        │       │messages from you (consults $from, alternates, and local│ │
│          │       │account/hostname information)                           │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~Q        │       │messages which have been replied to                     │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~r [MIN]-[│       │messages with “date-received” in a Date range           │ │
│MAX]      │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~R        │       │read messages                                           │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~s EXPR   │       │messages having EXPR in the “Subject” field.            │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~S        │       │superseded messages                                     │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~t EXPR   │       │messages addressed to EXPR                              │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~T        │       │tagged messages                                         │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~u        │       │messages addressed to a subscribed mailing list         │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~U        │       │unread messages                                         │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~v        │       │messages part of a collapsed thread.                    │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~V        │       │cryptographically verified messages                     │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~x EXPR   │       │messages which contain EXPR in the “References” or “    │ │
│          │       │In-Reply-To” field                                      │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~X [MIN]-[│*, ****│messages with MIN to MAX attachments                    │ │
│MAX]      │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~y EXPR   │       │messages which contain EXPR in their keywords           │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~Y EXPR   │       │messages whose tags match EXPR                          │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~z [MIN]-[│*, **  │messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX            │ │
│MAX]      │       │                                                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│=/ STRING │       │IMAP custom server-side search for STRING. Currently    │ │
│          │       │only defined for Gmail. See: Gmail Patterns             │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~=        │       │duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)            │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~#        │       │broken threads (see $strict_threads)                    │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~$        │       │unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)          │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~(PATTERN)│       │messages in threads containing messages matching PATTERN│ │
│          │       │, e.g. all threads containing messages from you: ~(~P)  │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~<(PATTERN│       │messages whose immediate parent matches PATTERN, e.g.   │ │
│)         │       │replies to your messages: ~<(~P)                        │ │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┼─┤
│~>(PATTERN│       │messages having an immediate child matching PATTERN,    │ │
│)         │       │e.g. messages you replied to: ~>(~P)                    │ │
└──────────┴───────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┴─┘


Where EXPR is a regular expression, and GROUP is an address group.

*) The forms “<[MAX]”, “>[MIN]”, “[MIN]-” and “-[MAX]” are allowed, too.

**) The suffixes “K” and “M” are allowed to specify kilobyte and megabyte
respectively.

***) The message number ranges (introduced by ~m) are even more general and
powerful than the other types of ranges. Read on and see Section 3.1.1,
“Message Ranges” below.

****) These patterns read each message in, and can therefore be much slower.
Over IMAP this will entail downloading each message. They can not be used for
message scoring, and it is recommended to avoid using them for index coloring.

Special attention has to be paid when using regular expressions inside of
patterns. Specifically, NeoMutt's parser for these patterns will strip one
level of backslash (“\”), which is normally used for quoting. If it is your
intention to use a backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use
two backslashes instead (“\\”).

You can force NeoMutt to treat EXPR as a simple substring instead of a regular
expression by using = instead of ~ in the pattern name. For example, =b *.*
will find all messages that contain the literal string “*.*”. Simple string
matches are less powerful than regular expressions but can be considerably
faster.

For IMAP folders, string matches =b, =B, and =h will be performed on the server
instead of by fetching every message. IMAP treats =h specially: it must be of
the form “header: substring” and will not partially match header names. The
substring part may be omitted if you simply wish to find messages containing a
particular header without regard to its value.

Patterns matching lists of addresses (notably c, C, p, P and t) match if there
is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to make sure that all
elements of that list match, you need to prefix your pattern with “^”. This
example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.

Example 4.1. Matching all addresses in address lists

^~C \.de$


You can restrict address pattern matching to aliases that you have defined with
the "@" modifier. This example matches messages whose recipients are all from
Germany, and who are known to your alias list.

Example 4.2. Matching restricted to aliases

^@~C \.de$


To match any defined alias, use a regular expression that matches any string.
This example matches messages whose senders are known aliases.

Example 4.3. Matching any defined alias

@~f .


3.1.1. Message Ranges

If a message number range (from now on: MNR) contains a comma (,), it is a 
relative MNR. That means the numbers denote offsets from the highlighted
message. For example:

Table 4.5. Relative Message Number Ranges

┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Pattern│               Explanation               │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│~m -2,2│Previous 2, highlighted and next 2 emails│
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│~m 0,1 │Highlighted and next email               │
└───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────┘


In addition to numbers, either side of the range can also contain one of the
special characters (shortcuts) .^$. The meaning is:

Table 4.6. Message Number Shortcuts

┌────────┬────────────────────┬───────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
│Shortcut│    Explanation     │Example│                Meaning                │
├────────┼────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│.       │Current /           │~m -3,.│Previous 3 emails plus the highlighted │
│        │Highlighted         │       │one                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│$       │Last                │~m .,$ │Highlighted email and all the later    │
│        │                    │       │ones                                   │
├────────┼────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│^       │First               │~m ^,1 │Highlighted, next and all preceding    │
│        │                    │       │ones                                   │
└────────┴────────────────────┴───────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘


Lastly, you can also leave either side of the range blank, to make it extend as
far as possible. For example, ~m ,1 has the same meaning as the last example in
Table 4.6, “Message Number Shortcuts”.

Otherwise, if a MNR doesn't contain a comma, the meaning is similar to other
ranges, except that the shortcuts are still available. Examples:

Table 4.7. Absolute Message Number Ranges

┌───────┬──────────────────────────┐
│Pattern│       Explanation        │
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m 3-10│Emails 3 to 10            │
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m -10 │Emails 1 to 10            │
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m 10- │Emails 10 to last         │
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m <3  │First and second email    │
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m ^-2 │First and second email    │
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m >1  │Everything but first email│
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m 2-$ │Everything but first email│
├───────┼──────────────────────────┤
│~m 2   │Just the second email     │
└───────┴──────────────────────────┘


3.2. Simple Searches

NeoMutt supports two versions of so called “simple searches”. These are issued
if the query entered for searching, limiting and similar operations does not
seem to contain a valid pattern modifier (i.e. it does not contain one of these
characters: “~”, “=” or “%”). If the query is supposed to contain one of these
special characters, they must be escaped by prepending a backslash (“\”).

The first type is by checking whether the query string equals a keyword
case-insensitively from Table 4.8, “Simple search keywords”: If that is the
case, NeoMutt will use the shown pattern modifier instead. If a keyword would
conflict with your search keyword, you need to turn it into a regular
expression to avoid matching the keyword table. For example, if you want to
find all messages matching “flag” (using $simple_search) but don't want to
match flagged messages, simply search for “[f]lag”.

Table 4.8. Simple search keywords

┌───────┬─────────────────┐
│Keyword│Pattern modifier │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│all    │~A               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│.      │~A               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│^      │~A               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│del    │~D               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│flag   │~F               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│new    │~N               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│old    │~O               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│repl   │~Q               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│read   │~R               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│tag    │~T               │
├───────┼─────────────────┤
│unread │~U               │
└───────┴─────────────────┘


The second type of simple search is to build a complex search pattern using
$simple_search as a template. NeoMutt will insert your query properly quoted
and search for the composed complex query.

3.3. Nesting and Boolean Operators

Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For example:

~t work ~f elkins

would select messages which contain the word “work” in the list of recipients 
and that have the word “elkins” in the “From” header field.

NeoMutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search
patterns:

  • ! – logical NOT operator

  • | – logical OR operator

  • () – logical grouping operator

Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
select all messages which do not contain “work” in the “To” or “Cc” field and
which are from “elkins”.

Example 4.4. Using boolean operators in patterns

!(~t work|~c work) ~f elkins


Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note the “'”
and “"” delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must match the “^
Junk +From +Me$” and it must be from either “Jim +Somebody” or “Ed +SomeoneElse
”:

'~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'

Note

If a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a vertical bar ("|"), you must
enclose the expression in double or single quotes since those characters are
also used to separate different parts of NeoMutt's pattern language. For
example: ~f "user@(home\.org|work\.com)" Without the quotes, the parenthesis
wouldn't end. This would be separated to two OR'd patterns: ~f user@(home\.org
and work\.com). They are never what you want.

3.4. Searching by Date

NeoMutt supports two types of dates, absolute and relative.

3.4.1. Absolute Dates

Dates must be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are optional, defaulting to
the current month and year) or YYYYMMDD. An example of a valid range of dates
is:

Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
Limit to messages matching: ~d 19950120-19951031

If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify “-DD/MM/YY” or “
-YYYYMMDD”, all messages before the given date will be selected. If you omit
the maximum(second) date, and specify “DD/MM/YY-”, all messages after the given
date will be selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (“-”), only
messages sent on the given date will be selected.

You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error margin is a sign (+ or
-), followed by a digit, followed by one of the units in Table 4.9, “Date
units”. As a special case, you can replace the sign by a “*” character, which
is equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.

Table 4.9. Date units

┌────┬────────────┐
│Unit│Description │
├────┼────────────┤
│y   │Years       │
├────┼────────────┤
│m   │Months      │
├────┼────────────┤
│w   │Weeks       │
├────┼────────────┤
│d   │Days        │
└────┴────────────┘


Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001, you'd use
the following pattern:

Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w

3.4.2. Relative Dates

This type of date is relative to the current date, and may be specified as:

  • > offset for messages older than offset units

  • < offset for messages newer than offset units

  • = offset for messages exactly offset units old

offset is specified as a positive number with one of the units from Table 4.10,
“Relative date units”.

Table 4.10. Relative date units

┌────┬────────────┐
│Unit│Description │
├────┼────────────┤
│y   │Years       │
├────┼────────────┤
│m   │Months      │
├────┼────────────┤
│w   │Weeks       │
├────┼────────────┤
│d   │Days        │
├────┼────────────┤
│H   │Hours       │
├────┼────────────┤
│M   │Minutes     │
├────┼────────────┤
│S   │Seconds     │
└────┴────────────┘


Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use

Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m

Note

All dates used when searching are relative to the local time zone, so unless
you change the setting of your $index_format to include a %[...] format, these
are not the dates shown in the main index.

3.5. Gmail Patterns

=/ "search terms" invokes server-side search, passing along the search terms
provided. Search results are constrained by IMAP to be within the current
folder. At present this only supports Gmail's search API IMAP extension. The
search language is entirely up to the mail provider and changes at their
discretion. Using ~/ will silently fail.

For up-to-date information about searching, see: Gmail's Support Page. You will
need to (once) use a web-browser to visit Settings/Labels and enable "Show in
IMAP" for "All Mail". When searching, visit that folder in NeoMutt to most
closely match Gmail search semantics.

Table 4.11. Gmail Example Patterns

┌─────────────────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│         Pattern         │                      Matches                      │
├─────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│=/ "list:foo.example.org │the foo.example.org mailing-list per Gmail's       │
│has:attachment           │definitions, and has an attachment, and has been   │
│is:important"            │marked as important                                │
├─────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│=/ "{has:purple-star     │is older than two months and has either a          │
│has:yellow-star}         │purple-star or a yellow-star                       │
│older_than:2m"           │                                                   │
└─────────────────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


4. Marking Messages

There are times that it's useful to ask NeoMutt to "remember" which message
you're currently looking at, while you move elsewhere in your mailbox. You can
do this with the “mark-message” operator, which is bound to the “~” key by
default. Press this key to enter an identifier for the marked message. When you
want to return to this message, press “'” and the name that you previously
entered.

(Message marking is really just a shortcut for defining a macro that returns
you to the current message by searching for its Message-ID. You can choose a
different prefix by setting the $mark_macro_prefix variable.)

5. Using Tags

Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of messages all at
once rather than one at a time. An example might be to save messages to a
mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete all messages with a given
subject. To tag all messages matching a pattern, use the <tag-pattern>
function, which is bound to “shift-T” by default. Or you can select individual
messages by hand using the <tag-message> function, which is bound to “t” by
default. See patterns for NeoMutt's pattern matching syntax.

Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the “tag-prefix”
operator, which is the “;” (semicolon) key by default. When the “tag-prefix”
operator is used, the next operation will be applied to all tagged messages if
that operation can be used in that manner. If the $auto_tag variable is set,
the next operation applies to the tagged messages automatically, without
requiring the “tag-prefix”.

In macros or push commands, you can use the <tag-prefix-cond> operator. If
there are no tagged messages, NeoMutt will “eat” the rest of the macro to abort
its execution. NeoMutt will stop “eating” the macro when it encounters the
<end-cond> operator; after this operator the rest of the macro will be executed
as normal.

6. Using Hooks

A hook is a concept found in many other programs which allows you to execute
arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example, you may wish
to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are reading, or to
whom you are sending mail. In the NeoMutt world, a hook consists of a regular
expression or pattern along with a configuration option/command. See:

  • account-hook

  • charset-hook

    iconv-hook

  • index-format-hook

  • crypt-hook

  • fcc-save-hook

    fcc-hook

    save-hook

  • folder-hook

  • mbox-hook

  • message-hook

  • open-hook

    close-hook

    append-hook

  • reply-hook

    send-hook

    send2-hook

  • timeout-hook

    startup-hook

    shutdown-hook

  • unhook

for specific details on each type of hook available. Also see Message
Composition Flow for an overview of the composition process.

Note

If a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain effective until
the end of the current NeoMutt session. As this is generally not desired, a “
default” hook needs to be added before all other hooks of that type to restore
configuration defaults.

Example 4.5. Specifying a “default” hook

send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c


In Example 4.5, “Specifying a “default” hook”, by default the value of $from
and $realname is not overridden. When sending messages either To: or Cc: to
<b@b.b>, the From: header is changed to <c@c.c>.

6.1. Message Matching in Hooks

Hooks that act upon messages (message-hook, reply-hook, send-hook, send2-hook, 
save-hook, fcc-hook, index-format-hook) are evaluated in a slightly different
manner. For the other types of hooks, a regular expression is sufficient. But
in dealing with messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching since
for different purposes you want to match different criteria.

NeoMutt allows the use of the search pattern language for matching messages in
hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it would when limiting or 
searching the mailbox, except that you are restricted to those operators which
match information NeoMutt extracts from the header of the message (i.e., from,
to, cc, date, subject, etc.).

For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending mail
to a specific address, you could do something like:

send-hook '~t ^user@work\.com$' 'my_hdr From: John Smith <user@host>'

which would execute the given command when sending mail to user@work.com.

However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the full
searching language. You can still specify a simple regular expression like the
other hooks, in which case NeoMutt will translate your pattern into the full
language, using the translation specified by the $default_hook variable. The
pattern is translated at the time the hook is declared, so the value of
$default_hook that is in effect at that time will be used.

6.2. Mailbox Matching in Hooks

Hooks that match against mailboxes (folder-hook, mbox-hook) apply both regular
expression syntax as well as mailbox shortcut expansion on the regex parameter.
There is some overlap between these, so special attention should be paid to the
first character of the regex.

# Here, ^ will expand to "the current mailbox" not "beginning of string":
folder-hook ^/home/user/Mail/bar "set sort=threads"
# If you want ^ to be interpreted as "beginning of string", one workaround
# is to enclose the regex in parenthesis:
folder-hook (^/home/user/Mail/bar) "set sort=threads"
# This will expand to the default save folder for the alias "imap.example.com", which
# is probably not what you want:
folder-hook @imap.example.com "set sort=threads"
# A workaround is to use parenthesis or a backslash:
folder-hook (@imap.example.com) "set sort=threads"
folder-hook '\@imap.example.com' "set sort=threads"

Keep in mind that mailbox shortcut expansion on the regex parameter takes place
when the hook is initially parsed, not when the hook is matching against a
mailbox. When NeoMutt starts up and is reading the .neomuttrc, some mailbox
shortcuts may not be usable. For example, the "current mailbox" shortcut, ^,
will expand to an empty string because no mailbox has been opened yet. NeoMutt
will issue an error for this case or if the mailbox shortcut results in an
empty regex.

7. Managing the Environment

You can alter the environment that NeoMutt passes on to its child processes
using the “setenv” and “unsetenv” operators. (N.B. These follow NeoMutt-style
syntax, not shell-style!) You can also query current environment values by
prefixing a “?” character.

setenv TERM vt100
setenv ORGANIZATION "The NeoMutt Development Team"
unsetenv DISPLAY
setenv ?LESS

8. External Address Queries

NeoMutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP, ph/
qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to NeoMutt using a
simple interface. Using the $query_command variable, you specify the wrapper
command to use. For example:

set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl %s"

The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It should
return a one line message, then each matching response on a single line, each
line containing a tab separated address then name then some other optional
information. On error, or if there are no matching addresses, return a non-zero
exit code and a one line error message.

An example multiple response output:

Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
me@cs.hmc.edu           Michael Elkins  mutt dude
blong@fiction.net       Brandon Long    mutt and more
roessler@does-not-exist.org        Thomas Roessler mutt pgp

There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of NeoMutt. One is to
do a query from the index menu using the <query> function (default: Q). This
will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will list the
matching responses. From the query menu, you can select addresses to create
aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses to mail, start a new query,
or have a new query appended to the current responses.

The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address completion,
similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address entry, you can use
the <complete-query> function (default: ^T) to run a query based on the current
address you have typed. Like aliases, NeoMutt will look for what you have typed
back to the last space or comma. If there is a single response for that query,
NeoMutt will expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses,
NeoMutt will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one or
more addresses to be added to the prompt.

9. Mailbox Formats

NeoMutt supports reading and writing of four different local mailbox formats:
mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is auto detected, so there is no
need to use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new mailboxes,
NeoMutt uses the default specified with the $mbox_type variable. A short
description of the formats follows.

mbox. This is a widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All messages are stored in
a single file. Each message has a line of the form:

From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST

to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the “From_”
line). The mbox format requires mailbox locking, is prone to mailbox corruption
with concurrently writing clients or misinterpreted From_ lines. Depending on
the environment, new mail detection can be unreliable. Mbox folders are fast to
open and easy to archive.

MMDF. This is a variant of the mbox format. Each message is surrounded by lines
containing “^A^A^A^A” (four times control-A's). The same problems as for mbox
apply (also with finding the right message separator as four control-A's may
appear in message bodies).

MH. A radical departure from mbox and MMDF, a mailbox consists of a directory
and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename indicates the
message number (however, this is may not correspond to the message number
NeoMutt displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a comma (“,”) prepended to
the filename. NeoMutt detects this type of mailbox by looking for either
.mh_sequences or .xmhcache files (needed to distinguish normal directories from
MH mailboxes). MH is more robust with concurrent clients writing the mailbox,
but still may suffer from lost flags; message corruption is less likely to
occur than with mbox/mmdf. It's usually slower to open compared to mbox/mmdf
since many small files have to be read (NeoMutt provides Section 8.1, “Header
Caching” to greatly speed this process up). Depending on the environment, MH is
not very disk-space efficient.

Maildir. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a
replacement for sendmail). Similar to MH, except that it adds three
subdirectories of the mailbox: tmp, new and cur. Filenames for the messages are
chosen in such a way they are unique, even when two programs are writing the
mailbox over NFS, which means that no file locking is needed and corruption is
very unlikely. Maildir maybe slower to open without caching in NeoMutt, it too
is not very disk-space efficient depending on the environment. Since no
additional files are used for metadata (which is embedded in the message
filenames) and Maildir is locking-free, it's easy to sync across different
machines using file-level synchronization tools.

10. Mailbox Shortcuts

There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
path or in path-related configuration variables. Note that these only work at
the beginning of a string.

Table 4.12. Mailbox shortcuts

┌────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Shortcut│                            Refers to...                            │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│!       │your $spoolfile (incoming) mailbox                                  │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│>       │your $mbox file                                                     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<       │your $record file                                                   │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│^       │the current mailbox                                                 │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│- or !! │the file you've last visited                                        │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│~       │your home directory                                                 │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│= or +  │your $folder directory                                              │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│@alias  │to the default save folder as determined by the address of the alias│
└────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


For example, to store a copy of outgoing messages in the folder they were
composed in, a folder-hook can be used to set $record:

folder-hook . 'set record=^'

11. Handling Mailing Lists

NeoMutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large amounts of
mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let NeoMutt know what addresses
you consider to be mailing lists (technically this does not have to be a
mailing list, but that is what it is most often used for), and what lists you
are subscribed to. This is accomplished through the use of the lists and
subscribe commands in your .neomuttrc. Alternatively or additionally, you can
set $auto_subscribe to automatically subscribe addresses found in a List-Post
header.

Now that NeoMutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several things,
the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list through which you
received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in the index menu display. This
is useful to distinguish between personal and list mail in the same mailbox. In
the $index_format variable, the expando “%L” will print the string “To <list>”
when “list” appears in the “To” field, and “Cc <list>” when it appears in the “
Cc” field (otherwise it prints the name of the author).

Often times the “To” and “Cc” fields in mailing list messages tend to get quite
large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of the message they reply
to from the list, resulting in two or more copies being sent to that person.
The <list-reply> function, which by default is bound to “L” in the index menu
and pager, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the known mailing list
addresses instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-Followup-To,
see below).

NeoMutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a message to a
list of recipients which includes one or several known mailing lists, and if
the $followup_to option is set, NeoMutt will generate a Mail-Followup-To
header. If any of the recipients are subscribed mailing lists, this header will
contain all the recipients to whom you send this message, but not your address.
This indicates that group-replies or list-replies (also known as “followups”)
to this message should only be sent to the original recipients of the message,
and not separately to you - you'll receive your copy through one of the mailing
lists you are subscribed to. If none of the recipients are subscribed mailing
lists, the header will also contain your address, ensuring you receive a copy
of replies.

Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which has a
Mail-Followup-To header, NeoMutt will respect this header if the
$honor_followup_to configuration variable is set. Using list-reply will in this
case also make sure that the reply goes to the mailing list, even if it's not
specified in the list of recipients in the Mail-Followup-To.

Note

When header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-Followup-To header
manually. NeoMutt will only auto-generate this header if it doesn't exist when
you send the message.

The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a “Reply-To” field
which points back to the mailing list address rather than the author of the
message. This can create problems when trying to reply directly to the author
in private, since most mail clients will automatically reply to the address
given in the “Reply-To” field. NeoMutt uses the $reply_to variable to help
decide which address to use. If set to ask-yes or ask-no, you will be prompted
as to whether or not you would like to use the address given in the “Reply-To”
field, or reply directly to the address given in the “From” field. When set to 
yes, the “Reply-To” field will be used when present.

You can change or delete the “X-Label:” field within NeoMutt using the “
edit-label” command, bound to the “y” key by default. This works for tagged
messages, too. While in the edit-label function, pressing the <complete>
binding (TAB, by default) will perform completion against all labels currently
in use.

Lastly, NeoMutt has the ability to sort the mailbox into threads. A thread is a
group of messages which all relate to the same subject. This is usually
organized into a tree-like structure where a message and all of its replies are
represented graphically. If you've ever used a threaded news client, this is
the same concept. It makes dealing with large volume mailing lists easier
because you can easily delete uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of
value.

12. Display Munging

Working within the confines of a console or terminal window, it is often useful
to be able to modify certain information elements in a non-destructive way – to
change how they display, without changing the stored value of the information
itself. This is especially so of message subjects, which may often be polluted
with extraneous metadata that either is reproduced elsewhere, or is of
secondary interest.

subjectrx pattern replacement
unsubjectrx { * | pattern }

subjectrx specifies a regular expression “pattern” which, if detected in a
message subject, causes the subject to be replaced with the “replacement”
value. The replacement is subject to substitutions in the same way as for the
spam command: %L for the text to the left of the match, %R for text to the
right of the match, and %1 for the first subgroup in the match (etc). If you
simply want to erase the match, set it to “%L%R”. Any number of subjectrx
commands may coexist.

Note this well: the “replacement” value replaces the entire subject, not just
the match!

unsubjectrx removes a given subjectrx from the substitution list. If * is used
as the pattern, all substitutions will be removed.

Example 4.6. Subject Munging

# Erase [rt #12345] tags from Request Tracker (RT) e-mails
subjectrx '\[rt #[0-9]+\] *' '%L%R'
# Servicedesk is another RT that sends more complex subjects.
# Keep the ticket number.
subjectrx '\[servicedesk #([0-9]+)\] ([^.]+)\.([^.]+) - (new|open|pending|update) - ' '%L[#%1] %R'
# Strip out annoying [listname] prefixes in subjects
subjectrx '\[[^]]*\]:? *' '%L%R'


13. New Mail Detection

NeoMutt supports setups with multiple folders, allowing all of them to be
monitored for new mail (see Section 15, “Monitoring Incoming Mail” for
details).

13.1. How New Mail Detection Works

For Mbox and Mmdf folders, new mail is detected by comparing access and/or
modification times of files: NeoMutt assumes a folder has new mail if it wasn't
accessed after it was last modified. Utilities like biff or frm or any other
program which accesses the mailbox might cause NeoMutt to never detect new mail
for that mailbox if they do not properly reset the access time. Other possible
causes of NeoMutt not detecting new mail in these folders are backup tools
(updating access times) or filesystems mounted without access time update
support (for Linux systems, see the relatime option).

Note

Contrary to older NeoMutt releases, it now maintains the new mail status of a
folder by properly resetting the access time if the folder contains at least
one message which is neither read, nor deleted, nor marked as old.

In cases where new mail detection for Mbox or Mmdf folders appears to be
unreliable, the $check_mbox_size option can be used to make NeoMutt track and
consult file sizes for new mail detection instead which won't work for
size-neutral changes.

New mail for Maildir is assumed if there is one message in the new/
subdirectory which is not marked deleted (see $maildir_trash). For MH folders,
a mailbox is considered having new mail if there's at least one message in the 
“unseen” sequence as specified by $mh_seq_unseen. Optionally, $new_mail_command
can be configured to execute an external program every time new mail is
detected in the current inbox.

NeoMutt does not poll POP3 folders for new mail, it only periodically checks
the currently opened folder (if it's a POP3 folder).

For IMAP, by default NeoMutt uses recent message counts provided by the server
to detect new mail. If the $imap_idle option is set, it'll use the IMAP IDLE
extension if advertised by the server.

The $mail_check_recent option changes whether NeoMutt will notify you of new
mail in an already visited mailbox. When set (the default) it will only notify
you of new mail received since the last time you opened the mailbox. When
unset, NeoMutt will notify you of any new mail in the mailbox.

13.2. Polling For New Mail

When in the index menu and being idle (also see $timeout), NeoMutt periodically
checks for new mail in all folders which have been configured via the mailboxes
command. The interval depends on the folder type: for local/IMAP folders it
consults $mail_check and $pop_checkinterval for POP folders.

Outside the index menu the directory browser supports checking for new mail
using the <check-new> function which is unbound by default. Pressing TAB will
bring up a menu showing the files specified by the mailboxes command, and
indicate which contain new messages. NeoMutt will automatically enter this mode
when invoked from the command line with the -y option.

For the pager, index and directory browser menus, NeoMutt contains the
<mailbox-list> function (bound to “.” by default) which will print a list of
folders with new mail in the command line at the bottom of the screen.

For the index, by default NeoMutt displays the number of mailboxes with new
mail in the status bar, please refer to the $status_format variable for
details.

When changing folders, NeoMutt fills the prompt with the first folder from the
mailboxes list containing new mail (if any), pressing <Space> will cycle
through folders with new mail. The (by default unbound) function
<next-unread-mailbox> in the index can be used to immediately open the next
folder with unread mail (if any).

13.3. Monitoring New Mail

When the Inotifymechanism for monitoring of files is supported (Linux only) and
not disabled at compilation time, NeoMutt immediately notifies about new mail
for all folders configured via the mailboxes command. Dependent on mailbox
format also added oldmails are tracked (not for Maildir).

No configuration variables are available. Trace output is given when debugging
is enabled via command line option -d3. The lower level 2 only shows errors,
the higher level 5 all including raw Inotify events.

Note

Getting events about new mail is limited to the capabilities of the underlying
mechanism. inotifyonly reports local changes, i. e. new mail notification works
for mails delivered by an agent on the same machine as NeoMutt, but not when
delivered remotely on a network file system as nfs. also the monitoring handles
might fail in rare conditions, so you better don't completely rely on this
feature.

Note

When using Maildir, you don't have to manually specify all your mailboxes. You
can use this command instead:

mailboxes `find ~/.mail/ -type d -name cur | sort | sed -e 's:/cur/*$::' -e 's/ /\\ /g' | tr '\n' ' '`

13.4. Calculating Mailbox Message Counts

If $mail_check_stats is set, NeoMutt will periodically calculate the unread,
flagged, and total message counts for each mailbox watched by the mailboxes
command. This calculation takes place at the same time as new mail polling, but
is controlled by a separate timer: $mail_check_stats_interval.

The sidebar can display these message counts. See $sidebar_format.

14. Editing Threads

NeoMutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken
either by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some correspondents. This
allows to clean your mailboxes from these annoyances which make it hard to
follow a discussion.

14.1. Linking Threads

Some mailers tend to “forget” to correctly set the “In-Reply-To:” and “
References:” headers when replying to a message. This results in broken
discussions because NeoMutt has not enough information to guess the correct
threading. You can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent
message and using the <link-threads> function (bound to & by default). The
reply will then be connected to this parent message.

You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the
<tag-prefix> command (“;”) or the $auto_tag option.

14.2. Breaking Threads

On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new discussion
by hitting “reply” to any message from the list and changing the subject to a
totally unrelated one. You can fix such threads by using the <break-thread>
function (bound by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from
the current message into a whole different thread.

15. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support

RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information about the
status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as “return
receipts.”

To support DSN, there are two variables. $dsn_notify is used to request
receipts for different results (such as failed message, message delivered,
etc.). $dsn_return requests how much of your message should be returned with
the receipt (headers or full message).

When using $sendmail for mail delivery, you need to use either Berkeley
sendmail 8.8.x (or greater) a MTA supporting DSN command line options
compatible to Sendmail: The -N and -R options can be used by the mail client to
make requests as to what type of status messages should be returned. Please
consider your MTA documentation whether DSN is supported.

For SMTP delivery using $smtp_url, it depends on the capabilities announced by
the server whether NeoMutt will attempt to request DSN or not.

16. Start a WWW Browser on URLs

If a message contains URLs, it is efficient to get a menu with all the URLs and
start a WWW browser on one of them. This functionality is provided by the
external urlview program which can be retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/
contrib/ and the configuration commands:

macro index \cb |urlview\n
macro pager \cb |urlview\n

17. Echoing Text

Usage:

echo message

You can print messages to the message window using the "echo" command. This
might be useful after a macro finishes executing. After printing the message,
echo will pause for the number of seconds specified by $sleep_time.

echo "Sourcing muttrc file"
unset confirmappend
macro index ,a "<save-message>=archive<enter><enter-command>echo 'Saved to archive'<enter>"

18. Message Composition Flow

This is a brief overview of the steps NeoMutt takes during message composition.
It also shows the order and timing of hook execution.

  • Reply envelope settings. $reverse_nameprocessing. To, Cc, Subject,
    References header defaults.

  • my_hdrprocessing for To, Cc, Bcc, Subject headers.

  • Prompts for To, Cc, Bcc, Subject headers. See $askcc, $askbcc, $fast_reply.

  • From header setting. Note: this is so send-hooks below can match ~P, but
    From is re-set further below in case a send-hook changes the value.

  • reply-hook

  • send-hook

  • From header setting.

  • my_hdr processing for From, Reply-To, Message-ID and user-defined headers.
    The To, Cc, Bcc, Subject, and Return-Path headers are ignored at this
    stage.

  • Message body and signature generation.

  • send2-hook

  • $realnamepart of From header setting.

  • $editorinvocation for the message.

  • send2-hook

  • Cryptographic settings.

  • fcc-hook. Fcc setting.

  • Compose menu. Note: send2-hook is evaluated each time the headers are
    changed.

  • Message encryption and signing. Key selection.

  • Fcc saving if $fcc_before_send is set. (Note the variable documentation for
    caveats of Fcc'ing before sending.)

  • Message sending.

  • Fcc saving if $fcc_before_send is unset (the default). The Fcc used to be
    saved before sending the message. It is now by default saved afterwards,
    but if the saving fails, the user is prompted.

19. Miscellany

This section documents various features that fit nowhere else.

Address normalization

    NeoMutt normalizes all e-mail addresses to the simplest form possible. If
    an address contains a realname, the form Joe User <joe@example.com> is used
    and the pure e-mail address without angle brackets otherwise, i.e. just 
    joe@example.com.

    This normalization affects all headers NeoMutt generates including aliases.

Initial folder selection

    The folder NeoMutt opens at startup is determined as follows: the folder
    specified in the $MAIL environment variable if present. Otherwise, the
    value of $MAILDIR is taken into account. If that isn't present either,
    NeoMutt takes the user's mailbox in the mailspool as determined at
    compile-time (which may also reside in the home directory). The $spoolfile
    setting overrides this selection. Highest priority has the mailbox given
    with the -f command line option.

Chapter 5. NeoMutt's MIME Support

Table of Contents

1. Using MIME in NeoMutt

    1.1. MIME Overview
    1.2. Viewing MIME Messages in the Pager
    1.3. The Attachment Menu
    1.4. The Compose Menu

2. MIME Type Configuration with mime.types
3. MIME Viewer Configuration with Mailcap

    3.1. The Basics of the Mailcap File
    3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap
    3.3. Advanced Mailcap Usage
    3.4. Example Mailcap Files

4. MIME Autoview
5. MIME Multipart/Alternative

    5.1. Reading Multipart/Alternative Emails
    5.2. Composing Multipart/Alternative Emails

6. MIME Multipart/Multilingual

    6.1. Reading Multipart/Multilingual Emails
    6.2. Composing Multipart/Multilingual Emails

7. Attachment Searching and Counting
8. MIME Lookup

Quite a bit of effort has been made to make NeoMutt the premier text-mode MIME
MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that the
discerning MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards wherever
possible. When configuring NeoMutt for MIME, there are two extra types of
configuration files which NeoMutt uses. One is the mime.types file, which
contains the mapping of file extensions to IANA MIME types. The other is the
mailcap file, which specifies the external commands to use for handling
specific MIME types.

1. Using MIME in NeoMutt

1.1. MIME Overview

MIME is short for “Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension” and describes
mechanisms to internationalize and structure mail messages. Before the
introduction of MIME, messages had a single text part and were limited to
us-ascii header and content. With MIME, messages can have attachments (and even
attachments which itself have attachments and thus form a tree structure),
nearly arbitrary characters can be used for sender names, recipients and
subjects.

Besides the handling of non-ascii characters in message headers, to NeoMutt the
most important aspect of MIME are so-called MIME types. These are constructed
using a major and minor type separated by a forward slash. These specify
details about the content that follows. Based upon these, NeoMutt decides how
to handle this part. The most popular major type is “text” with minor types for
plain text, HTML and various other formats. Major types also exist for images,
audio, video and of course general application data (e.g. to separate
cryptographically signed data with a signature, send office documents, and in
general arbitrary binary data). There's also the multipart major type which
represents the root of a subtree of MIME parts. A list of supported MIME types
can be found in Table 5.1, “Supported MIME types”.

MIME also defines a set of encoding schemes for transporting MIME content over
the network: 7bit, 8bit, quoted-printable, base64 and binary. There're some
rules when to choose what for encoding headers and/or body (if needed), and
NeoMutt will in general make a good choice.

NeoMutt does most of MIME encoding/decoding behind the scenes to form messages
conforming to MIME on the sending side. On reception, it can be flexibly
configured as to how what MIME structure is displayed (and if it's displayed):
these decisions are based on the content's MIME type. There are three areas/
menus in dealing with MIME: the pager (while viewing a message), the attachment
menu and the compose menu.

1.2. Viewing MIME Messages in the Pager

When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, NeoMutt
decodes as much of a message as possible to a text representation. NeoMutt
internally supports a number of MIME types, including the text major type (with
all minor types), the message/rfc822 (mail messages) type and some multipart
types. In addition, it recognizes a variety of PGP MIME types, including PGP/
MIME and application/pgp.

NeoMutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them. These
lines are of the form:

[-- Attachment #1: Description --]
[-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]

Where the Description is the description or filename given for the attachment,
and the Encoding is one of the already mentioned content encodings.

If NeoMutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:

[-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]

1.3. The Attachment Menu

The default binding for <view-attachments> is “v”, which displays the
attachment menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of the
attachments in a message. From the attachment menu, you can save, print, pipe,
delete, and view attachments. You can apply these operations to a group of
attachments at once, by tagging the attachments and by using the <tag-prefix>
operator. You can also reply to the current message from this menu, and only
the current attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your
reply. You can view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer
definition (the mailcap mechanism is explained later in detail).

Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like
<resend-message>, and the <reply> and <forward> functions) to attachments of
type message/rfc822.

See table Table 9.7, “Default Attachment Menu Bindings” for all available
functions.

1.4. The Compose Menu

The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It allows you
to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects of your message. It
also contains a list of the attachments of your message, including the main
body. From this menu, you can print, copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose, review,
and rename an attachment or a list of tagged attachments. You can also
modifying the attachment information, notably the type, encoding and
description.

Attachments appear as follows by default:

- 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K]           /tmp/neomutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
  2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/neomutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>

The “-” denotes that NeoMutt will delete the file after sending (or postponing,
or canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the <toggle-unlink> command
(default: u). The next field is the MIME content-type, and can be changed with
the <edit-type> command (default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the
attachment, which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on
7bit links. It can be changed with the <edit-encoding> command (default: ^E).
The next field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with the
<rename-file> command (default: R). The final field is the description of the
attachment, and can be changed with the <edit-description> command (default:
d). See $attach_format for a full list of available expandos to format this
display to your needs.

2. MIME Type Configuration with mime.types

To get most out of MIME, it's important that a MIME part's content type matches
the content as closely as possible so that the recipient's client can
automatically select the right viewer for the content. However, there's no
reliable for NeoMutt to know how to detect every possible file type. Instead,
it uses a simple plain text mapping file that specifies what file extension
corresponds to what MIME type. This file is called mime.types.

When you add an attachment to your mail message, NeoMutt searches the system
mime.types file at /etc/mime.types, $SYSCONFDIR/mime.types or $PKGDATADIR/
mime.types and then your personal mime.types file at $HOME/.mime.types.

Where $HOME is your home directory. The $PKGDATADIR and the $SYSCONFDIR
directories depend on where NeoMutt is installed: the former is the default for
shared data, the latter for system configuration files.

Each line starts with the full MIME type, followed by a space and
space-separated list of file extensions. For example you could use:

Example 5.1. mime.types

application/postscript          ps eps
application/pgp                 pgp
audio/x-aiff                    aif aifc aiff


A sample mime.types file comes with the NeoMutt distribution, and should
contain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.

If NeoMutt can not determine the MIME type by the extension of the file you
attach, it will run the command specified in $mime_type_query_command. If that
command is not specified, NeoMutt will look at the file. If the file is free of
binary information, NeoMutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark
it as text/plain. If the file contains binary information, then NeoMutt will
mark it as application/octet-stream. You can change the MIME type that NeoMutt
assigns to an attachment by using the <edit-type> command from the compose menu
(default: ^T), see Table 5.1, “Supported MIME types” for supported major types.
NeoMutt recognizes all of these if the appropriate entry is found in the
mime.types file. Non-recognized mime types should only be used if the recipient
of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.

Table 5.1. Supported MIME types

┌───────────────┬────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────┐
│MIME major type│Standard│               Description               │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│application    │yes     │General application data                 │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│audio          │yes     │Audio data                               │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│image          │yes     │Image data                               │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│message        │yes     │Mail messages, message status information│
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│model          │yes     │VRML and other modeling data             │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│multipart      │yes     │Container for other MIME parts           │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│text           │yes     │Text data                                │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│video          │yes     │Video data                               │
├───────────────┼────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────┤
│chemical       │no      │Mostly molecular data                    │
└───────────────┴────────┴─────────────────────────────────────────┘


MIME types are not arbitrary, they need to be assigned by IANA.

3. MIME Viewer Configuration with Mailcap

NeoMutt supports RFC1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix specific
format specified in Appendix A of RFC1524. This file format is commonly
referred to as the “mailcap” format. Many MIME compliant programs utilize the
mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling for all MIME types in one
place for all programs. Programs known to use this format include Firefox, lynx
and metamail.

In order to handle various MIME types that NeoMutt doesn't have built-in
support for, it parses a series of external configuration files to find an
external handler. The default search string for these files is a colon
delimited list containing the following files:

 1. $HOME/.mailcap

 2. $PKGDATADIR/mailcap

 3. $SYSCONFDIR/mailcap

 4. /etc/mailcap

 5. /usr/etc/mailcap

 6. /usr/local/etc/mailcap

where $HOME is your home directory. The $PKGDATADIR and the $SYSCONFDIR
directories depend on where NeoMutt is installed: the former is the default for
shared data, the latter for system configuration files.

The default search path can be obtained by running the following command:

neomutt -nF /dev/null -Q mailcap_path

In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file, usually
as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline entries.

3.1. The Basics of the Mailcap File

A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank, or
definitions.

A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you want.

A blank line is blank.

A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any number of
optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided by a semicolon “;”
character.

The content type is specified in the MIME standard “type/subtype” notation. For
example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In addition, the mailcap format
includes two formats for wildcards, one using the special “*” subtype, the
other is the implicit wild, where you only include the major type. For example,
image/*, or video will match all image types and video types, respectively.

The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified. There are
two different types of commands supported. The default is to send the body of
the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can change this behavior by using
%s as a parameter to your view command. This will cause NeoMutt to save the
body of the MIME message to a temporary file, and then call the view command
with the %s replaced by the name of the temporary file. In both cases, NeoMutt
will turn over the terminal to the view program until the program quits, at
which time NeoMutt will remove the temporary file if it exists. This means that
mailcap does not work out of the box with programs which detach themselves from
the terminal right after starting, like open on Mac OS X. In order to
nevertheless use these programs with mailcap, you probably need custom shell
scripts.

So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the external
pager more on standard input:

text/plain; more

Or, you could send the message as a file:

text/plain; more %s

Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html message:

text/html; lynx %s

In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from standard input, so you
must use the %s syntax.

Note

Some older versions of lynx contain a bug where they will check the mailcap
file for a viewer for text/html. They will find the line which calls lynx, and
run it. This causes lynx to continuously spawn itself to view the object.

On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you just
want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can use:

text/html; lynx -dump %s | more

Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on all other
text formats, then you would use the following:

text/html; lynx %s
text/*; more

3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap

The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters can
lead to security problems in general. NeoMutt tries to quote parameters in
expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by substituting
them, see the $mailcap_sanitize variable.

Although NeoMutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be safe,
there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care of it.
Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:

Keep the %-expandos away from shell quoting. Don't quote them with single or
double quotes. NeoMutt does this for you, the right way, as should any other
program which interprets mailcap. Don't put them into backtick expansions. Be
highly careful with evil statements, and avoid them if possible at all. Trying
to fix broken behavior with quotes introduces new leaks – there is no
alternative to correct quoting in the first place.

If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need quoting or
backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable and reference the
shell variable where necessary, as in the following example (using $charset
inside the backtick expansion is safe, since it is not itself subject to any
further expansion):

text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
        && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1

3.3. Advanced Mailcap Usage

3.3.1. Optional Fields

In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you can add
semi-colon “;” separated fields to set flags and other options. NeoMutt
recognizes the following optional fields:

copiousoutput

    This flag tells NeoMutt that the command passes possibly large amounts of
    text on standard output. This causes NeoMutt to invoke a pager (either the
    internal pager or the external pager defined by the pager variable) on the
    output of the view command. Without this flag, NeoMutt assumes that the
    command is interactive. One could use this to replace the pipe to more in
    the lynx -dump example in the Basic section:

    text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput

    This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain and
    NeoMutt will use your standard pager to display the results.

    NeoMutt will set the COLUMNS environment variable to the width of the
    pager. Some programs make use of this environment variable automatically.
    Others provide a command line argument that can use this to set the output
    width:

    text/html; lynx -dump -width ${COLUMNS:-80} %s; copiousoutput

    Note that when using the built-in pager, only entries with this flag will
    be considered a handler for a MIME type – all other entries will be
    ignored.

needsterminal

    NeoMutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with auto_view, in order to
    decide whether it should honor the setting of the $wait_key variable or
    not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program, and the
    corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag, NeoMutt will use
    $wait_key and the exit status of the program to decide if it will ask you
    to press a key after the external program has exited. In all other
    situations it will not prompt you for a key.

compose=<command>

    This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment of a
    specific MIME type. NeoMutt supports this from the compose menu.

composetyped=<command>

    This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment of a
    specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose command in that
    NeoMutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data. This can be used to
    specify parameters, filename, description, etc. for a new attachment.
    NeoMutt supports this from the compose menu.

print=<command>

    This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME type.
    NeoMutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.

edit=<command>

    This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME type.
    NeoMutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses it to compose
    new attachments. NeoMutt will default to the defined $editor for text
    attachments.

nametemplate=<template>

    This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in the command
    fields. Certain programs will require a certain file extension, for
    instance, to correctly view a file. For instance, lynx will only interpret
    a file as text/html if the file ends in .html. So, you would specify lynx
    as a text/html viewer with a line in the mailcap file like:

    text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html

test=<command>

    This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap entry
    should be used. The command is defined with the command expansion rules
    defined in the next section. If the command returns 0, then the test
    passed, and NeoMutt uses this entry. If the command returns non-zero, then
    the test failed, and NeoMutt continues searching for the right entry. Note
    that the content-type must match before NeoMutt performs the test. For
    example:

    text/html; firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
    text/html; lynx %s

    In this example, NeoMutt will run the program RunningX which will return 0
    if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it isn't. If RunningX
    returns 0, then NeoMutt will run firefox to display the text/html object.
    If RunningX doesn't return 0, then NeoMutt will go on to the next entry and
    use lynx to display the text/html object.

x-neomutt-keep

    x-neomutt-keep tells NeoMutt to not delete the temporary file after the
    program has been run.

    Using it allows you to control the lifespan of the temporary file. Without
    this option, the file will be deleted after $timeout seconds.

    text/html; firefox %s & x-neomutt-keep

3.3.2. Search Order

When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, NeoMutt will search for the
most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are attempting to print
an image/gif, and you have the following entries in your mailcap file, NeoMutt
will search for an entry with the print command:

image/*;        xv %s
image/gif;      ; print=anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
                nametemplate=%s.gif

NeoMutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the print
command.

In addition, you can use this with auto_view to denote two commands for viewing
an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the other to be viewed
interactively from the attachment menu using the <view-mailcap> function (bound
to “m” by default). In addition, you can then use the test feature to determine
which viewer to use interactively depending on your environment.

text/html;      firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
text/html;      lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
text/html;      lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput

For auto_view, NeoMutt will choose the third entry because of the copiousoutput
tag. For interactive viewing, NeoMutt will run the program RunningX to
determine if it should use the first entry. If the program returns non-zero,
NeoMutt will use the second entry for interactive viewing. The last entry is
for inline display in the pager and the <view-attach> function in the
attachment menu.

Entries with the copiousoutput tag should always be specified as the last one
per type. For non-interactive use, the last entry will then actually be the
first matching one with the tag set. For non-interactive use, only
copiousoutput-tagged entries are considered. For interactive use, NeoMutt
ignores this tag and treats all entries equally. Therefore, if not specified
last, all following entries without this tag would never be considered for
<view-attach> because the copiousoutput before them matched already.

3.3.3. Command Expansion

The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the /bin/sh
shell using the system(3) function. Before the command is passed to /bin/sh -c,
it is parsed to expand various special parameters with information from
NeoMutt. The keywords NeoMutt expands are:

%s

    As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded to a
    filename specified by the calling program. This file contains the body of
    the message to view/print/edit or where the composing program should place
    the results of composition. In addition, the use of this keyword causes
    NeoMutt to not pass the body of the message to the view/print/edit program
    on stdin.

%t

    NeoMutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content type of
    the message in the same form as the first parameter of the mailcap
    definition line, i.e. text/html or image/gif.

%{<parameter>}

    NeoMutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter from the
    Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if your mail message
    contains:

    Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1

    then NeoMutt will expand %{charset} to “iso-8859-1”. The default metamail
    mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an xterm using
    the right charset to view the message.

\%

    This will be replaced by a literal %.

NeoMutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in RFC1524.
The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart messages, which is
handled internally by NeoMutt.

3.4. Example Mailcap Files

This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:

# I'm always running X :)
video/*;        xanim %s > /dev/null
image/*;        xv %s > /dev/null
# I'm always running firefox (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
text/html;      firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)'

These mailcap files shows how to control the lifespan of the temporary file.

# The `display` program shows an image and doesn't return until the user quits.

# Display an image, but wait for the user to quit the display program.
# When the user quits control will return to NeoMutt.
image/png; display %s;

# Display an image and return to NeoMutt immediately.
image/png; display %s &;

# The file will be automatically deleted after $timeout seconds.

# Some graphical programs return immediately if they're already running.
# We'll add an ampersand (&), just in case they're not.

# View the contents of a 'tar' file.
# The file will be automatically deleted after $timeout seconds.
application/x-tar; file-roller %s &;

# View the contents of a 'tar' file.
# The file will not be deleted.
application/x-tar; file-roller %s &; x-neomutt-keep

# Some programs watch any files they have open.
# If NeoMutt deleted the file, the program would close prematurely.

# Use a custom script to manage the file's lifespan.
application/pdf; my-pdf-script.sh %s; x-neomutt-keep

This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:

# Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
# send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
video/*;        xanim %s > /dev/null
# Send html to a running firefox by remote
text/html;      firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningFirefox
# If I'm not running firefox but I am running X, start firefox on the
# object
text/html;      firefox %s; test=RunningX
# Else use lynx to view it as text
text/html;      lynx %s
# This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
text/html;      lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
# I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
text/*;         more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
# Firefox adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
image/jpeg;     xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
# Use xv to view images if I'm running X
# In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
# for images
image/*;        xv %s; test=RunningX; edit=xpaint %s
# Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
image/*;        (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | \
                pbmtoascii -1x2) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
# Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
application/ms-excel;   open.pl %s

4. MIME Autoview

Usage:

auto_view mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]
unauto_view { * | [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]}

In addition to explicitly telling NeoMutt to view an attachment with the MIME
viewer defined in the mailcap file from the attachments menu, NeoMutt has
support for automatically viewing MIME attachments while in the pager.

For this to work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the
copiousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually, you also
use the entry to convert the attachment to a text representation which you can
view in the pager.

You then use the auto_view configuration command to list the content-types that
you wish to view automatically. For instance, if you set it to:

auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip \
  application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz

...NeoMutt would try to find corresponding entries for rendering attachments of
these types as text. A corresponding mailcap could look like:

text/html;              lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
image/*;                anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | \
                        pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
application/x-gunzip;   gzcat; copiousoutput
application/x-tar-gz;   gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput

unauto_view can be used to remove previous entries from the auto_view list.
This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc. “
unauto_view *” will remove all previous entries.

5. MIME Multipart/Alternative

A multipart/alternative email has several parts that represent the same content
in different formats, such as text/plain and text/html. This kind of email is
heavily used by many modern mail user agents to send HTML messages which
contain an alternative plain text representation. You can read and write
multipart/alternative emails in NeoMutt.

5.1. Reading Multipart/Alternative Emails

NeoMutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a multipart/
alternative type to display:

 1. First, NeoMutt will check the alternative_order list to determine if one of
    the available types is preferred. It consists of a number of MIME types in
    order, including support for implicit and explicit wildcards. For example:

    alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*

 2. Next, NeoMutt will check if any of the types have a defined auto_view, and
    use that.

 3. Failing that, NeoMutt will look for any text type.

 4. As a last attempt, NeoMutt will look for any type it knows how to handle.

To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the 
unalternative_order command.

5.2. Composing Multipart/Alternative Emails

Noemutt includes some primitive ability to compose multipart/alternative
emails:

 1. In the Compose menu, attach the two (or more) alternatives as usual. For
    example, attach "invitation.html" and then "invitation.txt". (You can
    reorder them using the <move-up> (-) and <move-down> (+) bindings, and edit
    the descriptions).

 2. Tag the attachments that are alternatives, and press the 
    <group-alternatives> (&) binding to group them together. After this, the
    separate parts will be replaced by a single new part with the multipart/
    alternative type and the alternatives must be manipulated or deleted as a
    group.

 3. Send the email as usual.

If all the attachments have been grouped and form a single multipart/
alternative, part then this message will be sent as a multipart/alternative
email, otherwise it will be sent as a multipart/mixed email.

Note that after grouping, you can't view, edit or break the multipart/
alternative bundle, because it is in a temporary form. But you can view and
edit its primitive part using the <edit> command. When postponing emails or on
error (e.g., no recipients address when sending emails) this multipart/
alternative will be broken apart and need to be tagged and group together again
as described above.

Be aware that when sending a multipart/alternative email, you have to manually
prepare the alternative parts and attach them. However, you can use Neomutt's
macro to perform all the operations needed, such that you can compose a plain
text email as usual and turn that into a multipart/alternative email in one
single command, with one part being text/plain and the other text/html. An
example macro will be the following:

macro compose K "| pandoc -o /tmp/neomutt-alternative.html<enter> \
    <attach-file>/tmp/neomutt-alternative.html<enter> \
    <tag-entry><previous-entry><tag-entry><group-alternatives>"

6. MIME Multipart/Multilingual

Neomutt includes supports for reading and writing multipart/multilingual
emails. A multipart/multilingual email is like a multipart/alternative email,
except that it comes with parts of different versions of languages instead of
appearances. Its format is described by RFC8255.

6.1. Reading Multipart/Multilingual Emails

Neomutt uses the $preferred_languages variable to determine which languages to
display when displaying a multipart/multilingual email. You can have several
preferred languages, separated by ,

set preferred_languages="fr,en,de"

Neomutt will try to match these strings again the multilingual header in the
received emails "by prefix", e.g., en will match both en and en_US.

If $preferred_languages is not set, it default to None, and the first part of
the received multipart/multilingual email will be displayed.

6.2. Composing Multipart/Multilingual Emails

The procedures of composing a multipart/multilingual email is similar to those
in Composing Multipart/Alternative. You have to prepare every part manually or
using some scripts, and then tag and group them together into a multipart/
multilingual bundle before sending it:

 1. Prepare parts of the multilingual emails.

 2. Attach them as attachments.

 3. Tag them with <tag-entry>

 4. Edit the Content-Language header of every attachment with command 
    <edit-language> (default to Ctrl-L). This is important, otherwise the
    recipient of this email will not know the corresponding languages. You can
    set arbitrary string as Content-Language, but it is recommended to set it
    as some common prefixes such as "en", "zh" and "fr".

 5. Group all the tag messages together by <group-multilingual> (default to ^).

 6. Send the email as usual.

As in Composing Multipart/Alternative, you can also use Neomutt's macro and
some external scripts to combine these procedure into one.

Note that after grouping, you can't view, edit or break the multipart/
multilingual email bundle, because it is in a temporary form. But you can view
and edit its primitive part using the <edit> command. When postponing emails or
on error (e.g., no recipients address when sending emails) this multipart/
multilingual will be broken apart and need to be tagged and group together
again as described above.

7. Attachment Searching and Counting

If you ever lose track of attachments in your mailboxes, NeoMutt's
attachment-counting and -searching support might be for you. You can make your
message index display the number of qualifying attachments in each message, or
search for messages by attachment count. You also can configure what kinds of
attachments qualify for this feature with the attachments and unattachments
commands.

In order to provide this information, NeoMutt needs to fully MIME-parse all
messages affected first. This can slow down operation especially for remote
mail folders such as IMAP because all messages have to be downloaded first
regardless whether the user really wants to view them or not though using
Section 8.2, “Body Caching” usually means to download the message just once.

The syntax is:

attachments { + | - } disposition mime-type
unattachments { + | - } disposition mime-type
attachments ?
unattachments *

disposition is the attachment's Content-Disposition type – either inline or
attachment. You can abbreviate this to I or A.

Disposition is prefixed by either a “+” symbol or a “-” symbol. If it's a “+”,
you're saying that you want to allow this disposition and MIME type to qualify.
If it's a “-”, you're saying that this disposition and MIME type is an
exception to previous “+” rules. There are examples below of how this is
useful.

mime-type is the MIME type of the attachment you want the command to affect. A
MIME type is always of the format major/minor, where major describes the broad
category of document you're looking at, and minor describes the specific type
within that category. The major part of mime-type must be literal text (or the
special token “*”), but the minor part may be a regular expression. (Therefore,
“*/.*” matches any MIME type.)

The MIME types you give to the attachments directive are a kind of pattern.
When you use the attachments directive, the patterns you specify are added to a
list. When you use unattachments, the pattern is removed from the list. The
patterns are not expanded and matched to specific MIME types at this time –
they're just text in a list. They're only matched when actually evaluating a
message.

Some examples might help to illustrate. The examples that are not commented out
define the default configuration of the lists.

Example 5.2. Attachment counting

# Removing a pattern from a list removes that pattern literally. It
# does not remove any type matching the pattern.
#
#  attachments   +A */.*
#  attachments   +A image/jpeg
#  unattachments +A */.*
#
# This leaves "attached" image/jpeg files on the allowed attachments
# list. It does not remove all items, as you might expect, because the
# second */.* is not a matching expression at this time.
#
# Remember: "unattachments" only undoes what "attachments" has done!
# It does not trigger any matching on actual messages.
# Qualify any MIME part with an "attachment" disposition, EXCEPT for
# text/x-vcard and application/pgp parts. (PGP parts are already known
# to NeoMutt, and can be searched for with ~g, ~G, and ~k.)
#
# I've added x-pkcs7 to this, since it functions (for S/MIME)
# analogously to PGP signature attachments. S/MIME isn't supported
# in a stock NeoMutt build, but we can still treat it specially here.
#
attachments  +A */.*
attachments  -A text/x-vcard application/pgp.*
attachments  -A application/x-pkcs7-.*
# Discount all MIME parts with an "inline" disposition, unless they're
# text/plain. (Why inline a text/plain part unless it's external to the
# message flow?)
attachments  +I text/plain
# These two lines make NeoMutt qualify MIME containers. (So, for example,
# a message/rfc822 forward will count as an attachment.) The first
# line is unnecessary if you already have "attach-allow */.*", of
# course. These are off by default! The MIME elements contained
# within a message/* or multipart/* are still examined, even if the
# containers themselves don't qualify.

#attachments  +A message/.* multipart/.*
#attachments  +I message/.* multipart/.*
## You probably don't really care to know about deleted attachments.
attachments  -A message/external-body
attachments  -I message/external-body


Entering the command “attachments ?” as a command will list your current
settings in neomuttrc format, so that it can be pasted elsewhere.

Entering the command “unattachments *” as a command will Clear all attachment
settings.

8. MIME Lookup

Usage:

mime_lookup mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]
unmime_lookup { * | [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]}

NeoMutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of MIME types that should not be
treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to deal with
binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's MIME type
is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will be compared
to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The MIME type associated with
this extension will then be used to process the attachment according to the
rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration options
(such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:

mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript

In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature for
any particular MIME type if it had been set, for example, in a global
.neomuttrc.

Chapter 6. Optional Features

Table of Contents

1. General Notes

    1.1. Enabling/Disabling Features
    1.2. URL Syntax

2. SSL/TLS Support
3. POP3 Support
4. IMAP Support

    4.1. The IMAP Folder Browser
    4.2. Authentication

5. SMTP Support
6. OAUTHBEARER Support
7. Managing Multiple Accounts
8. Local Caching

    8.1. Header Caching
    8.2. Body Caching
    8.3. Cache Directories
    8.4. Maintenance

9. Sending Anonymous Messages via Mixmaster
10. Attach Headers Color Feature

    10.1. Support
    10.2. Introduction
    10.3. Usage
    10.4. neomuttrc
    10.5. See Also
    10.6. Known Bugs
    10.7. Credits

11. Compose to Sender Feature

    11.1. Support
    11.2. Introduction
    11.3. Functions
    11.4. neomuttrc
    11.5. Known Bugs
    11.6. Credits

12. Compressed Folders Feature

    12.1. Support
    12.2. Introduction
    12.3. Commands
    12.4. neomuttrc
    12.5. See Also
    12.6. Credits

13. Conditional Dates Feature

    13.1. Support
    13.2. Introduction
    13.3. Variables
    13.4. neomuttrc
    13.5. See Also
    13.6. Known Bugs
    13.7. Credits

14. Encrypt-to-Self Feature

    14.1. Support
    14.2. Introduction
    14.3. Variables
    14.4. neomuttrc
    14.5. Known Bugs
    14.6. Credits

15. Fmemopen Feature

    15.1. Support
    15.2. Introduction
    15.3. See Also
    15.4. Known Bugs
    15.5. Credits

16. Forgotten Attachment Feature

    16.1. Support
    16.2. Introduction
    16.3. Variables
    16.4. neomuttrc
    16.5. See Also
    16.6. Known Bugs
    16.7. Credits

17. Global Hooks

    17.1. Introduction
    17.2. Commands
    17.3. neomuttrc
    17.4. See Also
    17.5. Known Bugs
    17.6. Credits

18. Header Cache Compression Feature

    18.1. Support
    18.2. Introduction
    18.3. Variables
    18.4. neomuttrc
    18.5. Known Bugs
    18.6. Credits

19. Ifdef Feature

    19.1. Support
    19.2. Introduction
    19.3. Commands
    19.4. neomuttrc
    19.5. Known Bugs
    19.6. Credits

20. Index Color Feature

    20.1. Support
    20.2. Introduction
    20.3. Colors
    20.4. neomuttrc
    20.5. See Also
    20.6. Known Bugs
    20.7. Credits

21. Initials Expando Feature

    21.1. Support
    21.2. Introduction
    21.3. Variables
    21.4. neomuttrc
    21.5. See Also
    21.6. Known Bugs
    21.7. Credits

22. Kyoto Cabinet Feature

    22.1. Support
    22.2. Introduction
    22.3. See Also
    22.4. Known Bugs
    22.5. Credits

23. Limit Current Thread Feature

    23.1. Support
    23.2. Introduction
    23.3. Functions
    23.4. neomuttrc
    23.5. Known Bugs
    23.6. Credits

24. LMDB Feature

    24.1. Support
    24.2. Introduction
    24.3. See Also
    24.4. Known Bugs
    24.5. Credits

25. Multiple FCC Feature

    25.1. Support
    25.2. Introduction
    25.3. See Also
    25.4. Known Bugs
    25.5. Credits

26. Nested If Feature

    26.1. Support
    26.2. Introduction
    26.3. Variables
    26.4. neomuttrc
    26.5. See Also
    26.6. Known Bugs
    26.7. Credits

27. New Mail Feature

    27.1. Support
    27.2. Introduction
    27.3. Variables
    27.4. neomuttrc
    27.5. See Also
    27.6. Known Bugs
    27.7. Credits

28. NNTP Feature

    28.1. Support
    28.2. Introduction
    28.3. Variables
    28.4. Functions
    28.5. neomuttrc
    28.6. Known Bugs
    28.7. Credits

29. Custom backend based Tags Feature

    29.1. Support
    29.2. Introduction
    29.3. Variables
    29.4. Functions
    29.5. Commands
    29.6. Colors
    29.7. neomuttrc
    29.8. Credits

30. Notmuch Feature

    30.1. Support
    30.2. Introduction
    30.3. Using Notmuch
    30.4. Variables
    30.5. Functions
    30.6. Commands
    30.7. Colors
    30.8. neomuttrc
    30.9. See Also
    30.10. Known Bugs
    30.11. Credits

31. Progress Bar Feature

    31.1. Support
    31.2. Introduction
    31.3. Colors
    31.4. neomuttrc
    31.5. See Also
    31.6. Known Bugs
    31.7. Credits

32. Quasi-Delete Feature

    32.1. Support
    32.2. Introduction
    32.3. Functions
    32.4. neomuttrc
    32.5. See Also
    32.6. Known Bugs
    32.7. Credits

33. Reply With X-Original-To Feature

    33.1. Support
    33.2. Introduction
    33.3. Variables
    33.4. neomuttrc
    33.5. Credits

34. Sensible Browser Feature

    34.1. Support
    34.2. Introduction
    34.3. See Also
    34.4. Known Bugs
    34.5. Credits

35. Sidebar Feature

    35.1. Support
    35.2. Introduction
    35.3. Variables
    35.4. Functions
    35.5. Commands
    35.6. Colors
    35.7. Sort
    35.8. neomuttrc
    35.9. See Also
    35.10. Known Bugs
    35.11. Credits

36. Skip Quoted Feature

    36.1. Support
    36.2. Introduction
    36.3. Variables
    36.4. neomuttrc
    36.5. Known Bugs
    36.6. Credits

37. Status Color Feature

    37.1. Support
    37.2. Introduction
    37.3. Commands
    37.4. Colors
    37.5. neomuttrc
    37.6. See Also
    37.7. Known Bugs
    37.8. Credits

38. TLS-SNI Feature

    38.1. Support
    38.2. Introduction
    38.3. Known Bugs
    38.4. Credits

39. Trash Folder Feature

    39.1. Support
    39.2. Introduction
    39.3. Variables
    39.4. Functions
    39.5. neomuttrc
    39.6. See Also
    39.7. Known Bugs
    39.8. Credits

40. Autocrypt

    40.1. Requirements
    40.2. First Run
    40.3. Compose Menu
    40.4. Account Management
    40.5. Alternative Key and Keyring Strategies

1. General Notes

1.1. Enabling/Disabling Features

NeoMutt supports several of optional features which can be enabled or disabled
at compile-time by giving the configure script certain arguments. These are
listed in the “Optional features” section of the configure --help output.

Which features are enabled or disabled can later be determined from the output
of neomutt -v. If a compile option starts with “+” it is enabled and disabled
if prefixed with “-”. For example, if NeoMutt was compiled using GnuTLS for
encrypted communication instead of OpenSSL, neomutt -v would contain:

-openssl +gnutls

1.2. URL Syntax

NeoMutt optionally supports the IMAP, POP3 and SMTP protocols which require to
access servers using URLs. The canonical syntax for specifying URLs in NeoMutt
is (an item enclosed in [] means it is optional and may be omitted):

proto[s]://[username[:password]@]server[:port][/path]

proto is the communication protocol: imap for IMAP, pop for POP3 and smtp for
SMTP. If “s” for “secure communication” is appended, NeoMutt will attempt to
establish an encrypted communication using SSL or TLS.

Since all protocols supported by NeoMutt support/require authentication, login
credentials may be specified in the URL. This has the advantage that multiple
IMAP, POP3 or SMTP servers may be specified (which isn't possible using, for
example, $imap_user). The username may contain the “@” symbol being used by
many mail systems as part of the login name. The special characters “/” (%2F), 
“:” (%3A) and “%” (%25) have to be URL-encoded in usernames using the
%-notation.

A password can be given, too but is not recommended if the URL is specified in
a configuration file on disk.

If no port number is given, NeoMutt will use the system's default for the given
protocol (usually consulting /etc/services).

The optional path is only relevant for IMAP and ignored elsewhere.

Example 6.1. URLs

pops://host/
imaps://user@host/INBOX/Sent
smtp://user@host:587/


2. SSL/TLS Support

If NeoMutt is compiled with IMAP, POP3 and/or SMTP support, it can also be
compiled with support for SSL or TLS using either OpenSSL or GnuTLS (by running
the configure script with the --ssl=... option for OpenSSL or --gnutls=... for
GnuTLS). NeoMutt can then attempt to encrypt communication with remote servers
if these protocols are suffixed with “s” for “secure communication”.

3. POP3 Support

NeoMutt has POP3 support and has the ability to work with mailboxes located on
a remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local browsing.

Remote POP3 servers can be accessed using URLs with the pop protocol for
unencrypted and pops for encrypted communication, see Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”
for details.

Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this reason
the frequency at which NeoMutt will check for mail remotely can be controlled
by the $pop_checkinterval variable, which defaults to every 60 seconds.

POP is read-only which doesn't allow for some features like editing messages or
changing flags. However, using Section 8.1, “Header Caching” and Section 8.2,
“Body Caching” NeoMutt simulates the new/old/read flags as well as flagged and
replied. NeoMutt applies some logic on top of remote messages but cannot change
them so that modifications of flags are lost when messages are downloaded from
the POP server (either by NeoMutt or other tools).

Another way to access your POP3 mail is the <fetch-mail> function (default: G).
It allows to connect to $pop_host, fetch all your new mail and place it in the
local $spoolfile. After this point, NeoMutt runs exactly as if the mail had
always been local.

Note

If you only need to fetch all messages to a local mailbox you should consider
using a specialized program, such as fetchmail(1), getmail(1) or similar.

4. IMAP Support

NeoMutt has IMAP support and has the ability to work with folders located on a
remote IMAP server.

You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder by its URL (see
Section 1.2, “URL Syntax” for details) using the imap or imaps protocol.
Alternatively, a pine-compatible notation is also supported, i.e. {[username@]
imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder

Note that not all servers use “/” as the hierarchy separator. NeoMutt should
correctly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert paths
accordingly.

When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look at only
the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the toggle-subscribed
command. See also the $imap_list_subscribed variable.

Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
want to carefully tune the $mail_check and $timeout variables. Reasonable
values are:

set mail_check=90
set timeout=15

with relatively good results even over slow modem lines.

Note

Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
selects the same folder.

4.1. The IMAP Folder Browser

As of version 1.2, NeoMutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server. This
is mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following differences:

  • In lieu of file permissions, NeoMutt displays the string “IMAP”, possibly
    followed by the symbol “+”, indicating that the entry contains both
    messages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain
    both messages and subfolders. A mailbox name with a trailing delimiter
    (usually “/” or “.”) indicates subfolders.

  • For the case where an entry can contain both messages and subfolders, the
    selection key (bound to enter by default) will choose to descend into the
    subfolder view. If you wish to view the messages in that folder, you must
    use view-file instead (bound to space by default).

  • You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the <create-mailbox>,
    <delete-mailbox>, and <rename-mailbox> commands (default bindings: C, d and
    r, respectively). You may also <subscribe> and <unsubscribe> to mailboxes
    (normally these are bound to s and u, respectively).

4.2. Authentication

NeoMutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL, GSSAPI,
CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN. There is also support for the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS,
which allows you to log in to a public IMAP server without having an account.
To use ANONYMOUS, simply make your username blank or “anonymous”.

SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
(including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure method
available on your host and the server. Using some of these methods (including
DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be encrypted and
invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best option if you have
it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system
and compile NeoMutt with the --with-sasl flag.

NeoMutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server,
in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.

There are a few variables which control authentication:

  • $imap_user – controls the username under which you request authentication
    on the IMAP server, for all authenticators. This is overridden by an
    explicit username in the mailbox path (i.e. by using a mailbox name of the
    form {user@host}).

  • $imap_pass – a password which you may preset, used by all authentication
    methods where a password is needed.

  • $imap_authenticators – a colon-delimited list of IMAP authentication
    methods to try, in the order you wish to try them. If specified, this
    overrides NeoMutt's default (attempt everything, in the order listed
    above).

5. SMTP Support

Besides supporting traditional mail delivery through a sendmail-compatible
program, NeoMutt supports delivery through SMTP.

If the configuration variable $smtp_url is set, NeoMutt will contact the given
SMTP server to deliver messages; if it is unset, NeoMutt will use the program
specified by $sendmail.

For details on the URL syntax, please see Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”.

The built-in SMTP support supports encryption (the smtps protocol using SSL or
TLS) as well as SMTP authentication using SASL. The authentication mechanisms
for SASL are specified in $smtp_authenticators defaulting to an empty list
which makes NeoMutt try all available methods from most-secure to least-secure.

6. OAUTHBEARER Support

Preliminary OAUTH support for IMAP, POP, and SMTP is provided via external
scripts.

At least for Gmail, you can use the oauth2.pyscript from Google's
gmail-oauth2-tools: https://github.com/google/gmail-oauth2-tools/blob/master/
python/oauth2.py

You'll need to get your own oauth client credentials for Gmail here: https://
console.developers.google.com/apis/credentials

Then, you'd use oauth2.py with --generate_oauth2_token to get a refresh token,
and configure NeoMutt with:

set imap_authenticators="oauthbearer"
set imap_oauth_refresh_command="/path/to/oauth2.py --quiet --user=[email_address]\
    --client_id=[client_id] --client_secret=[client_secret]\
    --refresh_token=[refresh_token]"

Substitute pop or smtp for imap in the above example to configure for those.

7. Managing Multiple Accounts

Usage:

account-hook regex command

If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP, POP and/or SMTP servers, you
may find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and error-prone.
The account-hook command may help. This hook works like folder-hook but is
invoked whenever NeoMutt needs to access a remote mailbox (including inside the
folder browser), not just when you open the mailbox. This includes (for
example) polling for new mail, storing Fcc messages and saving messages to a
folder. As a consequence, account-hook should only be used to set
connection-related settings such as passwords or tunnel commands but not
settings such as sender address or name (because in general it should be
considered unpredictable which account-hook was last used).

Some examples:

account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/lib/imapd"'
account-hook smtp://user@host3/ 'set tunnel="ssh host3 /usr/lib/smtpd"'

To manage multiple accounts with, for example, different values of $record or
sender addresses, folder-hook has to be be used together with the mailboxes
command.

Example 6.2. Managing multiple accounts

mailboxes imap://user@host1/INBOX
folder-hook imap://user@host1/ 'set folder=imap://host1/ ; set record=+INBOX/Sent'
mailboxes imap://user@host2/INBOX
folder-hook imap://user@host2/ 'set folder=imap://host2/ ; set record=+INBOX/Sent'


In example Example 6.2, “Managing multiple accounts” the folders are defined
using mailboxes so NeoMutt polls them for new mail. Each folder-hook triggers
when one mailbox below each IMAP account is opened and sets $folder to the
account's root folder. Next, it sets $record to the INBOX/Sent folder below the
newly set $folder. Please notice that the value the “+” mailbox shortcut refers
to depends on the current value of $folder and therefore has to be set
separately per account. Setting other values like $from or $signature is
analogous to setting $record.

8. Local Caching

NeoMutt contains two types of local caching: (1) the so-called “header caching”
and (2) the so-called “body caching” which are both described in this section.

Header caching is optional as it depends on external libraries, body caching is
always enabled if NeoMutt is compiled with POP and/or IMAP support as these use
it (body caching requires no external library).

8.1. Header Caching

NeoMutt provides optional support for caching message headers for the following
types of folders: IMAP, POP, Maildir and MH. Header caching greatly speeds up
opening large folders because for remote folders, headers usually only need to
be downloaded once. For Maildir and MH, reading the headers from a single file
is much faster than looking at possibly thousands of single files (since
Maildir and MH use one file per message.)

Header caching can be enabled by configuring one of the database backends. One
of bdb, gdbm, kyotocabinet, lmdb, qdbm, rocksdb, tdb, tokyocabinet.

If enabled, $header_cache can be used to either point to a file or a directory.
If set to point to a file, one database file for all folders will be used
(which may result in lower performance), but one file per folder if it points
to a directory.

Additionally, $header_cache_backend can be used to specify which backend to
use. The list of available backends can be specified at configure time with a
set of --with-<backend> options. Currently, the following backends are
supported: bdb, gdbm, kyotocabinet, lmdb, qdbm, rocksdb, tdb, tokyocabinet.

Take a look at the benchmark script provided in the following directory:
contrib/hcache-bench of the neomutt sources, there you can find a way of
finding the storage backend for your needs.

8.2. Body Caching

Both cache methods can be combined using the same directory for storage (and
for IMAP/POP even provide meaningful file names) which simplifies manual
maintenance tasks.

In addition to caching message headers only, NeoMutt can also cache whole
message bodies. This results in faster display of messages for POP and IMAP
folders because messages usually have to be downloaded only once.

For configuration, the variable $message_cachedir must point to a directory.
There, NeoMutt will create a hierarchy of subdirectories named like the account
and mailbox path the cache is for.

8.3. Cache Directories

For using both, header and body caching, $header_cache and $message_cachedir
can be safely set to the same value.

In a header or body cache directory, NeoMutt creates a directory hierarchy
named like: proto:user@hostname where proto is either “pop” or “imap.” Within
there, for each folder, NeoMutt stores messages in single files and header
caches in files with the “.hcache” extension. All files can be removed as
needed if the consumed disk space becomes an issue as NeoMutt will silently
fetch missing items again. Pathnames are always stored in UTF-8 encoding.

For Maildir and MH, the header cache files are named after the MD5 checksum of
the path.

8.4. Maintenance

NeoMutt does not (yet) support maintenance features for header cache database
files so that files have to be removed in case they grow too big. It depends on
the database library used for header caching whether disk space freed by
removing messages is re-used.

For body caches, NeoMutt can keep the local cache in sync with the remote
mailbox if the $message_cache_clean variable is set. Cleaning means to remove
messages from the cache which are no longer present in the mailbox which only
happens when other mail clients or instances of NeoMutt using a different body
cache location delete messages (NeoMutt itself removes deleted messages from
the cache when syncing a mailbox). As cleaning can take a noticeable amount of
time, it should not be set in general but only occasionally.

9. Sending Anonymous Messages via Mixmaster

You may also have compiled NeoMutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an anonymous
remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages anonymously using a chain
of remailers. Mixmaster support in NeoMutt is for mixmaster version 2.04 or
later.

To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important, you cannot
use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell NeoMutt to use mixmaster, you have to
select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the compose menu.

The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger) upper
part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower part, you see the
currently selected chain of remailers.

You can navigate in the chain using the <chain-prev> and <chain-next>
functions, which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and to the h
and l keys (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current
chain position, use the <insert> function. To append a remailer behind the
current chain position, use <select-entry> or <append>. You can also delete
entries from the chain, using the corresponding function. Finally, to abandon
your changes, leave the menu, or <accept> them pressing (by default) the Return
key.

Note that different remailers do have different capabilities, indicated in the
%c entry of the remailer menu lines (see $mix_entry_format). Most important is
the “middleman” capability, indicated by a capital “M”: This means that the
remailer in question cannot be used as the final element of a chain, but will
only forward messages to other mixmaster remailers. For details on the other
capabilities, please have a look at the mixmaster documentation.

10. Attach Headers Color Feature

Color attachment headers using regex, just like mail bodies

10.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-09-10

Dependencies: None

10.2. Introduction

This feature allows specifying regexes to color attachment headers just like
the mail body would. The headers are the parts colored by the attachment color.
Coloring them is useful to highlight the results of GPGME's signature checks or
simply the mimetype or size of the attachment. Only the part matched by the
regex is colored.

10.3. Usage

The attach_headers color should be used just like the body color.

color attach_headers foreground background pattern

10.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the attach-headers-color feature.

# Color if the attachment is autoviewed
color   attach_headers     brightgreen     default    "Autoview"
# Color only the brackets around the headers
color   attach_headers     brightyellow    default    "^\\[--"
color   attach_headers     brightyellow    default    "--]$"
# Color the mime type and the size
color   attach_headers     green           default    "Type: [a-z]+/[a-z0-9\-]+"
color   attach_headers     green           default    "Size: [0-9\.]+[KM]"
# Color GPGME signature checks
color   attach_headers     brightgreen     default    "Good signature from.*"
color   attach_headers     brightred       default    "Bad signature from.*"
color   attach_headers     brightred       default    "BAD signature from.*"
color   attach_headers     brightred       default    "Note: This key has expired!"
color   attach_headers     brightmagenta   default    "Problem signature from.*"
color   attach_headers     brightmagenta   default    "WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!"
color   attach_headers     brightmagenta   default    "         There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner."
color   attach_headers     brightmagenta   default    "can't handle these multiple signatures"
color   attach_headers     brightmagenta   default    "signature verification suppressed"
color   attach_headers     brightmagenta   default    "invalid node with packet of type"

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

10.5. See Also

  • Color command

  • Regular Expressions

10.6. Known Bugs

None

10.7. Credits

Guillaume Brogi

11. Compose to Sender Feature

Send new mail to the sender of the current mail

11.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-10-02

Dependencies: None

11.2. Introduction

The compose-to-sender feature adds a new command to start composing a new email
to the sender of the current message. This is not a reply, but a new, separate,
message.

It works on tagged messages too, sending one email to all of the senders of the
tagged messages.

11.3. Functions

compose-to-sender adds the following function to NeoMutt. By default, it is not
bound to a key.

Table 6.1. compose-to-sender Functions

┌───────────┬───────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Menus   │     Function      │                 Description                 │
├───────────┼───────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<compose-to-sender>│compose a new email to the sender of the     │
│           │                   │current email                                │
└───────────┴───────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────┘


11.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the compose-to-sender feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# FUNCTIONS – shown with an example mapping
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compose a new email (not a reply) to the sender
bind index,pager @ compose-to-sender

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

11.5. Known Bugs

None

11.6. Credits

Brian Medley, Guillaume Brogi

12. Compressed Folders Feature

Read from/write to compressed mailboxes

12.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-05-30

Dependencies: None

12.2. Introduction

The Compressed Folder feature allows NeoMutt to read mailbox files that are
compressed. But it isn't limited to compressed files. It works well with
encrypted files, too. In fact, if you can create a program/script to convert to
and from your format, then NeoMutt can read it.

The feature adds three hooks to NeoMutt: open-hook, close-hook and append-hook.
They define commands to: uncompress a file; compress a file; append messages to
an already compressed file.

There are some examples of both compressed and encrypted files, later. For now,
the documentation will just concentrate on compressed files.

12.3. Commands

open-hook regex "shell-command"
close-hook regex "shell-command"
append-hook regex "shell-command"

The shell-command must contain two placeholders for filenames: %f and %t. These
represent “from” and “to” filenames. These placeholders should be placed inside
single-quotes to prevent unintended shell expansions.

If you need the exact string “%f” or “%t” in your command, simply double up the
“%” character, e.g. “%%f” or “%%t”.

Table 6.2. Not all Hooks are Required

┌────┬─────┬──────┬────────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
│Open│Close│Append│               Effect               │      Useful if       │
├────┼─────┼──────┼────────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│Open│—    │—     │Folder is readonly                  │The folder is just a  │
│    │     │      │                                    │backup                │
├────┼─────┼──────┼────────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│    │     │      │Folder is read/write, but the entire│Your compression      │
│Open│Close│—     │folder must be written if anything  │format doesn't support│
│    │     │      │is changed                          │appending             │
├────┼─────┼──────┼────────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│    │     │      │Folder is read/write and emails can │Your compression      │
│Open│Close│Append│be efficiently added to the end     │format supports       │
│    │     │      │                                    │appending             │
├────┼─────┼──────┼────────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│    │     │      │Folder is readonly, but can be      │You want to store     │
│Open│—    │Append│appended to                         │emails, but never     │
│    │     │      │                                    │change them           │
└────┴─────┴──────┴────────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘


Note

The command:

  • should return a non-zero exit status on failure

  • should not delete any files

12.3.1. Read from compressed mailbox

open-hook regex "shell-command"

If NeoMutt is unable to open a file, it then looks for open-hook that matches
the filename.

If your compression program doesn't have a well-defined extension, then you can
use . as the regex.

Example 6.3. Example of open-hook

open-hook '\.gz$' "gzip --stdout --decompress '%f' > '%t'"

  • NeoMutt finds a file, “example.gz”, that it can't read

  • NeoMutt has an open-hook whose regex matches the filename: \.gz$

  • NeoMutt uses the command gzip -cd to create a temporary file that it can
    read


12.3.2. Write to a compressed mailbox

close-hook regex "shell-command"

When NeoMutt has finished with a compressed mail folder, it will look for a
matching close-hook to recompress the file. This hook is optional.

Note

If the folder has not been modified, the close-hook will not be called.

Example 6.4. Example of close-hook

close-hook '\.gz$' "gzip --stdout '%t' > '%f'"

  • NeoMutt has finished with a folder, “example.gz”, that it opened with
    open-hook

  • The folder has been modified

  • NeoMutt has a close-hook whose regex matches the filename: \.gz$

  • NeoMutt uses the command gzip -c to create a new compressed file


Note

The close-hook can also include extra options, e.g. compression level: --best

12.3.3. Append to a compressed mailbox

append-hook regex "shell-command"

When NeoMutt wants to append an email to a compressed mail folder, it will look
for a matching append-hook. This hook is optional.

Using the append-hook will save time, but NeoMutt won't be able to determine
the type of the mail folder inside the compressed file.

NeoMutt will assume the type to be that of the $mbox_type variable. NeoMutt
also uses this type for temporary files.

NeoMutt will only use the append-hook for existing files. The close-hook will
be used for empty, or missing files.

Note

If your command writes to stdout, it is vital that you use >> in the “
append-hook”. If not, data will be lost.

Example 6.5. Example of append-hook

append-hook '\.gz$' "gzip --stdout '%t' >> '%f'"

  • NeoMutt wants to append an email to a folder, “example.gz”, that it opened
    with open-hook

  • NeoMutt has an append-hook whose regex matches the filename: \.gz$

  • NeoMutt knows the mailbox type from the $mbox variable

  • NeoMutt uses the command gzip -c to append to an existing compressed file


Note

The append-hook can also include extra options, e.g. compression level: --best

12.3.4. Empty Files

NeoMutt assumes that an empty file is not compressed. In this situation, unset
$save_empty, so that the compressed file will be removed if you delete all of
the messages.

12.3.5. Security

Encrypted files are decrypted into temporary files which are stored in the
$tmpdir directory. This could be a security risk.

12.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the compress feature.

# This feature adds three hooks to NeoMutt which allow it to
# work with compressed, or encrypted, mailboxes.

# The hooks are of the form:
#       open-hook   regex "shell-command"
#       close-hook  regex "shell-command"
#       append-hook regex "shell-command"
# The 'append-hook' is optional.

# Handler for gzip compressed mailboxes
open-hook   '\.gz$' "gzip --stdout --decompress '%f' >  '%t'"
close-hook  '\.gz$' "gzip --stdout              '%t' >  '%f'"
append-hook '\.gz$' "gzip --stdout              '%t' >> '%f'"
# Handler for bzip2 compressed mailboxes
open-hook   '\.bz2$' "bzip2 --stdout --decompress '%f' >  '%t'"
close-hook  '\.bz2$' "bzip2 --stdout              '%t' >  '%f'"
append-hook '\.bz2$' "bzip2 --stdout              '%t' >> '%f'"
# Handler for xz compressed mailboxes
open-hook   '\.xz$' "xz --stdout --decompress '%f' >  '%t'"
close-hook  '\.xz$' "xz --stdout              '%t' >  '%f'"
append-hook '\.xz$' "xz --stdout              '%t' >> '%f'"
# Handler for pgp encrypted mailboxes
# PGP does not support appending to an encrypted file
open-hook   '\.pgp$' "pgp -f < '%f' > '%t'"
close-hook  '\.pgp$' "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < '%t' > '%f'"
# Handler for gpg encrypted mailboxes
# gpg does not support appending to an encrypted file
open-hook   '\.gpg$' "gpg --decrypt < '%f' > '%t'"
close-hook  '\.gpg$' "gpg --encrypt --recipient YourGpgUserIdOrKeyId < '%t' > '%f'"

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

12.5. See Also

  • Regular Expressions

  • $tmpdir

  • $mbox_type

  • $save_empty

  • folder-hook

12.6. Credits

Roland Rosenfeld, Alain Penders, Christoph “Myon” Berg, Evgeni Golov, Richard
Russon

13. Conditional Dates Feature

Use rules to choose date format

13.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies:

    nested-if feature

13.2. Introduction

The “Conditional Dates” feature allows you to construct $index_format
expressions based on the age of the email.

NeoMutt's default $index_format displays email dates in the form:
abbreviated-month day-of-month – “Jan 14”.

The format is configurable but only per-mailbox. This feature allows you to
configure the display depending on the age of the email.

Table 6.3. Potential Formatting Scheme

┌─────────────────┬──────┬───────┐
│   Email Sent    │Format│Example│
├─────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│Today            │%H:%M │13:23  │
├─────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│This Month       │%a %d │Thu 17 │
├─────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│This Year        │%b %d │Dec 10 │
├─────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│Older than 1 Year│%m/%y │06/14  │
└─────────────────┴──────┴───────┘


For an explanation of the date formatting strings, see strftime(3).

By carefully picking your formats, the dates can remain unambiguous and
compact.

NeoMutt's conditional format strings have the form: (whitespace introduced for
clarity)

%? TEST ? TRUE & FALSE ?

The examples below use the test “%[” – the date of the message in the local
timezone. They will also work with “%(” – the local time that the message
arrived.

The date tests are of the form:

%[nX? TRUE & FALSE ?

  • “n” is an optional count (defaults to 1 if missing)

  • “X” is the time period

Table 6.4. Date Formatting Codes

┌──────┬────────────┐
│Letter│Time Period │
├──────┼────────────┤
│y     │Years       │
├──────┼────────────┤
│m     │Months      │
├──────┼────────────┤
│w     │Weeks       │
├──────┼────────────┤
│d     │Days        │
├──────┼────────────┤
│H     │Hours       │
├──────┼────────────┤
│M     │Minutes     │
└──────┴────────────┘


Table 6.5. Example Date Tests

┌────┬─────────────────────┐
│Test│       Meaning       │
├────┼─────────────────────┤
│%[y │This year            │
├────┼─────────────────────┤
│%[1y│This year            │
├────┼─────────────────────┤
│%[6m│In the last 6 months │
├────┼─────────────────────┤
│%[w │This week            │
├────┼─────────────────────┤
│%[d │Today                │
├────┼─────────────────────┤
│%[4H│In the last 4 hours  │
└────┴─────────────────────┘


13.2.1. Example 1

We start with a one-condition test.

Table 6.6. Example 1

┌────┬──────────┬─────────────┬──────────┐
│Test│Date Range│Format String│ Example  │
├────┼──────────┼─────────────┼──────────┤
│%[1m│This month│%[%b %d]     │Dec 10    │
├────┼──────────┼─────────────┼──────────┤
│    │Older     │%[%Y-%m-%d]  │2015-04-23│
└────┴──────────┴─────────────┴──────────┘


The $index_format string would contain:

%?[1m?%[%b %d]&%[%Y-%m-%d]?

Reparsed a little, for clarity, you can see the test condition and the two
format strings.

%?[1m?        &           ?

      %[%b %d] %[%Y-%m-%d]

13.2.2. Example 2

This example contains three test conditions and four date formats.

Table 6.7. Example 2

┌────┬──────────┬─────────────┬───────┐
│Test│Date Range│Format String│Example│
├────┼──────────┼─────────────┼───────┤
│%[d │Today     │%[%H:%M ]    │12:34  │
├────┼──────────┼─────────────┼───────┤
│%[m │This month│%[%a %d]     │Thu 12 │
├────┼──────────┼─────────────┼───────┤
│%[y │This year │%[%b %d]     │Dec 10 │
├────┼──────────┼─────────────┼───────┤
│    │Older     │%[%m/%y ]    │06/15  │
└────┴──────────┴─────────────┴───────┘


The $index_format string would contain:

%<[y?%<[m?%<[d?%[%H:%M ]&%[%a %d]>&%[%b %d]>&%[%m/%y ]>

Reparsed a little, for clarity, you can see the test conditions and the four
format strings.

%<[y?                                       &%[%m/%y ]>  Older
     %<[m?                        &%[%b %d]>             This year
          %<[d?         &%[%a %d]>                       This month
               %[%H:%M ]                                 Today

This a another view of the same example, with some whitespace for clarity.

%<[y? %<[m? %<[d? AAA & BBB > & CCC > & DDD >

AAA = %[%H:%M ] BBB = %[%a %d] CCC = %[%b %d] DDD =
          %[%m/%y ]

13.3. Variables

The “Conditional Dates” feature doesn't have any config of its own. It modifies
the behavior of the format strings.

13.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the cond-date feature.

#
# The default index_format is:
#       '%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
#
# We replace the date field '%{%b %d}', giving:
set index_format='%4C %Z %<[y?%<[m?%<[d?%[%H:%M ]&%[%a %d]>&%[%b %d]>&%[%m/%y ]> %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
# Test  Date Range  Format String  Example
# --------------------------------------------
# %[d   Today       %[%H:%M ]      12:34
# %[m   This month  %[%a %d]       Thu 12
# %[y   This year   %[%b %d]       Dec 10
#  —    Older       %[%m/%y ]      06/15

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

13.5. See Also

  • $index_format

  • nested-if feature

  • strftime(3)

13.6. Known Bugs

Date parsing doesn't quite do what you expect. “1w” doesn't mean the “in the
last 7 days”, but “this week”. This doesn't match the normal NeoMutt behavior:
for example ~d>1w means emails dated in the last 7 days.

13.7. Credits

Aaron Schrab, Eric Davis, Richard Russon

14. Encrypt-to-Self Feature

Save a self-encrypted copy of emails

14.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-07-23

Dependencies: None

14.2. Introduction

Once you encrypt an email to someone you cannot read it. This is good for
security, but bad for record-keeping. If you wanted to keep a copy of an
encrypted email you could set $fcc_clear.

A better option is to enable $smime_self_encrypt, then set $smime_default_key
to your personal S/MIME key id.

set smime_self_encrypt = yes
set smime_default_key  = bb345e23.0

Or, if you use PGP, $pgp_self_encrypt, then set $pgp_default_key to your
personal PGP key id.

set pgp_self_encrypt = yes
set pgp_default_key  = A4AF18C5582473BD35A1E9CE78BB3D480042198E

If you have different key for signing, then you can set $pgp_sign_as or
$smime_sign_as respectively.

14.3. Variables

Table 6.8. encrypt-self Variables

┌──────────────────┬───────┬───────┐
│       Name       │ Type  │Default│
├──────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│pgp_default_key   │string │(empty)│
├──────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│pgp_self_encrypt  │boolean│yes    │
├──────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│pgp_sign_as       │string │(empty)│
├──────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│smime_default_key │string │(empty)│
├──────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│smime_self_encrypt│boolean│yes    │
├──────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│smime_sign_as     │string │(empty)│
└──────────────────┴───────┴───────┘


14.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the encrypt-to-self feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Save a copy of outgoing email, encrypted to yourself
set pgp_self_encrypt = "yes"
set pgp_default_key = "PGP-KEY"
# set pgp_sign_as = "PGP-SIGNING-KEY"

# Save a copy of outgoing email, encrypted to yourself
set smime_self_encrypt = "yes"
set smime_default_key = "SMIME-KEY"
# set smime_sign_as = "SMIME-SIGNING-KEY"

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

14.5. Known Bugs

None

14.6. Credits

Omen Wild, Richard Russon, Guillaume Brogi

15. Fmemopen Feature

Replace some temporary files with memory buffers

15.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies:

    open_memstream(), fmemopen() from glibc

This feature can be enabled by running configure with the option --fmemopen

15.2. Introduction

The “fmemopen” feature speeds up some searches.

This feature changes a few places where NeoMutt creates temporary files. It
replaces them with in-memory buffers. This should improve the performance when
searching the header or body using the $thorough_search option.

There are no user-configurable parts.

This feature depends on open_memstream() and fmemopen(). They are provided by
glibc. Without them, NeoMutt will simply create temporary files.

15.3. See Also

  • Compile-Time Features

  • fmemopen(3)

15.4. Known Bugs

debian bug 834408

15.5. Credits

Julius Plenz, Richard Russon

16. Forgotten Attachment Feature

Alert user when (s)he forgets to attach a file to an outgoing email.

16.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-09-10

Dependencies: None

16.2. Introduction

The “forgotten-attachment” feature provides a new setting for NeoMutt that
alerts the user if the message body contains a certain keyword but there are no
attachments added. This is meant to ensure that the user does not forget to
attach a file after promising to do so in the mail. The attachment keyword will
not be scanned in text matched by $quote_regex.

16.3. Variables

Table 6.9. forgotten-attachment Variables

┌────────────────────┬──────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────┐
│        Name        │       Type       │              Default               │
├────────────────────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│abort_noattach_regex│regular expression│\\<(attach|attached|attachments?)\\>│
├────────────────────┼──────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│abort_noattach      │quadoption        │no                                  │
└────────────────────┴──────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────┘


16.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the forgotten-attachment feature.

# The 'forgotten-attachment' feature provides a new setting for NeoMutt that
# alerts the user if the message body contains a certain regular expression but there are
# no attachments added. This is meant to ensure that the user does not forget
# to attach a file after promising to do so in the mail.

# Ask if the user wishes to abort sending if $abort_noattach_regex is found in the
# body, but no attachments have been added
# It can be set to:
#    "yes"     : always abort
#    "ask-yes" : ask whether to abort
#    "no"      : send the mail
set abort_noattach = no
# Search for the following regular expression in the body of the email
# English: attach, attached, attachment, attachments
set abort_noattach_regex = "\\<attach(|ed|ments?)\\>"
# Nederlands:
# set abort_noattach_regex = "\\<(bijvoegen|bijgevoegd|bijlage|bijlagen)\\>"
# Deutsch:
# set abort_noattach_regex = "\\<(anhängen|angehängt|anhang|anhänge|hängt an)\\>"
# Français:
# set abort_noattach_regex = "\\<(attaché|attachés|attache|attachons|joint|jointe|joints|jointes|joins|joignons)\\>"

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

16.5. See Also

  • The Attachment Menu

  • The Attachment Menu key mappings

16.6. Known Bugs

None

16.7. Credits

Darshit Shah, Richard Russon, Johannes Weißl, Steven Ragnarök

17. Global Hooks

Define actions to run globally within NeoMutt

17.1. Introduction

These hooks are called when global events take place in NeoMutt.

Run a command...

  • timeout-hook – periodically

  • startup-hook – when NeoMutt starts up, before opening the first mailbox

  • shutdown-hook – NeoMutt shuts down, before closing the last mailbox

The commands are NeoMutt commands. If you want to run an external shell
command, you need to run them like this:

startup-hook 'echo `action.sh ARGS`'

The single quotes prevent the backticks from being expanded. The echo command
prevents an empty command error.

17.1.1. Timeout Hook

Run a command periodically

Since: NeoMutt 2016-08-08

This feature implements a new hook that is called periodically when NeoMutt
checks for new mail. This hook is called every $timeout seconds.

17.1.2. Startup Hook

Run a command when NeoMutt starts up, before opening the first mailbox

Since: NeoMutt 2016-11-25

This feature implements a new hook that is called when NeoMutt first starts up,
but before opening the first mailbox. This is most likely to be useful to users
of notmuch.

17.1.3. Shutdown Hook

Run a command when NeoMutt shuts down, before closing the last mailbox

Since: NeoMutt 2016-11-25

This feature implements a hook that is called when NeoMutt shuts down, but
before closing the first mailbox. This is most likely to be useful to users of
notmuch.

17.2. Commands

timeout-hook command

startup-hook command

shutdown-hook command

17.3. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the global hooks feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# COMMANDS – shown with an example argument
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# After $timeout seconds of inactivity, run this NeoMutt command
timeout-hook 'exec sync-mailbox'
# When NeoMutt first loads, run this NeoMutt command
startup-hook 'exec sync-mailbox'
# When NeoMutt quits, run this NeoMutt command
shutdown-hook 'exec sync-mailbox'

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

17.4. See Also

  • $timeout

17.5. Known Bugs

None

17.6. Credits

Armin Wolfermann, Richard Russon, Thomas Adam

18. Header Cache Compression Feature

Options for compressing the header cache files

18.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2020-02-22

Dependencies: header cache

18.2. Introduction

The Header Cache Compression Feature can be used for speeding up the loading of
large mailboxes. Also the space used on disk can be shrunk by about 50% -
depending on the compression method being used.

The implementation sits on top of the header caching functions. So the header
cache compression can be used together with all available database backends.

18.3. Variables

Table 6.10. Header Cache Compression Variables

┌────────────────────────────┬──────┬───────┐
│            Name            │ Type │Default│
├────────────────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│header_cache_compress_method│string│(empty)│
├────────────────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│header_cache_compress_level │number│1      │
└────────────────────────────┴──────┴───────┘


The header_cache_compress_method can be (empty) - which means, that no header
cache compression should be used. But when set to lz4, zlib or zstd - then the
compression is turned on.

The header_cache_compress_level defines the compression level, which should be
used together with the selected header_cache_compress_method. Here is an
overview of the possible settings:

Table 6.11. Header Cache Compression Methods and it's Levels

┌────────────┬───┬───┐
│Method Name │Min│Max│
├────────────┼───┼───┤
│lz4         │1  │12 │
├────────────┼───┼───┤
│zlib        │1  │9  │
├────────────┼───┼───┤
│zstd        │1  │22 │
└────────────┴───┴───┘


18.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the header cache compression feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
set header_cache_compress_level = 1
set header_cache_compress_method = ""

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

18.5. Known Bugs

None

18.6. Credits

Tino Reichardt

19. Ifdef Feature

Conditional config options

19.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies: None

19.2. Introduction

The “ifdef” feature introduces three new commands to NeoMutt and allow you to
share one config file between versions of NeoMutt that may have different
features compiled in.

ifdef  symbol "config-command [args...]"  # If a symbol is defined
ifndef symbol "config-command [args...]"  # If a symbol is not defined
finish                                    # Finish reading the current file

Here a symbol can be a $variable, environment variable, <function>, command or
compile-time symbol, such as “imap”.

A list of compile-time symbols can be seen in the output of the command

neomutt -v

(in the “Compile options” section).

finish is particularly useful when combined with ifndef. e.g.

# Sidebar config file
ifndef sidebar finish

19.3. Commands

ifdef symbol "config-command [args...]"
ifndef symbol "config-command [args...]"
finish

19.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the ifdef feature.

# This feature introduces three useful commands which allow you to share
# one config file between versions of NeoMutt that may have different
# features compiled in.

#   ifdef  symbol "config-command [args...]"
#   ifndef symbol "config-command [args...]"
#   finish
# The 'ifdef' command tests whether NeoMutt understands the name of
# a variable, environment variable, function, command or compile-time symbol.

# If it does, then it executes a config command.

# The 'ifndef' command tests whether a symbol does NOT exist.

# The 'finish' command tells NeoMutt to stop reading current config file.

# If the 'trash' variable exists, set it.
ifdef trash 'set trash=~/Mail/trash'
# If the 'PS1' environment variable exists, source config file.
ifdef PS1 'source .neomutt/interactive.rc'
# If the 'tag-pattern' function exists, bind a key to it.
ifdef tag-pattern 'bind index <F6> tag-pattern'
# If the 'imap-fetch-mail' command exists, read my IMAP config.
ifdef imap-fetch-mail 'source ~/.neomutt/imap.rc'
# If the compile-time symbol 'sidebar' does not exist, then
# stop reading the current config file.
ifndef sidebar finish

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

19.5. Known Bugs

None

19.6. Credits

Cedric Duval, Matteo F. Vescovi, Richard Russon

20. Index Color Feature

Custom rules for theming the email index

20.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies:

    status-color feature

20.2. Introduction

The “index-color” feature allows you to specify colors for individual parts of
the email index. e.g. Subject, Author, Flags.

First choose which part of the index you'd like to color. Then, if needed, pick
a pattern to match.

Note: The pattern does not have to refer to the object you wish to color. e.g.

color index_author red default "~sneomutt"

The author appears red when the subject (~s) contains “neomutt”.

20.3. Colors

All the colors default to default, i.e. unset.

The index objects can be themed using the color command. Some objects require a
pattern.

color index-object foreground background
color index-object foreground background pattern

Table 6.12. Index Colors

┌───────────────┬───────┬────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│    Object     │Pattern│                 Highlights                 │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index          │yes    │Entire index line                           │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_author   │yes    │Author name, %A %a %F %L %n                 │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_collapsed│no     │Number of messages in a collapsed thread, %M│
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_date     │no     │Date field                                  │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_flags    │yes    │Message flags, %S %Z                        │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_label    │no     │Message label, %y %Y                        │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_number   │no     │Message number, %C                          │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_size     │no     │Message size, %c %cr %l                     │
├───────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_subject  │yes    │Subject, %s                                 │
└───────────────┴───────┴────────────────────────────────────────────┘


20.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the index-color feature.

# Entire index line
color index white black '.*'
# Author name, %A %a %F %L %n
# Give the author column a dark grey background
color index_author default color234 '.*'
# Highlight a particular from (~f)
color index_author brightyellow color234 '~fRay Charles'
# Message flags, %S %Z
# Highlight the flags for flagged (~F) emails
color index_flags default red '~F'
# Subject, %s
# Look for a particular subject (~s)
color index_subject brightcyan default '~s\(closes #[0-9]+\)'
# Number of messages in a collapsed thread, %M
color index_collapsed default brightblue
# Date field
color index_date green default
# Message label, %y %Y
color index_label default brightgreen
# Message number, %C
color index_number red default
# Message size, %c %cr %l
color index_size cyan default

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

20.5. See Also

  • Regular Expressions

  • Patterns

  • $index_format

  • Color command

  • Status-Color feature

20.6. Known Bugs

None

20.7. Credits

Christian Aichinger, Christoph “Myon” Berg, Elimar Riesebieter, Eric Davis,
Vladimir Marek, Richard Russon

21. Initials Expando Feature

Expando for author's initials

21.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies: None

21.2. Introduction

The “initials” feature adds an expando (%I) for an author's initials.

The index panel displays a list of emails. Its layout is controlled by the
$index_format variable. Using this expando saves space in the index panel. This
can be useful if you are regularly working with a small set of people.

21.3. Variables

This feature has no config of its own. It adds an expando which can be used in
the $index_format variable.

21.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the initials feature.

# The 'initials' feature has no config of its own.

# It adds an expando for an author's initials,
# which can be used in the 'index_format' variable.

# The default 'index_format' is:
set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
# Where %L represents the author/recipient
# This might look like:
#       1   + Nov 17 David Bowie   Changesbowie    ( 689)
#       2   ! Nov 17 Stevie Nicks  Rumours         ( 555)
#       3   + Nov 16 Jimi Hendrix  Voodoo Child    ( 263)
#       4   + Nov 16 Debbie Harry  Parallel Lines  ( 540)
# Using the %I expando:
set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %I (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
# This might look like:
#       1   + Nov 17 DB Changesbowie    ( 689)
#       2   ! Nov 17 SN Rumours         ( 555)
#       3   + Nov 16 JH Voodoo Child    ( 263)
#       4   + Nov 16 DH Parallel Lines  ( 540)

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

21.5. See Also

  • $index_format

  • index-color feature

  • folder-hook

21.6. Known Bugs

None

21.7. Credits

Vsevolod Volkov, Richard Russon

22. Kyoto Cabinet Feature

Kyoto Cabinet backend for the header cache

22.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-10-02

Dependencies:

    Kyoto Cabinet libraries

To check if NeoMutt supports Kyoto Cabinet, look for

  • “kyoto” in the NeoMutt version.

  • “+hcache” in the compile options

  • “hcache backend: kyotocabinet” in the NeoMutt version

22.2. Introduction

This feature adds support for using Kyoto Cabinet, the successor to Tokyo
Cabinet, as a storage backend for NeoMutt's header cache (hcache). It is
enabled at configure time with the --with-kyotocabinet=<path> switch.

22.3. See Also

  • Local Caching

  • Kyoto Cabinet

22.4. Known Bugs

None

22.5. Credits

Clemens Lang

23. Limit Current Thread Feature

Focus on one Email Thread

23.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-28

Dependencies: None

23.2. Introduction

This feature adds a new way of using the Limit Command. The
<limit-current-thread> function restricts the view to just the current thread.
Setting the limit (the l key) to “all” will restore the full email list.

23.3. Functions

Limit-current-thread adds the following function to NeoMutt. By default, it is
not bound to a key.

Table 6.13. Limit-Current-Thread Functions

┌─────┬──────────────────────┬────────────────────────────┐
│Menus│       Function       │        Description         │
├─────┼──────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┤
│index│<limit-current-thread>│Limit view to current thread│
└─────┴──────────────────────┴────────────────────────────┘


23.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the limit-current-thread feature.

# Limit view to current thread
bind index <esc>L limit-current-thread

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

23.5. Known Bugs

None

23.6. Credits

David Sterba, Richard Russon

24. LMDB Feature

LMDB backend for the header cache

24.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-07-23

Dependencies: None

24.2. Introduction

This feature adds support for using LMDB as a storage backend for NeoMutt's
header cache (hcache). It is enabled at configure time with the --with-lmdb=
<path> switch.

Note

It is not recommended to store the lmdb database on a shared drive.

24.3. See Also

  • Local Caching

24.4. Known Bugs

None

24.5. Credits

Pietro Cerutti, Jan-Piet Mens, Clemens Lang

25. Multiple FCC Feature

Save multiple copies of outgoing mail

25.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-08-08

Dependencies: None

25.2. Introduction

This feature allows the user to save outgoing emails in multiple folders.

Folders should be listed separated by commas, but no spaces.

The “fcc” field of an email can be set in two ways:

  • The <edit-fcc> command in the compose menu (default key: “f”)

  • Creating a fcc-hook in your .neomuttrc

25.3. See Also

  • $record

  • fcc-hook

25.4. Known Bugs

None

25.5. Credits

Omen Wild, Richard Russon

26. Nested If Feature

Allow complex nested conditions in format strings

26.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies: None

26.2. Introduction

NeoMutt's format strings can contain embedded if-then-else conditions. They are
of the form:

%?VAR?TRUE&FALSE?

If the variable “VAR” has a value greater than zero, print the “TRUE” string,
otherwise print the “FALSE” string.

e.g. %?S?Size: %S&Empty?

Which can be read as:

if (%S > 0) { print "Size: %S" } else { print "Empty" }

These conditions are useful, but in NeoMutt they cannot be nested within one
another. This feature uses the notation %<VAR?TRUE&FALSE> and allows them to be
nested.

The %<...> notation was used to format the current local time. but that's not
really very useful since NeoMutt has no means of refreshing the screen
periodically.

A simple nested condition might be: (Some whitespace has been introduced for
clarity)

%<x? %<y? XY & X > & %<y? Y & NONE > >  Conditions
     %<y? XY & X >                      x>0
          XY                            x>0,y>0
               X                        x>0,y=0

%<x? %<y? XY & X > & %<y? Y & NONE > >  Conditions
                     %<y? Y & NONE >    x=0
                          Y             x=0,y>0
                              NONE      x=0,y=0

Equivalent to:

if (x > 0) {
  if (y > 0) {
    print 'XY'
  } else {
    print 'X'
  }
} else {
  if (y > 0) {
    print 'Y'
  } else {
    print 'NONE'
  }
}

Examples:

set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-25.25n %s%> %<M?%M Msgs &%<l?%l Lines&%c Bytes>>'

if a thread is folded display the number of messages (%M)
else if we know how many lines in the message display lines in message (%l)
else display the size of the message in bytes (%c)

set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-25.25n %<M?[%M] %s&%s%* %<l?%l&%c>>'

if a thread is folded display the number of messages (%M) and the subject (%s)
else if we know how many lines are in the message display subject (%s)
 and the lines in message (%l)
else display the subject (%s) and the size of the message in bytes (%c)

Note

If you wish to use angle brackets < > in a nested condition, then it's
necessary to escape them, e.g.

set index_format='%<M?\<%M\>&%s>'

26.3. Variables

The “nested-if” feature doesn't have any config of its own. It modifies the
behavior of the format strings.

26.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the nested-if feature.

# This feature uses the format: '%<VAR?TRUE&FALSE>' for conditional
# format strings that can be nested.

# Example 1
# if a thread is folded
#       display the number of messages (%M)
# else if we know how many lines in the message
#       display lines in message (%l)
# else display the size of the message in bytes (%c)
set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-25.25n %s%> %<M?%M Msgs &%<l?%l Lines&%c Bytes>>'

# Example 2
# if a thread is folded
#       display the number of messages (%M)
#       display the subject (%s)
# else if we know how many lines in the message
#       display lines in message (%l)
# else
#       display the size of the message in bytes (%c)
set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-25.25n %<M?[%M] %s&%s%* %<l?%l&%c>>'

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

26.5. See Also

  • cond-date feature

  • $index_format

  • $status_format

26.6. Known Bugs

This feature is hard to understand

26.7. Credits

David Champion, Richard Russon, Aleksa Sarai

27. New Mail Feature

Execute a command upon the receipt of new mail.

27.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-07-23

Dependencies: None

27.2. Introduction

This feature enables the new_mail_command setting, which can be used to execute
a custom script (e.g. a notification handler) upon receiving a new mail.

The command string can contain expandos, such as %n for the number of new
messages. For a complete list, see: $status_format.

Note

When the notification is sent, the folder of the new mail is no longer known.
This is a limitation of NeoMutt. The `%f` expando will show the open folder.

When using Maildir local mailboxes, you must set $check_new config variable for
this feature to work.

For example in Linux you can use (most distributions already provide
notify-send):

set new_mail_command="notify-send --icon='/home/santiago/Pictures/neomutt.png' \
  'New Email' '%n new messages, %u unread.' &"

And in OS X you will need to install a command line interface for Notification
Center, for example terminal-notifier:

set new_mail_command="terminal-notifier -title '%v' -subtitle 'New Mail' \
  -message '%n new messages, %u unread.' -activate 'com.apple.Terminal'"

27.3. Variables

Table 6.14. New Mail Command Variables

┌─────────────────┬──────┬───────┐
│      Name       │ Type │Default│
├─────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│new_mail_command │string│(empty)│
└─────────────────┴──────┴───────┘


27.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the new-mail feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the command you want NeoMutt to execute upon the receipt of a new email
set new_mail_command = ""
# Linux example:
# set new_command="notify-send --icon='/home/santiago/Pictures/neomutt.png' \
#   'New Email in %f' '%n new messages, %u unread.' &"
# OS X example:
# set new_mail_command="terminal-notifier -title '%v' -subtitle 'New Mail in %f' \
#   -message '%n new messages, %u unread.' -activate 'com.apple.Terminal'"
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

27.5. See Also

  • folder-hook

27.6. Known Bugs

None

27.7. Credits

Yoshiki Vazquez-Baeza, Santiago Torres-Arias, Richard Russon

28. NNTP Feature

Talk to a Usenet news server

28.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-05-30

Dependencies: None

28.2. Introduction

Reading news via NNTP

NeoMutt can read from a news server using NNTP.

The default news server can be obtained from the $NNTPSERVER environment
variable or from the /etc/nntpserver file. Like in other news readers,
information about the subscribed newsgroups is saved in the file specified by
the $newsrc variable. You can open a newsgroup with the function
<change-newsgroup>

The variable $news_cache_dir can be used to point to a directory. NeoMutt will
create a hierarchy of subdirectories named like the account and newsgroup the
cache is for. The hierarchy is also used to store header cache if NeoMutt was
compiled with header cache support.

28.3. Variables

Table 6.15. NNTP Variables

┌─────────────────────┬───────┬────────────────────────┐
│        Name         │ Type  │        Default         │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│ask_follow_up        │boolean│no                      │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│ask_x_comment_to     │boolean│no                      │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│catchup_newsgroup    │quad   │ask-yes                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│followup_to_poster   │quad   │ask-yes                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│group_index_format   │string │%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d│
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│inews                │string │(empty)                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│mime_subject         │boolean│yes                     │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│newsgroups_charset   │string │utf-8                   │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│newsrc               │string │~/.newsrc               │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│news_cache_dir       │string │~/.neomutt              │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│news_server          │string │(empty)                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_authenticators  │string │(empty)                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_context         │number │1000                    │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_listgroup       │boolean│yes                     │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_load_description│boolean│yes                     │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_pass            │string │(empty)                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_poll            │number │60                      │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│nntp_user            │string │(empty)                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│post_moderated       │quad   │ask-yes                 │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│save_unsubscribed    │boolean│no                      │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│show_new_news        │boolean│yes                     │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│show_only_unread     │boolean│no                      │
├─────────────────────┼───────┼────────────────────────┤
│x_comment_to         │boolean│no                      │
└─────────────────────┴───────┴────────────────────────┘


28.4. Functions

NNTP adds the following functions to NeoMutt. By default, none of them are
bound to keys.

Table 6.16. NNTP Functions

┌──────────────────┬───────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────┐
│      Menus       │         Function          │         Description          │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser,index     │<catchup>                  │mark all articles in newsgroup│
│                  │                           │as read                       │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager       │<change-newsgroup>         │open a different newsgroup    │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│compose           │<edit-followup-to>         │edit the Followup-To field    │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│compose           │<edit-newsgroups>          │edit the newsgroups list      │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│compose           │<edit-x-comment-to>        │edit the X-Comment-To field   │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│attach,index,pager│<followup-message>         │followup to newsgroup         │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager       │<post-message>             │post message to newsgroup     │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser           │<reload-active>            │load list of all newsgroups   │
│                  │                           │from NNTP server              │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser           │<subscribe>                │subscribe to current mbox     │
│                  │                           │(IMAP/NNTP only)              │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser           │<subscribe-pattern>        │subscribe to newsgroups       │
│                  │                           │matching a pattern            │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser           │<uncatchup>                │mark all articles in newsgroup│
│                  │                           │as unread                     │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser           │<unsubscribe>              │unsubscribe from current mbox │
│                  │                           │(IMAP/NNTP only)              │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│browser           │<unsubscribe-pattern>      │unsubscribe from newsgroups   │
│                  │                           │matching a pattern            │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager       │<change-newsgroup-readonly>│open a different newsgroup in │
│                  │                           │read only mode                │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│attach,index,pager│<forward-to-group>         │forward to newsgroup          │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index             │<get-children>             │get all children of the       │
│                  │                           │current message               │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index             │<get-parent>               │get parent of the current     │
│                  │                           │message                       │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index             │<reconstruct-thread>       │reconstruct thread containing │
│                  │                           │current message               │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│index             │<get-message>              │get message with Message-Id   │
└──────────────────┴───────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────┘


28.5. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the nntp feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
set ask_follow_up = no
set ask_x_comment_to = no
set catchup_newsgroup = ask-yes
set followup_to_poster = ask-yes
set group_index_format = '%4C %M%N %5s  %-45.45f %d'
set inews = ''
set mime_subject = yes
set newsgroups_charset = utf-8
set newsrc = '~/.newsrc'
set news_cache_dir = '~/.neomutt'
set news_server = ''
set nntp_authenticators = ''
set nntp_context = 1000
set nntp_listgroup = yes
set nntp_load_description = yes
set nntp_pass = ''
set nntp_poll = 60
set nntp_user = ''
set post_moderated = ask-yes
set save_unsubscribed = no
set show_new_news = yes
set show_only_unread = no
set x_comment_to = no
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# FUNCTIONS – shown with an example mapping
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# mark all articles in newsgroup as read
bind browser,index y catchup
# open a different newsgroup
bind index,pager i change-newsgroup
# edit the Followup-To field
bind compose o edit-followup-to
# edit the newsgroups list
bind compose N edit-newsgroups
# edit the X-Comment-To field
bind compose x edit-x-comment-to
# followup to newsgroup
bind attach,index,pager F followup-message
# post message to newsgroup
bind index,pager P post-message
# load list of all newsgroups from NNTP server
bind browser g reload-active
# subscribe to current mbox (IMAP/NNTP only)
bind browser s subscribe
# subscribe to newsgroups matching a pattern
bind browser S subscribe-pattern
# mark all articles in newsgroup as unread
bind browser Y uncatchup
# unsubscribe from current mbox (IMAP/NNTP only)
bind browser u unsubscribe
# unsubscribe from newsgroups matching a pattern
bind browser U unsubscribe-pattern
# open a different newsgroup in read only mode
bind index,pager \ei change-newsgroup-readonly
# forward to newsgroup
bind attach,index,pager \eF forward-to-group
# get all children of the current message
# bind index ??? get-children
# get parent of the current message
bind index \eG get-parent
# reconstruct thread containing current message
# bind index ??? reconstruct-thread
# get message with Message-Id
bind index \CG get-message
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

28.6. Known Bugs

None

28.7. Credits

Vsevolod Volkov, Felix von Leitner, Richard Russon

29. Custom backend based Tags Feature

Implements Notmuch tags and Imap keywords

29.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2017-10-16

Dependencies:

  • quasi-delete feature

  • index-color feature

29.2. Introduction

Some backends allow to index and tags mail without storing the tags within the
mail envelope. Two backends are currently implementing this feature. Notmuch
handles them natively and IMAP stores them in custom IMAP keywords.

29.3. Variables

Table 6.17. Custom tags Variables

┌───────────┬──────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Name    │ Type │                            Default                            │
├───────────┼──────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│hidden_tags│string│unread,draft,flagged,passed,replied,attachment,signed,encrypted│
└───────────┴──────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


29.4. Functions

Notmuch adds the following functions to NeoMutt. By default, none of them are
bound to keys.

Table 6.18. Notmuch/IMAP Functions

┌───────────┬─────────────────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Menus   │        Function         │              Description              │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│           │                         │add, remove, or toggle tags: IMAP: edit│
│           │                         │the tags list Notmuch: [+]<tag> to add,│
│index,pager│<modify-labels>          │-<tag> to remove, !<tag> to toggle     │
│           │                         │(notmuch) tags. Note: Tab completion of│
│           │                         │tag names is available                 │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│           │                         │add, remove, or toggle tags IMAP: edit │
│           │                         │the tags list Notmuch: [+]<tag> to add,│
│           │                         │-<tag> to remove, !<tag> to toggle     │
│           │                         │labels and then hide or unhide the     │
│           │                         │message by changing the "quasi-deleted"│
│index,pager│<modify-labels-then-hide>│to match if it would be shown when     │
│           │                         │requerying. Normal redisplay rules     │
│           │                         │apply here, so the user must call      │
│           │                         │<sync-mailbox> for the changes to be   │
│           │                         │displayed. Note: Tab completion of tag │
│           │                         │names is available.                    │
└───────────┴─────────────────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘


29.5. Commands

tag-transforms tag transformed-string { tag transformed-string ...}
tag-formats tag format-string { tag format-string ...}

29.6. Colors

Adds these to index-color feature:

Table 6.19. Index Colors

┌──────────┬───────┬────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│  Object  │Pattern│                 Highlights                 │
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_tag │yes    │an individual message tag, %G, uses tag name│
├──────────┼───────┼────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index_tags│no     │the transformed message tags, %g or %J      │
└──────────┴───────┴────────────────────────────────────────────┘


29.7. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the custom tags feature.

# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This variable specifies private notmuch tags which should not be printed
# on screen (index, pager).
set hidden_tags = "unread,draft,flagged,passed,replied,attachment,signed,encrypted"
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# FUNCTIONS – shown with an example mapping
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# modify (notmuch/imap) tags
bind index,pager \` modify-labels
# modify (notmuch/imap) tag non-interactively.
macro index,pager tt "<modify-labels>!todo\n" "Toggle the 'todo' tag"
# modify labels and then hide message
# bind index,pager ??? modify-labels-then-hide
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# COMMANDS – shown with an example
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Replace some tags with icons
# tag-transforms tag transformed-string { tag transformed-string ...}
# tag-transforms "inbox"   "i"   \
#                "unread"  "u"   \
#                "replied" "↻ "  \
#                "sent"    "➥ "  \
#                "todo"    "T"   \
#                "deleted" "DEL" \
#                "invites" "CAL"

# The formats must start with 'G' and the entire sequence is case sensitive.
# tag-formats tag format-string { tag format-string ...}
# tag-formats "inbox"   "GI" \
#             "unread"  "GU" \
#             "replied" "GR" \
#             "sent"    "GS" \
#             "todo"    "Gt" \
#             "deleted" "GD" \
#             "invites" "Gi"

# Now instead of using '%g' or '%J' in your $index_format, which lists all tags
# in a non-deterministic order, you can something like the following which puts
# a transformed tag name in a specific spot on the index line:
# set index_format='%4C %S %[%y.%m.%d] %-18.18n %?GU?%GU& ? %?GR?%GR& ? %?GI?%GI& ? %s'

# The %G formatting sequence may display all tags including tags hidden by
# hidden_tags.
#
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# COLORS – some unpleasant examples are given
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# These symbols are added to the index-color feature:
# an individual message tag, %G, uses tag name
# this symbol uses a pattern
color index_tag red white "inbox"
# the transformed message tags, %g
# this symbol does not use a pattern
color index_tags green default
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

29.8. Credits

Mehdi Abaakouk, Richard Russon, Bernard 'Guyzmo' Pratz

30. Notmuch Feature

Email search engine

30.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-17

Dependencies:

  • quasi-delete feature

  • index-color feature

  • Notmuch libraries

30.2. Introduction

Notmuch is an email fulltext indexing and tagging engine.

  • For more information, see: https://notmuchmail.org/

  • More examples: https://notmuchmail.org/mutttips/

30.3. Using Notmuch

30.3.1. Folders URL

notmuch://[<path>][?<item>=<name>[& ...]]

The <path> is an absolute path to the directory where the notmuch database is
found as returned by “notmuch config get database.path” command. Note that the
<path> should NOT include .notmuch directory name.

If the "<path>" is not defined then $nm_default_url or $folder is used, for
example:

set nm_default_url = "notmuch:///home/foo/maildir"
virtual-mailboxes "My INBOX" "notmuch://?query=tag:inbox"

30.3.2. Items

query=<string>

See SEARCH SYNTAX in notmuch man page. Don't forget to use operators (“and”/“or
”) in your queries.

Note that proper URL should not contain blank space and all “bad” chars should
be encoded, for example

tag:AAA and tag:BBB – encoding -> tag:AAA%20and%20tag:BBB

but NeoMutt config file parser is smart enough to accept space in quoted
strings. It means that you can use

notmuch:///foo?query=tag:AAA and tag:BBB

in your config files to keep things readable.

For more details about Xapian queries, see: https://xapian.org/docs/
queryparser.html

limit=<number>

Restricts number of messages/threads in the result. The default limit is
nm_db_limit.

Due to a limitation with libnotmuch, unread and flagged message count may be
inaccurate with limit statements. libnotmuch cannot return a specific tag count
within the first X messages of a query.

type=<threads|messages>

Reads all matching messages or whole-threads. The default is 'messages' or
nm_query_type.

30.3.3. Format String for the Notmuch Browser

Default:


              %2C %?n?%4n/& ?%4m %f
            

This variable allows you to customize the browser display to your personal
taste. This string is similar to $index_format, but has its own set of printf
(3)-like sequences:

┌───┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%C │current file number                                            │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f │folder name (description)                                      │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%m │number of messages in the mailbox *                            │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │number of unread messages in the mailbox *                     │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%N │N if mailbox has new mail, blank otherwise                     │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│right justify the rest of the string and pad with character “X”│
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│pad to the end of the line with character “X”                  │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│soft-fill with character “X” as pad                            │
└───┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For an explanation of “soft-fill”, see the $index_format documentation.

* = can be optionally printed if nonzero

30.4. Variables

Table 6.20. Notmuch Variables

┌─────────────────┬───────┬────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────┐
│      Name       │ Type  │Default │                   Note                   │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_db_limit      │number │0       │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_default_url   │string │(empty) │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_exclude_tags  │string │(empty) │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_open_timeout  │number │5       │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_query_type    │string │messages│                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_record        │boolean│no      │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_record_tags   │string │(empty) │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│nm_unread_tag    │string │unread  │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│vfolder_format   │string │%6n(%6N)│                                          │
│                 │       │%f      │                                          │
├─────────────────┼───────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│virtual_spoolfile│boolean│no      │Unnecessary since $spoolfile supports     │
│                 │       │        │mailbox descriptions.                     │
└─────────────────┴───────┴────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────┘


More variables about tags configuration can be found in Custom backend Tags
Feature

30.5. Functions

Notmuch adds the following functions to NeoMutt. By default, none of them are
bound to keys.

Table 6.21. Notmuch Functions

┌───────────┬─────────────────────────────┬───────────────────────────────────┐
│   Menus   │          Function           │            Description            │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│           │                             │switch to another virtual folder, a│
│           │                             │new folder maybe be specified by   │
│index,pager│<change-vfolder>             │vfolder description (see           │
│           │                             │virtual-mailboxes) or URL. the     │
│           │                             │default is next vfolder with unread│
│           │                             │messages                           │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<entire-thread>              │read entire thread of the current  │
│           │                             │message                            │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-toggle-virtual>     │toggle between mailboxes and       │
│           │                             │virtual mailboxes                  │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│           │                             │generate virtual folder from       │
│index,pager│<vfolder-from-query>         │notmuch search query. Note: TAB    │
│           │                             │completion of 'tag:' names is      │
│           │                             │available.                         │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│           │                             │The same as <vfolder-from-query>;  │
│index,pager│<vfolder-from-query-readonly>│however, the mailbox will be       │
│           │                             │read-only.                         │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│index      │<vfolder-window-forward>     │generate virtual folder by moving  │
│           │                             │the query's time window forward    │
├───────────┼─────────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────┤
│index      │<vfolder-window-backward>    │generate virtual folder by moving  │
│           │                             │the query's time window backward   │
└───────────┴─────────────────────────────┴───────────────────────────────────┘


More functions about tags can be found in Custom backend Tags Feature

30.6. Commands

virtual-mailboxes description notmuch-URL { description notmuch-URL ...}
unvirtual-mailboxes { * | mailbox ... }

virtual-mailboxes is like the mailboxes command, except that it takes a
description. The mailbox will be watched for new mail and will appear in the
sidebar.

unvirtual-mailboxes is identical to the unmailboxes command.

More commands about tags can be found in Custom backend Tags Feature

30.7. Colors

See Custom backend Tags colors

30.8. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the notmuch feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This variable specifies notmuch query limit.
set nm_db_limit = 0
# This variable specifies the default Notmuch database in format:
# notmuch://<absolute path>
set nm_default_url = ""
# The messages tagged with these tags are excluded and not loaded
# from notmuch DB to NeoMutt unless specified explicitly.
set nm_exclude_tags = ""
# This option specifies timeout for Notmuch database. Default is 5 seconds.
set nm_open_timeout = 5
# This variable specifies notmuch query type, supported types: 'threads' and
# 'messages'.
set nm_query_type = messages
# Add messages stored to the NeoMutt record (see $record in the NeoMutt docs)
# also to notmuch DB. If you reply to an email then the new email inherits
# tags from the original email.
set nm_record = no
# Tags that should be removed or added to the to the messages stored in the NeoMutt record.
# example:
#   set record = "~/sent-mails"
#   set nm_record = yes
#   set nm_record_tags = "-inbox,archive,me"
set nm_record_tags = ""
# This variable specifies notmuch tag which is used for unread messages.
set nm_unread_tag = unread
# This variable allows you to customize the file browser display for virtual
# folders to your personal taste.
# %C   current folder number
# %f   folder name (description)
# %m   number of messages in the mailbox *
# %n   number of unread messages in the mailbox *
# %N   N if mailbox has new mail, blank otherwise
# %>X  right justify the rest of the string and pad with character ``X''
# %|X  pad to the end of the line with character ``X''
# %*X  soft-fill with character ``X'' as pad
set vfolder_format = "%6n(%6N) %f"
# When set, NeoMutt will use the first virtual mailbox (see virtual-mailboxes)
# as a spoolfile.
set virtual_spoolfile = no
# setup time window preferences
# first setup the duration, and then the time unit of that duration
# when set to 0 (the default) the search window feature is disabled
set nm_query_window_duration=2
set nm_query_window_timebase="week" # or "hour", "day", "week", "month", "year"
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# FUNCTIONS – shown with an example mapping
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# open a different virtual folder
bind index,pager X change-vfolder
# read entire thread of the current message
bind index,pager + entire-thread
# generate virtual folder from query
bind index,pager \eX vfolder-from-query
# generate virtual folder from query with time window
bind index < vfolder-window-backward
bind index > vfolder-window-forward
# toggle between mailboxes and virtual mailboxes
# bind index,pager ??? sidebar-toggle-virtual
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# COMMANDS – shown with an example
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# virtual-mailboxes description notmuch-URL { description notmuch-URL ...}
# virtual-mailboxes "Climbing" "notmuch://?query=climbing"
# unvirtual-mailboxes { * | mailbox ...}
#
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

30.9. See Also

  • Compile-Time Features

30.10. Known Bugs

None

30.11. Credits

Karel Zak, Chris Mason, Christoph Rissner, David Riebenbauer, David Sterba,
David Wilson, Don Zickus, Eric Davis, Jan Synacek, Jeremiah C. Foster, Josh
Poimboeuf, Kirill A. Shutemov, Luke Macken, Mantas Mikulėnas, Patrick Brisbin,
Philippe Le Brouster, Raghavendra D Prabhu, Sami Farin, Stefan Assmann, Stefan
Kuhn, Tim Stoakes, Vladimir Marek, Víctor Manuel Jáquez Leal, Richard Russon,
Bernard 'Guyzmo' Pratz

31. Progress Bar Feature

Show a visual progress bar on slow operations

31.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies: None

31.2. Introduction

The “progress” feature shows a visual progress bar on slow tasks, such as
indexing a large folder over the net.

31.3. Colors

Table 6.22. Progress Colors

┌────────┬─────────────┬───────────────────┐
│  Name  │Default Color│    Description    │
├────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┤
│progress│default      │Visual progress bar│
└────────┴─────────────┴───────────────────┘


31.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the progress feature.

# The 'progress' feature provides clear visual feedback for
# slow tasks, such as indexing a large folder over the net.

# Set the color of the progress bar
# White text on a red background
color progress white red

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

31.5. See Also

  • Color command

31.6. Known Bugs

None

31.7. Credits

Rocco Rutte, Vincent Lefevre, Stefan Kuhn, Karel Zak, Richard Russon

32. Quasi-Delete Feature

Mark emails that should be hidden, but not deleted

32.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies: None

32.2. Introduction

The “quasi-delete” function marks an email that should be hidden from the
index, but NOT deleted. The email will disappear from the index when
<sync-mailbox> is called.

On its own, this feature isn't very useful. It forms a useful part of the
notmuch plugin.

32.3. Functions

Table 6.23. Quasi-Delete Functions

┌───────────┬──────────┬──────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Menus   │ Default  │   Function   │              Description              │
│           │   Key    │              │                                       │
├───────────┼──────────┼──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│(none)    │<quasi-delete>│delete from NeoMutt, don't touch on    │
│           │          │              │disk                                   │
└───────────┴──────────┴──────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘


32.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the quasi-delete feature.

# The 'quasi-delete' function marks an email that should be hidden
# from the index, but NOT deleted.
bind index,pager Q quasi-delete

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

32.5. See Also

  • notmuch feature

32.6. Known Bugs

None

32.7. Credits

Karel Zak, Richard Russon

33. Reply With X-Original-To Feature

Direct reply to email using X-Original-To header

33.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-09-10

Dependencies: None

33.2. Introduction

Adds a reply_with_xorig for NeoMutt configuration files. If enabled, allows to
reply to an email using the email address in the first X-Original-To: header of
a mail as the From: header of the answer.

33.3. Variables

Table 6.24. Reply With X-Original-To Variables

┌────────────────┬───────┬───────┐
│      Name      │ Type  │Default│
├────────────────┼───────┼───────┤
│reply_with_xorig│Boolean│no     │
└────────────────┴───────┴───────┘


33.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the reply-with-xorig feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Use X-Original-To header to reply when reverse is disabled or no alternate
# is found.
set reply_with_xorig = "yes"

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

33.5. Credits

Pierre-Elliott Bécue

34. Sensible Browser Feature

Make the file browser behave

34.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-09-10

Dependencies: None

34.2. Introduction

The “sensible browser” is a set of small changes to NeoMutt's mailbox browser
which make the browser behave in a more predictable way.

The behavior is divided into two use cases: Fixed Order; Variable Order.

34.2.1. A Fixed Order of Mailboxes

This is for users who like their mailboxes in a fixed order, e.g. alphabetical,
or unsorted (in the order of the config file).

# Fixed order
set sort_browser="alpha"
set sort_browser="unsorted"

When you first start the browser, e.g. c? your current mailbox will be
highlighted.

When you navigate to a parent mailbox (“..”) your old mailbox will be
highlighted.

“..” will always be listed at the top, however the rest of the list is sorted.

34.2.2. A Variable Order of Mailboxes

This is for users who like their mailboxes sorted by a characteristic that
changes, e.g. count of new mail, or the size of mailbox.

# Variable order
set sort_browser="reverse-count"
set sort_browser="reverse-size"

When you first start the browser, e.g. c? the highlight will be on the first
mailbox, e.g. the one with the most new mail.

When you navigate to a parent mailbox (“..”) your old mailbox will be
highlighted.

“..” will always be listed at the top, however the rest of the list is sorted.

34.3. See Also

  • $folder_format

34.4. Known Bugs

None

34.5. Credits

Pierre-Elliott Bécue, Haakon Riiser, Richard Russon

35. Sidebar Feature

Overview of mailboxes

35.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-09-10, NeoMutt 1.7.0

Dependencies: None

35.2. Introduction

The Sidebar shows a list of all your mailboxes. The list can be turned on and
off, it can be themed and the list style can be configured.

This part of the manual is a reference guide. If you want a simple introduction
with examples see the Sidebar Howto. If you just want to get started, you could
use the sample Sidebar neomuttrc.

35.3. Variables

Table 6.25. Sidebar Variables

┌──────────────────────────────┬───────┬───────────────┐
│             Name             │ Type  │    Default    │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_component_depth       │number │0              │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_delim_chars           │string │/.             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_divider_char          │string │|              │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_folder_indent         │boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_format                │string │%B%* %n        │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_indent_string         │string │   (two spaces)│
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_new_mail_only         │boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_next_new_wrap         │boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only│boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_on_right              │boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_short_path            │boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_sort_method           │enum   │unsorted       │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_visible               │boolean│no             │
├──────────────────────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│sidebar_width                 │number │20             │
└──────────────────────────────┴───────┴───────────────┘


For more details, and examples, about the $sidebar_format, see the Sidebar
Intro.

35.4. Functions

Sidebar adds the following functions to NeoMutt. By default, none of them are
bound to keys.

Table 6.26. Sidebar Functions

┌───────────┬────────────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Menus   │        Function        │              Description               │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-next>          │Move the highlight to next mailbox      │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-next-new>      │Move the highlight to next mailbox with │
│           │                        │new mail                                │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-open>          │Open highlighted mailbox                │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-page-down>     │Scroll the Sidebar down 1 page          │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-page-up>       │Scroll the Sidebar up 1 page            │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-prev>          │Move the highlight to previous mailbox  │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-prev-new>      │Move the highlight to previous mailbox  │
│           │                        │with new mail                           │
├───────────┼────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│<sidebar-toggle-visible>│Make the Sidebar (in)visible            │
└───────────┴────────────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────┘


35.5. Commands

sidebar_whitelist mailbox [ mailbox ...]
unsidebar_whitelist { * | mailbox ... }

This command specifies mailboxes that will always be displayed in the sidebar,
even if $sidebar_new_mail_only is set and the mailbox does not contain new
mail.

The “unsidebar_whitelist” command is used to remove a mailbox from the list of
whitelisted mailboxes. Use “unsidebar_whitelist *” to remove all mailboxes.

35.6. Colors

Table 6.27. Sidebar Colors

┌─────────────────┬────────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│      Name       │  Default   │                 Description                  │
│                 │   Color    │                                              │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_divider  │default     │The dividing line between the Sidebar and the │
│                 │            │Index/Pager panels                            │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_flagged  │default     │Mailboxes containing flagged mail             │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_highlight│underline   │Cursor to select a mailbox                    │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_indicator│neomutt     │The mailbox open in the Index panel           │
│                 │indicator   │                                              │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_new      │default     │Mailboxes containing new mail                 │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_ordinary │default     │Mailboxes that have no new/flagged mails, etc.│
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_spoolfile│default     │Mailbox that receives incoming mail           │
├─────────────────┼────────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│sidebar_unread   │default     │Mailboxes containing unread mail              │
└─────────────────┴────────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────┘


If the sidebar_indicator color isn't set, then the default NeoMutt indicator
color will be used (the color used in the index panel).

35.7. Sort

Table 6.28. Sidebar Sort

┌────────┬───────────────────────────────┐
│  Sort  │          Description          │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│alpha   │Alphabetically by path         │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│count   │Total number of messages       │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│desc    │Descriptive name of the mailbox│
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│flagged │Number of flagged messages     │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│name    │Alphabetically by path         │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│new     │Number of unread messages      │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│path    │Alphabetically by path         │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│unread  │Number of unread messages      │
├────────┼───────────────────────────────┤
│unsorted│Order of the mailboxes command │
└────────┴───────────────────────────────┘


35.8. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the sidebar feature.

# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# VARIABLES – shown with their default values
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Should the Sidebar be shown?
set sidebar_visible = no
# How wide should the Sidebar be in screen columns?

# Note: Some characters, e.g. Chinese, take up two columns each.
set sidebar_width = 20
# Should the mailbox paths be abbreviated?
set sidebar_short_path = no
# Number of top-level mailbox path subdirectories to truncate for display
set sidebar_component_depth = 0
# When abbreviating mailbox path names, use any of these characters as path
# separators. Only the part after the last separators will be shown.
# For file folders '/' is good. For IMAP folders, often '.' is useful.
set sidebar_delim_chars = '/.'
# If the mailbox path is abbreviated, should it be indented?
set sidebar_folder_indent = no
# Indent mailbox paths with this string.
set sidebar_indent_string = '  '
# Make the Sidebar only display mailboxes that contain new, or flagged,
# mail.
set sidebar_new_mail_only = no
# Any mailboxes that are whitelisted will always be visible, even if the
# sidebar_new_mail_only option is enabled.
set sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only = no
# Only show mailboxes that contain some mail
sidebar_whitelist '/home/user/mailbox1'
sidebar_whitelist '/home/user/mailbox2'
# When searching for mailboxes containing new mail, should the search wrap
# around when it reaches the end of the list?
set sidebar_next_new_wrap = no
# Show the Sidebar on the right-hand side of the screen
set sidebar_on_right = no
# The character to use as the divider between the Sidebar and the other NeoMutt
# panels.
set sidebar_divider_char = '|'
# Enable extended mailbox mode to calculate total, new, and flagged
# message counts for each mailbox.
set mail_check_stats
# Display the Sidebar mailboxes using this format string.
set sidebar_format = '%B%?F? [%F]?%* %?N?%N/?%S'
# Sort the mailboxes in the Sidebar using this method:
#       count    – total number of messages
#       flagged  – number of flagged messages
#       new      – number of new messages
#       path     – mailbox path
#       unsorted – do not sort the mailboxes
set sidebar_sort_method = 'unsorted'
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# FUNCTIONS – shown with an example mapping
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Move the highlight to the previous mailbox
bind index,pager \Cp sidebar-prev
# Move the highlight to the next mailbox
bind index,pager \Cn sidebar-next
# Open the highlighted mailbox
bind index,pager \Co sidebar-open
# Move the highlight to the previous page
# This is useful if you have a LOT of mailboxes.
bind index,pager <F3> sidebar-page-up
# Move the highlight to the next page
# This is useful if you have a LOT of mailboxes.
bind index,pager <F4> sidebar-page-down
# Move the highlight to the previous mailbox containing new, or flagged,
# mail.
bind index,pager <F5> sidebar-prev-new
# Move the highlight to the next mailbox containing new, or flagged, mail.
bind index,pager <F6> sidebar-next-new
# Toggle the visibility of the Sidebar.
bind index,pager B sidebar-toggle-visible
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# COLORS – some unpleasant examples are given
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Note: All color operations are of the form:
#       color OBJECT FOREGROUND BACKGROUND
# Color of the current, open, mailbox
# Note: This is a general NeoMutt option which colors all selected items.
color indicator cyan black
# Sidebar-specific color of the selected item
color sidebar_indicator cyan black
# Color of the highlighted, but not open, mailbox.
color sidebar_highlight black color8
# Color of the divider separating the Sidebar from NeoMutt panels
color sidebar_divider color8 black
# Color to give mailboxes containing flagged mail
color sidebar_flagged red black
# Color to give mailboxes containing new mail
color sidebar_new green black
# Color to give mailboxes containing no new/flagged mail, etc.
color sidebar_ordinary color245 default
# Color to give the spoolfile mailbox
color sidebar_spoolfile color207 default
# Color to give mailboxes containing no unread mail
color sidebar_unread color136 default
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

35.9. See Also

  • Regular Expressions

  • Patterns

  • Color command

  • notmuch feature

35.10. Known Bugs

None

35.11. Credits

Justin Hibbits, Thomer M. Gil, David Sterba, Evgeni Golov, Fabian Groffen,
Jason DeTiberus, Stefan Assmann, Steve Kemp, Terry Chan, Tyler Earnest, Richard
Russon

36. Skip Quoted Feature

Leave some context visible

36.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-28

Dependencies: None

36.2. Introduction

When viewing an email, the <skip-to-quoted> function (by default the S key)
will scroll past any email headers or quoted text. Sometimes, a little context
is useful.

By setting the $skip_quoted_offset variable, you can select how much of the
quoted text is left visible.

36.3. Variables

Table 6.29. Skip-Quoted Variables

┌──────────────────┬──────┬───────┐
│       Name       │ Type │Default│
├──────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
│skip_quoted_offset│number│0      │
└──────────────────┴──────┴───────┘


36.4. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the skip-quoted feature.

# The 'S' (skip-quoted) command scrolls the pager past the quoted text (usually
# indented with '> '. Setting 'skip_quoted_offset' leaves some lines of quoted
# text on screen for context.

# Show three quoted lines before the reply
set skip_quoted_offset = 3

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

36.5. Known Bugs

None

36.6. Credits

David Sterba, Richard Russon

37. Status Color Feature

Custom rules for theming the status bar

37.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies: None

37.2. Introduction

The “status-color” feature allows you to theme different parts of the status
bar (also when it's used by the index).

Unlike normal color commands, color status can now take up to 2 extra
parameters (regex, num).

37.3. Commands

color status foreground background [ regex [ num ]]

With zero parameters, NeoMutt will set the default color for the entire status
bar.

With one parameter, NeoMutt will only color the parts matching the regex.

With two parameters, NeoMutt will only color the num'th sub-match of the regex.

37.4. Colors

Table 6.30. Status Colors

┌──────┬─────────────┬───────────┐
│ Name │Default Color│Description│
├──────┼─────────────┼───────────┤
│status│reverse      │Status bar │
└──────┴─────────────┴───────────┘


37.5. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the status-color feature.

# The 'status-color' feature allows you to theme different parts of
# the status bar (also when it's used by the index).

# For the examples below, set some defaults
set status_format='-%r-NeoMutt: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d? Del:%d?%?F? \
  Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l? %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---'
set index_format='%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
set sort=threads
set sort_aux=last-date-received
# 'status color' can take up to 2 extra parameters
# color status foreground background [ regex [ num ]]
# 0 extra parameters
# Set the default color for the entire status line
color status blue white
# 1 extra parameter
# Set the color for a matching pattern
# color status foreground background regex
# Highlight New, Deleted, or Flagged emails
color status brightred white '(New|Del|Flag):[0-9]+'
# Highlight mailbox ordering if it's different from the default
# First, highlight anything (*/*)
color status brightred default '\([^)]+/[^)]+\)'
# Then override the color for one specific case
color status default default '\(threads/last-date-received\)'
# 2 extra parameters
# Set the color for the nth submatch of a pattern
# color status foreground background regex num
# Highlight the contents of the []s but not the [] themselves
color status red default '\[([^]]+)\]' 1
# The '1' refers to the first regex submatch, which is the inner
# part in ()s
# Highlight the mailbox
color status brightwhite default 'NeoMutt: ([^ ]+)' 1
# Search for 'NeoMutt: ' but only highlight what comes after it

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

37.6. See Also

  • Compile-Time Features

  • Regular Expressions

  • Patterns

  • index-color feature

  • Color command

37.7. Known Bugs

None

37.8. Credits

David Sterba, Thomas Glanzmann, Kirill A. Shutemov, Richard Russon

38. TLS-SNI Feature

Negotiate with a server for a TLS/SSL certificate

38.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-03-07

Dependencies:

    OpenSSL

38.2. Introduction

The “TLS-SNI” feature adds support for TLS virtual hosting. If your mail server
doesn't support this everything will still work normally.

TLS supports sending the expected server hostname during the handshake, via the
SNI extension. This can be used to select a server certificate to issue to the
client, permitting virtual-hosting without requiring multiple IP addresses.

This has been tested against Exim 4.80, which optionally logs SNI and can
perform vhosting.

To verify TLS SNI support by a server, you can use:

openssl s_client -host <imap server> -port <port> -tls1 -servername <imap server>

38.3. Known Bugs

None

38.4. Credits

Jeremy Katz, Phil Pennock, Richard Russon

39. Trash Folder Feature

Automatically move deleted emails to a trash bin

39.1. Support

Since: NeoMutt 2016-09-10, NeoMutt 1.7.0

Dependencies:

    If IMAP is enabled, the trash folder will use it wisely

39.2. Introduction

In NeoMutt, when you “delete” an email it is first marked deleted. The email
isn't really gone until <sync-mailbox> is called. This happens when the user
leaves the folder, or the function is called manually.

After <sync-mailbox> has been called the email is gone forever.

The $trash variable defines a folder in which to keep old emails. As before,
first you mark emails for deletion. When <sync-mailbox> is called the emails
are moved to the trash folder.

The $trash path can be either a full directory, or be relative to the $folder
variable, like the mailboxes command.

Note

Emails deleted from the trash folder are gone forever.

39.3. Variables

Table 6.31. Trash Variables

┌─────┬──────┬────────┐
│Name │ Type │Default │
├─────┼──────┼────────┤
│trash│string│(none)  │
└─────┴──────┴────────┘


39.4. Functions

Table 6.32. Trash Functions

┌───────────┬────────┬───────────────┬────────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Menus   │Default │   Function    │              Description               │
│           │  Key   │               │                                        │
├───────────┼────────┼───────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────┤
│index,pager│(none)  │<purge-message>│really delete the current entry,        │
│           │        │               │bypassing the trash folder              │
└───────────┴────────┴───────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────┘


39.5. neomuttrc

# Example NeoMutt config file for the 'trash' feature.

# This feature defines a new 'trash' folder.

# When mail is deleted it will be moved to this folder.

# Folder in which to put deleted emails
set trash='+Trash'
set trash='/home/flatcap/Mail/Trash'
# The default delete key 'd' will move an email to the 'trash' folder
# Bind 'D' to REALLY delete an email
bind index D purge-message
# Note: Deleting emails from the 'trash' folder will REALLY delete them.

# vim: syntax=neomuttrc

39.6. See Also

  • folder-hook

39.7. Known Bugs

None

39.8. Credits

Cedric Duval, Benjamin Kuperman, Paul Miller, Richard Russon

40. Autocrypt

NeoMutt can be compiled with Autocrypt support by running configure with the
--autocrypt flag. Autocrypt provides easy to use, passive protection against
data collection. Keys are distributed via an Autocrypt: header added to emails.
It does not protect against active adversaries, and so should not be considered
a substitute for normal encryption via your keyring, using key signing and the
web of trust to verify identities. With an understanding of these limitations,
Autocrypt still provides an easy way to minimize cleartext emails sent between
common correspondents, without having to explicitly exchange keys. More
information can be found at https://autocrypt.org/.

40.1. Requirements

Autocrypt requires support for ECC cryptography, and NeoMutt by default will
generate ECC keys. Therefore GnuPG 2.1 or greater is required. Additionally,
NeoMutt's Autocrypt implementation uses GPGME and requires at least version
1.8.0.

Account and peer information is stored in a sqlite3 database, and so NeoMutt
must be configured with the --with-sqlite flag when autocrypt is enabled.

It is highly recommended that NeoMutt be configured --with-idn or --with-idn2
so that Autocrypt can properly deal with international domain names.

While NeoMutt uses GPGME for Autocrypt, normal keyring operations can still be
performed via classic mode (i.e. with $crypt_use_gpgme unset). However, to
avoid unnecessary prompts, it is recommended gpg not be configured in loopback
pinentry mode, and that $pgp_use_gpg_agent remain set (the default).

40.2. First Run

To enable Autocrypt, set $autocrypt, and if desired change the value of
$autocrypt_dir in your muttrc. The first time NeoMutt is run after that, you
will be prompted to create $autocrypt_dir. NeoMutt will then automatically
create an sqlite3 database and gpg keyring in that directory. Note since these
files should be considered private, NeoMutt will create this directory with
mode 700. If you create the directory manually, you should do the same.

NeoMutt recommends keeping the $autocrypt_dir directory set differently from
your GnuPG keyring directory (e.g. ~/.gnupg). Keys are automatically imported
into the keyring from Autocrypt: headers. Compared to standard “web of trust”
keys, Autocrypt keys are somewhat ephemeral, and the autocrypt database is used
to track when keys change or fall out of use. Having these keys mixed in with
your normal keyring will make it more difficult to use features such as
$crypt_opportunistic_encrypt and Autocrypt at the same time.

The $autocrypt_dir variable is not designed to be changed while NeoMutt is
running. The database is created (if necessary) and connected to during
startup. Changing the variable can result in a situation where NeoMutt is
looking in one place for the database and a different place for the GPG
keyring, resulting in strange behavior.

Once the directory, keyring, and database are created, NeoMutt will ask whether
you would like to create an account. In order to use Autocrypt, each sending
address needs an account. As a convenience you can create an account during the
first run. If you would like to add additional accounts later, this can be done
via the <autocrypt-acct-menu> function in the index, by default bound to A.

Account creation will first ask you for an email address. Next, it will ask
whether you want to create a new key or select an existing key. (Note key
selection takes place from the $autocrypt_dir keyring, which will normally be
empty during first run). Finally, it will ask whether this address should
prefer encryption or not. Autocrypt 1.1 allows automatically enabling
encryption if both sender and receiver have set “prefer encryption”. Otherwise,
you will need to manually enable autocrypt encryption in the compose menu. For
more details, see the compose menu section below.

After optionally creating an account, NeoMutt will prompt you to scan mailboxes
for Autocrypt headers. This step occurs because header cached messages are not
re-scanned for Autocrypt headers. Scanning during this step will temporarily
disable the header cache while opening each mailbox. If you wish to do this
manually later, you can simulate the same thing by unsetting $header_cache and
opening a mailbox.

A final technical note: the first run process takes place between reading the
muttrc and opening the initial mailbox. Some muttrc files will push macros to
be run after opening the mailbox. To prevent this from interfering with the
first run prompts, NeoMutt disables all macros during the first run.

40.3. Compose Menu

When enabled, Autocrypt will add a line to the compose menu with two fields:
Autocrypt: and Recommendation:.

The Autocrypt: field shows whether the message will be encrypted by Autocrypt
when sent. It has two values: Encrypt and Off. Encrypt can be enabled using the
<autocrypt-menu> function, by default bound to o.

The Recommendation: field shows the output of the Autocrypt recommendation
engine. This can have one of five values:

  • Off means the engine is disabled. This can happen if the From address
    doesn't have an autocrypt account, or if the account has been manually
    disabled.

  • No means one or more recipients are missing an autocrypt key, or the key
    found is unusable (i.e. expired, revoked, disabled, invalid, or not usable
    for encryption.)

  • Discouraged means a key was found for every recipient, but the engine is
    not confident the message will be decryptable by the recipient. This can
    happen if the key hasn't been used recently (compared to their last seen
    email).

    It can also happen if the key wasn't seen first-hand from the sender.
    Autocrypt has a feature where recipient keys can be included in
    group-encrypted emails. This allows you to reply to a conversation where
    you don't have a key first-hand from one of the other recipients. However,
    those keys are not trusted as much as from first-hand emails, so the engine
    warns you with a Discouraged status.

  • Available means a key was found for every recipient, and the engine
    believes all keys are recent and seen from the recipient first hand.
    However, either you or one of the recipients chose not to specify “prefer
    encryption”.

  • Yes is the same as Available, with the addition that you and all recipients
    have specified “prefer encryption”. This value will automatically enable
    encryption, unless you have manually switched it off or enabled regular
    encryption or signing via the <pgp-menu>.

As mentioned above the <autocrypt-menu> function, by default bound to o, can be
used to change the Encrypt: field value. (e)ncrypt will toggle encryption on.
(c)lear will toggle encryption off. If either of these are chosen, the field
will remain in that state despite what the Recommendation: field shows. Lastly,
(a)utomatic will set the value based on the recommendation engine's output.

Autocrypt encryption defers to normal encryption or signing. Anything that
enables normal encryption or signing will cause autocrypt encryption to turn
off. The only exception is when replying to an autocrypt-encrypted email (i.e.
an email decrypted from the $autocrypt_dir keyring). Then, if $autocrypt_reply
is set, autocrypt mode will be forced on, overriding the settings
$crypt_autosign, $crypt_autoencrypt, $crypt_replyencrypt, $crypt_replysign,
$crypt_replysignencrypted, and $crypt_opportunistic_encrypt.

When postponing a message, autocrypt will respect $postpone_encrypt, but will
use the autocrypt account key to encrypt the message. Be sure to set
$postpone_encrypt to ensure postponed messages marked for autocrypt encryption
are encrypted.

40.4. Account Management

The Autocrypt Account Menu is available from the index via
<autocrypt-acct-menu>, by default bound to A. See Autocrypt Account Menu for
the list of functions and their default keybindings.

In this menu, you can create new accounts, delete accounts, toggle an account
active/inactive, and toggle the “prefer encryption” flag for an account.

Deleting an account only removes the account from the database. The GPG key is
kept, to ensure you still have the ability to read past encrypted emails.

The Autocrypt 1.1 “Setup Message” feature is not available yet, but will be
added in the future.

40.5. Alternative Key and Keyring Strategies

NeoMutt by default partitions Autocrypt from normal keyring encryption/signing.
It does this by using a separate GPG keyring (in $autocrypt_dir) and creating a
new ECC key in that keyring for accounts. There are good reasons for doing this
by default. It keeps random keys found inside email headers out of your normal
keyring. ECC keys are compact and better suited for email headers. Autocrypt
key selection is completely different from “web of trust” key selection, based
on last-seen rules as opposed to trust and validity. It also allows NeoMutt to
distinguish Autocrypt encrypted emails from regular encrypted emails, and set
the mode appropriately when replying to each type of email.

Still, some users may want to use an existing key from their normal keyring for
Autocrypt too. There are two ways this can be accomplished. The recommended way
is to set $autocrypt_dir to your normal keyring directory (e.g. ~/.gnupg).
During account creation, choosing “(s)elect existing GPG key” will then list
and allow selecting your existing key for the new account.

An alternative is to copy your key over to the Autocrypt keyring, but there is
a severe downside. NeoMutt first tries to decrypt messages using the Autocrypt
keyring, and if that fails tries the normal keyring second. This means all
encrypted emails to that key will be decrypted, and have signatures verified
from, the Autocrypt keyring. Keys signatures and web of trust from your normal
keyring will no longer show up in signatures when decrypting.

For that reason, if you want to use an existing key from your normal keyring,
it is recommended to just set $autocrypt_dir to ~/.gnupg. This allows “web of
trust” to show an appropriate signature message for verified messages.
Autocrypt header keys will be imported into your keyring, but if you don't want
them mixed you should strongly consider using a separate autocrypt key and
keyring instead.

Both methods have a couple additional caveats:

  • Replying to an Autocrypt decrypted message by default forces Autocrypt mode
    on. By sharing the same key, all replies will then start in Autocrypt mode,
    even if a message wasn't sent by one of your Autocrypt peers.
    $autocrypt_reply can be unset to allow manual control of the mode when
    replying.

  • When NeoMutt creates an account from a gpg key, it exports the public key,
    base64 encodes it, and stores that value in the sqlite3 database. The value
    is then used in the Autocrypt header added to outgoing emails. The ECC keys
    NeoMutt creates don't change, but if you use external keys that expire,
    when you resign to extend the expiration you will need to recreate the
    Autocrypt account using the account menu. Otherwise the Autocrypt header
    will contain the old expired exported keydata.

Chapter 7. Security Considerations

Table of Contents

1. Passwords
2. Temporary Files
3. Information Leaks

    3.1. Message-Id: headers
    3.2. mailto:-style Links

4. External Applications

First of all, NeoMutt contains no security holes included by intention but may
contain unknown security holes. As a consequence, please run NeoMutt only with
as few permissions as possible. Especially, do not run NeoMutt as the super
user.

When configuring NeoMutt, there're some points to note about secure setups so
please read this chapter carefully.

1. Passwords

Although NeoMutt can be told the various passwords for accounts, please never
store passwords in configuration files. Besides the fact that the system's
operator can always read them, you could forget to mask it out when reporting a
bug or asking for help via a mailing list. Even worse, your mail including your
password could be archived by internet search engines, mail-to-news gateways
etc. It may already be too late before you notice your mistake.

2. Temporary Files

NeoMutt uses many temporary files for viewing messages, verifying digital
signatures, etc. As long as being used, these files are visible by other users
and maybe even readable in case of misconfiguration. Also, a different location
for these files may be desired which can be changed via the $tmpdir variable.

3. Information Leaks

3.1. Message-Id: headers

Message-Id: headers contain a local part that is to be created in a unique
fashion. In order to do so, NeoMutt will “leak” some information to the outside
world when sending messages: the generation of this header includes a step
counter which is increased (and rotated) with every message sent. Other parts
include the date, time, PID of NeoMutt, and $hostname. In a longer running
NeoMutt session, others can make assumptions about your mailing habits
depending on the number of messages sent. If this is not desired, the header
can be manually provided using $edit_headers (though not recommended).

3.2. mailto:-style Links

As NeoMutt be can be set up to be the mail client to handle mailto: style links
in websites, there're security considerations, too. Arbitrary header fields can
be embedded in these links which could override existing header fields or
attach arbitrary files using the Attach: pseudoheader. This may be problematic
if the $edit-headers variable is unset, i.e. the user doesn't want to see
header fields while editing the message and doesn't pay enough attention to the
compose menu's listing of attachments.

For example, following a link like

mailto:joe@host?Attach=~/.gnupg/secring.gpg

will send out the user's private gnupg keyring to joe@host if the user doesn't
follow the information on screen carefully enough.

To prevent these issues, NeoMutt by default only accepts the Subject and Body
headers. Allowed headers can be adjusted with the mailto_allow and
unmailto_allow commands.

4. External Applications

NeoMutt in many places has to rely on external applications or for convenience
supports mechanisms involving external applications.

One of these is the mailcap mechanism as defined by RFC1524. Details about a
secure use of the mailcap mechanisms is given in Section 3.2, “Secure Use of
Mailcap”.

Besides the mailcap mechanism, NeoMutt uses a number of other external
utilities for operation, for example to provide crypto support, in backtick
expansion in configuration files or format string filters. The same security
considerations apply for these as for tools involved via mailcap.

Chapter 8. Performance Tuning

Table of Contents

1. Reading and Writing Mailboxes
2. Reading Messages from Remote Folders
3. Searching and Limiting

1. Reading and Writing Mailboxes

NeoMutt's performance when reading mailboxes can be improved in two ways:

 1. For remote folders (IMAP and POP) as well as folders using one-file-per
    message storage (Maildir and MH), NeoMutt's performance can be greatly
    improved using header caching. using a single database per folder.

 2. NeoMutt provides the $read_inc and $write_inc variables to specify at which
    rate to update progress counters. If these values are too low, NeoMutt may
    spend more time on updating the progress counter than it spends on actually
    reading/writing folders.

    For example, when opening a maildir folder with a few thousand messages,
    the default value for $read_inc may be too low. It can be tuned on on a
    folder-basis using folder-hooks:

    # use very high $read_inc to speed up reading hcache'd maildirs
    folder-hook . 'set read_inc=1000'
    # use lower value for reading slower remote IMAP folders
    folder-hook ^imap 'set read_inc=100'
    # use even lower value for reading even slower remote POP folders
    folder-hook ^pop 'set read_inc=1'

These settings work on a per-message basis. However, as messages may greatly
differ in size and certain operations are much faster than others, even
per-folder settings of the increment variables may not be desirable as they
produce either too few or too much progress updates. Thus, NeoMutt allows to
limit the number of progress updates per second it'll actually send to the
terminal using the $time_inc variable.

2. Reading Messages from Remote Folders

Reading messages from remote folders such as IMAP an POP can be slow especially
for large mailboxes since NeoMutt only caches a very limited number of recently
viewed messages (usually 10) per session (so that it will be gone for the next
session.)

To improve performance and permanently cache whole messages and headers, please
refer to body caching and header caching for details.

Additionally, it may be worth trying some of NeoMutt's experimental features.
$imap_qresync (which requires header caching) can provide a huge speed boost
opening mailboxes if your IMAP server supports it. $imap_deflate enables
compression, which can also noticeably reduce download time for large mailboxes
and messages.

3. Searching and Limiting

When searching mailboxes either via a search or a limit action, for some
patterns NeoMutt distinguishes between regular expression and string searches.
For regular expressions, patterns are prefixed with “~” and with “=” for string
searches.

Even though a regular expression search is fast, it's several times slower than
a pure string search which is noticeable especially on large folders. As a
consequence, a string search should be used instead of a regular expression
search if the user already knows enough about the search pattern.

For example, when limiting a large folder to all messages sent to or by an
author, it's much faster to search for the initial part of an e-mail address
via =Luser@ instead of ~Luser@. This is especially true for searching message
bodies since a larger amount of input has to be searched.

As for regular expressions, a lower case string search pattern makes NeoMutt
perform a case-insensitive search except for IMAP (because for IMAP NeoMutt
performs server-side searches which don't support case-insensitivity).

Chapter 9. Reference

Table of Contents

1. Command-Line Options
2. Configuration Commands
3. Configuration Variables

    3.1. abort_backspace
    3.2. abort_key
    3.3. abort_noattach
    3.4. abort_noattach_regex
    3.5. abort_nosubject
    3.6. abort_unmodified
    3.7. alias_file
    3.8. alias_format
    3.9. allow_8bit
    3.10. allow_ansi
    3.11. arrow_cursor
    3.12. arrow_string
    3.13. ascii_chars
    3.14. ask_follow_up
    3.15. ask_x_comment_to
    3.16. askbcc
    3.17. askcc
    3.18. assumed_charset
    3.19. attach_charset
    3.20. attach_format
    3.21. attach_save_dir
    3.22. attach_save_without_prompting
    3.23. attach_sep
    3.24. attach_split
    3.25. attribution
    3.26. attribution_locale
    3.27. auto_subscribe
    3.28. auto_tag
    3.29. autocrypt
    3.30. autocrypt_acct_format
    3.31. autocrypt_dir
    3.32. autocrypt_reply
    3.33. autoedit
    3.34. beep
    3.35. beep_new
    3.36. bounce
    3.37. bounce_delivered
    3.38. braille_friendly
    3.39. browser_abbreviate_mailboxes
    3.40. catchup_newsgroup
    3.41. certificate_file
    3.42. change_folder_next
    3.43. charset
    3.44. check_mbox_size
    3.45. check_new
    3.46. collapse_all
    3.47. collapse_flagged
    3.48. collapse_unread
    3.49. compose_format
    3.50. config_charset
    3.51. confirmappend
    3.52. confirmcreate
    3.53. connect_timeout
    3.54. content_type
    3.55. copy
    3.56. crypt_autoencrypt
    3.57. crypt_autopgp
    3.58. crypt_autosign
    3.59. crypt_autosmime
    3.60. crypt_chars
    3.61. crypt_confirmhook
    3.62. crypt_opportunistic_encrypt
    3.63. crypt_opportunistic_encrypt_strong_keys
    3.64. crypt_protected_headers_read
    3.65. crypt_protected_headers_save
    3.66. crypt_protected_headers_subject
    3.67. crypt_protected_headers_write
    3.68. crypt_replyencrypt
    3.69. crypt_replysign
    3.70. crypt_replysignencrypted
    3.71. crypt_timestamp
    3.72. crypt_use_gpgme
    3.73. crypt_use_pka
    3.74. crypt_verify_sig
    3.75. date_format
    3.76. debug_file
    3.77. debug_level
    3.78. default_hook
    3.79. delete
    3.80. delete_untag
    3.81. digest_collapse
    3.82. display_filter
    3.83. dsn_notify
    3.84. dsn_return
    3.85. duplicate_threads
    3.86. edit_headers
    3.87. editor
    3.88. empty_subject
    3.89. encode_from
    3.90. envelope_from_address
    3.91. escape
    3.92. external_search_command
    3.93. fast_reply
    3.94. fcc_attach
    3.95. fcc_before_send
    3.96. fcc_clear
    3.97. flag_chars
    3.98. flag_safe
    3.99. folder
    3.100. folder_format
    3.101. followup_to
    3.102. followup_to_poster
    3.103. force_name
    3.104. forward_attachments
    3.105. forward_attribution_intro
    3.106. forward_attribution_trailer
    3.107. forward_decode
    3.108. forward_decrypt
    3.109. forward_edit
    3.110. forward_format
    3.111. forward_quote
    3.112. forward_references
    3.113. from
    3.114. from_chars
    3.115. gecos_mask
    3.116. group_index_format
    3.117. hdrs
    3.118. header
    3.119. header_cache
    3.120. header_cache_backend
    3.121. header_cache_compress_level
    3.122. header_cache_compress_method
    3.123. header_color_partial
    3.124. help
    3.125. hidden_host
    3.126. hidden_tags
    3.127. hide_limited
    3.128. hide_missing
    3.129. hide_thread_subject
    3.130. hide_top_limited
    3.131. hide_top_missing
    3.132. history
    3.133. history_file
    3.134. history_remove_dups
    3.135. honor_disposition
    3.136. honor_followup_to
    3.137. hostname
    3.138. idn_decode
    3.139. idn_encode
    3.140. ignore_list_reply_to
    3.141. imap_authenticators
    3.142. imap_check_subscribed
    3.143. imap_condstore
    3.144. imap_deflate
    3.145. imap_delim_chars
    3.146. imap_fetch_chunk_size
    3.147. imap_headers
    3.148. imap_idle
    3.149. imap_keepalive
    3.150. imap_list_subscribed
    3.151. imap_login
    3.152. imap_oauth_refresh_command
    3.153. imap_pass
    3.154. imap_passive
    3.155. imap_peek
    3.156. imap_pipeline_depth
    3.157. imap_poll_timeout
    3.158. imap_qresync
    3.159. imap_rfc5161
    3.160. imap_servernoise
    3.161. imap_user
    3.162. implicit_autoview
    3.163. include
    3.164. include_encrypted
    3.165. include_onlyfirst
    3.166. indent_string
    3.167. index_format
    3.168. inews
    3.169. ispell
    3.170. keep_flagged
    3.171. mail_check
    3.172. mail_check_recent
    3.173. mail_check_stats
    3.174. mail_check_stats_interval
    3.175. mailcap_path
    3.176. mailcap_sanitize
    3.177. maildir_check_cur
    3.178. maildir_header_cache_verify
    3.179. maildir_trash
    3.180. mark_macro_prefix
    3.181. mark_old
    3.182. markers
    3.183. mask
    3.184. mbox
    3.185. mbox_type
    3.186. menu_context
    3.187. menu_move_off
    3.188. menu_scroll
    3.189. message_cache_clean
    3.190. message_cachedir
    3.191. message_format
    3.192. meta_key
    3.193. metoo
    3.194. mh_purge
    3.195. mh_seq_flagged
    3.196. mh_seq_replied
    3.197. mh_seq_unseen
    3.198. mime_forward
    3.199. mime_forward_decode
    3.200. mime_forward_rest
    3.201. mime_subject
    3.202. mime_type_query_command
    3.203. mime_type_query_first
    3.204. move
    3.205. narrow_tree
    3.206. net_inc
    3.207. new_mail_command
    3.208. news_cache_dir
    3.209. news_server
    3.210. newsgroups_charset
    3.211. newsrc
    3.212. nm_db_limit
    3.213. nm_default_url
    3.214. nm_exclude_tags
    3.215. nm_flagged_tag
    3.216. nm_open_timeout
    3.217. nm_query_type
    3.218. nm_query_window_current_position
    3.219. nm_query_window_current_search
    3.220. nm_query_window_duration
    3.221. nm_query_window_timebase
    3.222. nm_record
    3.223. nm_record_tags
    3.224. nm_replied_tag
    3.225. nm_unread_tag
    3.226. nntp_authenticators
    3.227. nntp_context
    3.228. nntp_listgroup
    3.229. nntp_load_description
    3.230. nntp_pass
    3.231. nntp_poll
    3.232. nntp_user
    3.233. pager
    3.234. pager_context
    3.235. pager_format
    3.236. pager_index_lines
    3.237. pager_stop
    3.238. pgp_auto_decode
    3.239. pgp_autoinline
    3.240. pgp_check_exit
    3.241. pgp_check_gpg_decrypt_status_fd
    3.242. pgp_clearsign_command
    3.243. pgp_decode_command
    3.244. pgp_decrypt_command
    3.245. pgp_decryption_okay
    3.246. pgp_default_key
    3.247. pgp_encrypt_only_command
    3.248. pgp_encrypt_sign_command
    3.249. pgp_entry_format
    3.250. pgp_export_command
    3.251. pgp_getkeys_command
    3.252. pgp_good_sign
    3.253. pgp_ignore_subkeys
    3.254. pgp_import_command
    3.255. pgp_list_pubring_command
    3.256. pgp_list_secring_command
    3.257. pgp_long_ids
    3.258. pgp_mime_auto
    3.259. pgp_replyinline
    3.260. pgp_retainable_sigs
    3.261. pgp_self_encrypt
    3.262. pgp_show_unusable
    3.263. pgp_sign_as
    3.264. pgp_sign_command
    3.265. pgp_sort_keys
    3.266. pgp_strict_enc
    3.267. pgp_timeout
    3.268. pgp_use_gpg_agent
    3.269. pgp_verify_command
    3.270. pgp_verify_key_command
    3.271. pipe_decode
    3.272. pipe_sep
    3.273. pipe_split
    3.274. pop_auth_try_all
    3.275. pop_authenticators
    3.276. pop_checkinterval
    3.277. pop_delete
    3.278. pop_host
    3.279. pop_last
    3.280. pop_oauth_refresh_command
    3.281. pop_pass
    3.282. pop_reconnect
    3.283. pop_user
    3.284. post_indent_string
    3.285. post_moderated
    3.286. postpone
    3.287. postpone_encrypt
    3.288. postpone_encrypt_as
    3.289. postponed
    3.290. preconnect
    3.291. preferred_languages
    3.292. print
    3.293. print_command
    3.294. print_decode
    3.295. print_split
    3.296. prompt_after
    3.297. query_command
    3.298. query_format
    3.299. quit
    3.300. quote_regex
    3.301. toggle_quoted_show_levels
    3.302. read_inc
    3.303. read_only
    3.304. realname
    3.305. recall
    3.306. record
    3.307. reflow_space_quotes
    3.308. reflow_text
    3.309. reflow_wrap
    3.310. reply_regex
    3.311. reply_self
    3.312. reply_to
    3.313. reply_with_xorig
    3.314. resolve
    3.315. resume_draft_files
    3.316. resume_edited_draft_files
    3.317. reverse_alias
    3.318. reverse_name
    3.319. reverse_realname
    3.320. rfc2047_parameters
    3.321. save_address
    3.322. save_empty
    3.323. save_history
    3.324. save_name
    3.325. save_unsubscribed
    3.326. score
    3.327. score_threshold_delete
    3.328. score_threshold_flag
    3.329. score_threshold_read
    3.330. search_context
    3.331. send_charset
    3.332. sendmail
    3.333. sendmail_wait
    3.334. shell
    3.335. show_multipart_alternative
    3.336. show_new_news
    3.337. show_only_unread
    3.338. sidebar_component_depth
    3.339. sidebar_delim_chars
    3.340. sidebar_divider_char
    3.341. sidebar_folder_indent
    3.342. sidebar_format
    3.343. sidebar_indent_string
    3.344. sidebar_new_mail_only
    3.345. sidebar_next_new_wrap
    3.346. sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only
    3.347. sidebar_on_right
    3.348. sidebar_short_path
    3.349. sidebar_sort_method
    3.350. sidebar_visible
    3.351. sidebar_width
    3.352. sig_dashes
    3.353. sig_on_top
    3.354. signature
    3.355. simple_search
    3.356. size_show_bytes
    3.357. size_show_fractions
    3.358. size_show_mb
    3.359. size_units_on_left
    3.360. skip_quoted_offset
    3.361. sleep_time
    3.362. smart_wrap
    3.363. smileys
    3.364. smime_ask_cert_label
    3.365. smime_ca_location
    3.366. smime_certificates
    3.367. smime_decrypt_command
    3.368. smime_decrypt_use_default_key
    3.369. smime_default_key
    3.370. smime_encrypt_command
    3.371. smime_encrypt_with
    3.372. smime_get_cert_command
    3.373. smime_get_cert_email_command
    3.374. smime_get_signer_cert_command
    3.375. smime_import_cert_command
    3.376. smime_is_default
    3.377. smime_keys
    3.378. smime_pk7out_command
    3.379. smime_self_encrypt
    3.380. smime_sign_as
    3.381. smime_sign_command
    3.382. smime_sign_digest_alg
    3.383. smime_timeout
    3.384. smime_verify_command
    3.385. smime_verify_opaque_command
    3.386. smtp_authenticators
    3.387. smtp_oauth_refresh_command
    3.388. smtp_pass
    3.389. smtp_user
    3.390. smtp_url
    3.391. sort
    3.392. sort_alias
    3.393. sort_aux
    3.394. sort_browser
    3.395. sort_re
    3.396. spam_separator
    3.397. spoolfile
    3.398. ssl_ca_certificates_file
    3.399. ssl_ciphers
    3.400. ssl_client_cert
    3.401. ssl_force_tls
    3.402. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits
    3.403. ssl_starttls
    3.404. ssl_use_sslv3
    3.405. ssl_use_tlsv1
    3.406. ssl_use_tlsv1_1
    3.407. ssl_use_tlsv1_2
    3.408. ssl_use_tlsv1_3
    3.409. ssl_verify_dates
    3.410. ssl_verify_host
    3.411. status_chars
    3.412. status_format
    3.413. status_on_top
    3.414. strict_threads
    3.415. suspend
    3.416. text_flowed
    3.417. thorough_search
    3.418. thread_received
    3.419. tilde
    3.420. time_inc
    3.421. timeout
    3.422. tmpdir
    3.423. to_chars
    3.424. trash
    3.425. ts_enabled
    3.426. ts_icon_format
    3.427. ts_status_format
    3.428. tunnel
    3.429. uncollapse_jump
    3.430. uncollapse_new
    3.431. use_8bitmime
    3.432. use_domain
    3.433. use_envelope_from
    3.434. use_from
    3.435. use_ipv6
    3.436. user_agent
    3.437. vfolder_format
    3.438. virtual_spoolfile
    3.439. visual
    3.440. wait_key
    3.441. weed
    3.442. wrap
    3.443. wrap_headers
    3.444. wrap_search
    3.445. write_bcc
    3.446. write_inc
    3.447. x_comment_to

4. Functions

    4.1. Generic Menu
    4.2. Index Menu
    4.3. Pager Menu
    4.4. Alias Menu
    4.5. Query Menu
    4.6. Attachment Menu
    4.7. Compose Menu
    4.8. Postpone Menu
    4.9. Browser Menu
    4.10. Pgp Menu
    4.11. Smime Menu
    4.12. Editor Menu
    4.13. Autocrypt Account Menu

1. Command-Line Options

Running neomutt with no arguments will make NeoMutt attempt to read your spool
mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to send messages
from the command line as well.

Table 9.1. Command line options

┌────────┬────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Option │                            Description                             │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│--      │Special argument forces NeoMutt to stop option parsing and treat    │
│        │remaining arguments as addresses even if they start with a dash     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-A alias│Print an expanded version of the given alias to stdout and exit     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │Attach one or more files to a message (must be the last option). Add│
│        │any addresses after the '--' argument, e.g.:                        │
│-a file │                                                                    │
│        │neomutt -a image.jpg -- address1                                    │
│        │neomutt -a image.jpg *.png -- address1 address2                     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-B      │Run in batch mode (do not start the ncurses UI)                     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-b      │Specify a blind carbon copy (Bcc) recipient                         │
│address │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-c      │Specify a carbon copy (Cc) recipient                                │
│address │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-D      │Dump all config variables as 'name=value' pairs to stdout           │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-D -S   │Like -D, but hide the value of sensitive variables                  │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │Log debugging output to a file (default is "~/.neomuttdebug0"). The │
│        │level can range from 1–5 and affects verbosity (a value of 2 is     │
│-d level│recommended). Using this option along with -l is useful to log the  │
│        │early startup process (before reading any configuration and hence   │
│        │$debug_level and $debug_file)                                       │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-E      │Edit draft (-H) or include (-i) file during message composition     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-e      │Specify a command to be run after reading the config files          │
│command │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-F      │Specify an alternative initialization file to read, see section     │
│config  │Location of Initialization Files for a list of regular configuration│
│        │files                                                               │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-f      │Specify a mailbox (as defined with mailboxes command) to load       │
│mailbox │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-G      │Start NeoMutt with a listing of subscribed newsgroups               │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-g      │Like -G, but start at specified news server                         │
│server  │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-H draft│Specify a draft file with header and body for message composing     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-h      │Print this help message and exit                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-i      │Specify an include file to be embedded in the body of a message     │
│include │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│        │Specify a file for debugging output (default "~/.neomuttdebug0").   │
│-l file │This overrules $debug_file setting and NeoMutt keeps up to five     │
│        │debug logs ({ file | $debug_file | ~/.neomuttdebug }[0-4]) before   │
│        │override the oldest file                                            │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-m type │Specify a default mailbox format type for newly created folders. The│
│        │type is either MH, MMDF, Maildir or mbox (case-insensitive)         │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-n      │Do not read the system-wide configuration file                      │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-p      │Resume a prior postponed message, if any                            │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-Q      │Query a configuration variable and print its value to stdout (after │
│variable│the config has been read and any commands executed)                 │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-R      │Open mailbox in read-only mode                                      │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-s      │Specify a subject (must be enclosed in quotes if it has spaces)     │
│subject │                                                                    │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-v      │Print the NeoMutt version and compile-time definitions and exit     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-vv     │Print the NeoMutt license and copyright information and exit        │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-x      │Simulate the mailx(1) send mode                                     │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-y      │Start NeoMutt with a listing of all defined mailboxes               │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-Z      │Open the first mailbox with new message or exit immediately with    │
│        │exit code 1 if none is found in all defined mailboxes               │
├────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│-z      │Open the first or specified (-f) mailbox if it holds any message or │
│        │exit immediately with exit code 1 otherwise                         │
└────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘


To read messages in a mailbox or exit immediately

neomutt [ -nz ] [ -F config ] [ -m type ] [ -f mailbox ]

To compose a new message

neomutt [ -Enx ] [ -F config ] [ -b address ] [ -c address ] [ -H draft ] [ -i
include ] [ -s subject ] [ -a file [...] -- ] { address | mailto_url ...}

NeoMutt also supports a “batch” mode to send prepared messages. Simply redirect
input from the file you wish to send. For example,

neomutt -s "data set for run #2" professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat

will send a message to <professor@bigschool.edu> with a subject of “data set
for run #2”. In the body of the message will be the contents of the file “~/
run2.dat”.

An include file passed with -i will be used as the body of the message. When
combined with -E, the include file will be directly edited during message
composition. The file will be modified regardless of whether the message is
sent or aborted.

A draft file passed with -H will be used as the initial header and body for the
message. Multipart messages can be used as a draft file. When combined with -E,
the draft file will be updated to the final state of the message after
composition, regardless of whether the message is sent, aborted, or even
postponed. Note that if the message is sent encrypted or signed, the draft file
will be saved that way too.

All files passed with -a file will be attached as a MIME part to the message.
To attach a single or several files, use -- to separate files and recipient
addresses:

neomutt -a image.png -- some@one.org

or

neomutt -a *.png -- some@one.org

Note

The -a option must be last in the option list.

In addition to accepting a list of email addresses, NeoMutt also accepts a URL
with the mailto: schema as specified in RFC2368. This is useful when
configuring a web browser to launch NeoMutt when clicking on mailto links.

neomutt mailto:some@one.org?subject=test&cc=other@one.org

2. Configuration Commands

The following are the commands understood by NeoMutt:

  • account-hook regex command

  • alias [ -group name ...] key address [ , address ...]
    unalias [ -group name ...] { * | key ... }

  • alternates [ -group name ...] regex [ regex ...]
    unalternates [ -group name ...] { * | regex ... }

  • alternative_order mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ]
    ...]
    unalternative_order { * | [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]}

  • attachments { + | - } disposition mime-type
    unattachments { + | - } disposition mime-type
    attachments ?
    unattachments *

  • auto_view mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]
    unauto_view { * | [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]}

  • bind map [ ,map ...] key function

  • charset-hook alias charset
    iconv-hook charset local-charset

  • color object [ attribute ...] foreground background
    color { header | body } [ attribute ...] foreground background regex
    color index [ attribute ...] foreground background pattern
    uncolor { index | header | body } { * | pattern ... }

  • crypt-hook regex keyid

  • exec function [ function ...]

  • fcc-save-hook pattern mailbox
    fcc-hook pattern mailbox
    save-hook pattern mailbox

  • folder-hook regex command

  • group [ -group name ...] { -rx expr ... | -addr expr ... }
    ungroup [ -group name ...] { * | -rx expr ... | -addr expr ... }

  • hdr_order header [ header ...]
    unhdr_order { * | header ... }

  • ifdef symbol "config-command [args...]"
    ifndef symbol "config-command [args...]"
    finish

  • ignore pattern [ pattern ...]
    unignore { * | pattern ... }

  • index-format-hook name [!]pattern format-string

  • lists [ -group name ] regex [ regex ...]
    unlists [ -group name ...] { * | regex ... }
    subscribe [ -group name ...] regex [ regex ...]
    unsubscribe [ -group name ...] { * | regex ... }

  • macro menu [ ,menu ...] key sequence [ description ]

  • mailboxes mailbox [ mailbox ...]
    named-mailboxes description mailbox [ description mailbox ...]
    unmailboxes { * | mailbox ... }

  • mailto_allow { * | header-field ... }
    unmailto_allow { * | header-field ... }

  • mbox-hook regex mailbox

  • message-hook pattern command

  • mime_lookup mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]
    unmime_lookup { * | [ mime-type [ /mime-subtype ] ...]}

  • mono object attribute
    mono { header | body } attribute regex
    mono index-object attribute pattern
    unmono { index-object | header | body } { * | pattern ... }

  • my_hdr string
    unmy_hdr { * | field ... }

  • open-hook regex "shell-command"
    close-hook regex "shell-command"
    append-hook regex "shell-command"

  • push string

  • reply-hook pattern command
    send-hook pattern command
    send2-hook pattern command

  • score pattern value
    unscore { * | pattern ... }

  • set { [ no | inv | & | ? ] variable | variable=value } [...]
    unset variable [ variable ...]
    reset variable [ variable ...]
    toggle variable [ variable ...]

  • setenv { ?variable | variable value }
    unsetenv variable

  • sidebar_whitelist mailbox [ mailbox ...]
    unsidebar_whitelist { * | mailbox ... }

  • source filename

  • spam pattern format
    nospam { * | pattern }

  • subjectrx pattern replacement
    unsubjectrx { * | pattern }

  • timeout-hook command
    startup-hook command
    shutdown-hook command

  • unhook { * | hook-type }

3. Configuration Variables

3.1. abort_backspace

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, hitting backspace against an empty prompt aborts the prompt.

3.2. abort_key

Type: string
Default: “007”

Specifies the key that can be used to abort prompts. The format is the same as
used in "bind" commands. The default is equivalent to "\G". Note that the
specified key should not be used in other bindings, as the abort operation has
higher precedence and the binding will not have the desired effect.

Example:

set abort_key = "<Esc>"

Please note that when using <Esc> as the abort key, you may also want to set
the environment variable ESCDELAY to a low value or even 0 which will reduce
the time that ncurses waits to distinguish singular <Esc> key presses from the
start of a terminal escape sequence. The default time is 1000 milliseconds and
thus quite noticeable.

3.3. abort_noattach

Type: quadoption
Default: no

If set to yes, when composing messages containing the regular expression
specified by $abort_noattach_regex and no attachments are given, composition
will be aborted. If set to no, composing messages as such will never be
aborted.

Example:

set abort_noattach_regex = "\\<attach(|ed|ments?)\\>"

3.4. abort_noattach_regex

Type: regular expression
Default: “\<(attach|attached|attachments?)\>”

Specifies a regular expression to match against the body of the message, to
determine if an attachment was mentioned but mistakenly forgotten. If it
matches, $abort_noattach will be consulted to determine if message sending will
be aborted.

Like other regular expressions in NeoMutt, the search is case sensitive if the
pattern contains at least one upper case letter, and case insensitive
otherwise.

3.5. abort_nosubject

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

If set to yes, when composing messages and no subject is given at the subject
prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to no, composing messages with no
subject given at the subject prompt will never be aborted.

3.6. abort_unmodified

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

If set to yes, composition will automatically abort after editing the message
body if no changes are made to the file (this check only happens after the 
first edit of the file). When set to no, composition will never be aborted.

3.7. alias_file

Type: path
Default: “~/.neomuttrc”

The default file in which to save aliases created by the <create-alias>
function. Entries added to this file are encoded in the character set specified
by $config_charset if it is set or the current character set otherwise.

Note: NeoMutt will not automatically source this file; you must explicitly use
the "source" command for it to be executed in case this option points to a
dedicated alias file.

The default for this option is the currently used neomuttrc file, or "~
/.neomuttrc" if no user neomuttrc was found.

3.8. alias_format

Type: string
Default: “%4n %2f %t %-10a   %r”

Specifies the format of the data displayed for the "alias" menu. The following
printf(3)-style sequences are available:

┌───┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%a │Alias name                                                     │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f │Flags - currently, a "d" for an alias marked for deletion      │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │Index number                                                   │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%r │Address which alias expands to                                 │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t │Character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"│
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│pad to the end of the line with character "X"                  │
├───┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│soft-fill with character "X" as pad                            │
└───┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

3.9. allow_8bit

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either Quoted-
Printable or Base64 encoding when sending mail.

3.10. allow_ansi

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich text
messages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes are rare, but
if this option is set, their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this
may override your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a
message could include a line like

[-- PGP output follows ...

and give it the same color as your attachment color (see also $crypt_timestamp
).

3.11. arrow_cursor

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, an arrow ("->") will be used to indicate the current entry in menus
instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem links this
will make response faster because there is less that has to be redrawn on the
screen when moving to the next or previous entries in the menu.

3.12. arrow_string

Type: string
Default: “->”

Specifies the string of arrow_cursor when arrow_cursor enabled.

3.13. ascii_chars

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread and
attachment trees, instead of the default ACS characters.

3.14. ask_follow_up

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will prompt you for follow-up groups before editing the body of
an outgoing message.

3.15. ask_x_comment_to

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will prompt you for x-comment-to field before editing the body
of an outgoing message.

3.16. askbcc

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients before
editing an outgoing message.

3.17. askcc

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before editing
the body of an outgoing message.

3.18. assumed_charset

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for
messages without character encoding indication. Header field values and message
body content without character encoding indication would be assumed that they
are written in one of this list. By default, all the header fields and message
body without any charset indication are assumed to be in "us-ascii".

For example, Japanese users might prefer this:

set assumed_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"

However, only the first content is valid for the message body.

3.19. attach_charset

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for text
file attachments. NeoMutt uses this setting to guess which encoding files being
attached are encoded in to convert them to a proper character set given in
$send_charset.

If unset, the value of $charset will be used instead. For example, the
following configuration would work for Japanese text handling:

set attach_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"

Note: for Japanese users, "iso-2022-*" must be put at the head of the value as
shown above if included.

3.20. attach_format

Type: string
Default: “%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] ”

This variable describes the format of the "attachment" menu. The following
printf(3)-style sequences are understood:

┌───┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%C │Charset                                                                  │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%c │Requires charset conversion ("n" or "c")                                 │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%D │Deleted flag                                                             │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d │Description (if none, falls back to %F)                                  │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%e │MIME content-transfer-encoding                                           │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f │Filename                                                                 │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%F │Filename in content-disposition header (if none, falls back to %f)       │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%I │Disposition ("I" for inline, "A" for attachment)                         │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%m │Major MIME type                                                          │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%M │MIME subtype                                                             │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │Attachment number                                                        │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%Q │"Q", if MIME part qualifies for attachment counting                      │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s │Size (see formatstrings-size)                                            │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%T │Graphic tree characters                                                  │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t │Tagged flag                                                              │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%u │Unlink (=to delete) flag                                                 │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%X │Number of qualifying MIME parts in this part and its children (please see│
│   │the "attachments" section for possible speed effects)                    │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│Right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"          │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│Pad to the end of the line with character "X"                            │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│Soft-fill with character "X" as pad                                      │
└───┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For an explanation of "soft-fill", see the $index_format documentation.

3.21. attach_save_dir

Type: path
Default: “./”

The directory where attachments are saved.

3.22. attach_save_without_prompting

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable, when set to true, will cause attachments to be saved to the
'attach_save_dir' location without prompting the user for the filename.

3.23. attach_sep

Type: string
Default: “\n”

The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving, printing,
piping, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.

3.24. attach_split

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If this variable is unset, when operating (saving, printing, piping, etc) on a
list of tagged attachments, NeoMutt will concatenate the attachments and will
operate on them as a single attachment. The $attach_sep separator is added
after each attachment. When set, NeoMutt will operate on the attachments one by
one.

3.25. attribution

Type: string
Default: “On %d, %n wrote:”

This is the string that will precede a message which has been included in a
reply. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section
on $index_format.

3.26. attribution_locale

Type: string
Default: (empty)

The locale used by strftime(3) to format dates in the attribution string. Legal
values are the strings your system accepts for the locale environment variable
$LC_TIME.

This variable is to allow the attribution date format to be customized by
recipient or folder using hooks. By default, NeoMutt will use your locale
environment, so there is no need to set this except to override that default.

3.27. auto_subscribe

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt assumes the presence of a List-Post header means the
recipient is subscribed to the list. Unless the mailing list is in the
"unsubscribe" or "unlist" lists, it will be added to the "subscribe" list.
Parsing and checking these things slows header reading down, so this option is
disabled by default.

3.28. auto_tag

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, functions in the index menu which affect a message will be applied to
all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you must first use the
<tag-prefix> function (bound to ";" by default) to make the next function apply
to all tagged messages.

3.29. autocrypt

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, enables autocrypt, which provides passive encryption protection with
keys exchanged via headers. See “autocryptdoc” for more details. (Autocrypt
only)

3.30. autocrypt_acct_format

Type: string
Default: “%4n %-30a %20p %10s”

This variable describes the format of the “autocrypt account” menu. The
following printf(3)-style sequences are understood

┌──┬─────────────────────────────┐
│%a│email address                │
├──┼─────────────────────────────┤
│%k│gpg keyid                    │
├──┼─────────────────────────────┤
│%n│current entry number         │
├──┼─────────────────────────────┤
│%p│prefer-encrypt flag          │
├──┼─────────────────────────────┤
│%s│status flag (active/inactive)│
└──┴─────────────────────────────┘

(Autocrypt only)

3.31. autocrypt_dir

Type: path
Default: “~/.mutt/autocrypt”

This variable sets where autocrypt files are stored, including the GPG keyring
and SQLite database. See “autocryptdoc” for more details. (Autocrypt only)

3.32. autocrypt_reply

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, replying to an autocrypt email automatically enables autocrypt in the
reply. You may want to unset this if you're using the same key for autocrypt as
normal web-of-trust, so that autocrypt isn't forced on for all encrypted
replies. (Autocrypt only)

3.33. autoedit

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set along with $edit_headers, NeoMutt will skip the initial send-menu
(prompting for subject and recipients) and allow you to immediately begin
editing the body of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you
have finished editing the body of your message.

Note: when this option is set, you can't use send-hooks that depend on the
recipients when composing a new (non-reply) message, as the initial list of
recipients is empty.

Also see $fast_reply.

3.34. beep

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will beep when an error occurs.

3.35. beep_new

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will beep whenever it prints a message
notifying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the $beep
variable.

3.36. bounce

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If set to yes
you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message. Setting this variable to 
no is not generally useful, and thus not recommended, because you are unable to
bounce messages.

3.37. bounce_delivered

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will include Delivered-To headers when
bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to unset this variable.

3.38. braille_friendly

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will place the cursor at the beginning of
the current line in menus, even when the $arrow_cursor variable is unset,
making it easier for blind persons using Braille displays to follow these
menus. The option is unset by default because many visual terminals don't
permit making the cursor invisible.

3.39. browser_abbreviate_mailboxes

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will abbreviate mailbox names in the browser
mailbox list, using '~' and '=' shortcuts.

The default "alpha" setting of $sort_browser uses locale-based sorting (using
strcoll(3)), which ignores some punctuation. This can lead to some situations
where the order doesn't make intuitive sense. In those cases, it may be
desirable to unset this variable.

3.40. catchup_newsgroup

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

If this variable is set, NeoMutt will mark all articles in newsgroup as read
when you quit the newsgroup (catchup newsgroup).

3.41. certificate_file

Type: path
Default: “~/.mutt_certificates”

This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are saved.
When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if you accept it or
not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be saved in this file and
further connections are automatically accepted.

You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server certificate
that is signed with one of these CA certificates is also automatically
accepted.

Example:

set certificate_file=~/.neomutt/certificates

3.42. change_folder_next

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, the <change-folder> function mailbox suggestion will
start at the next folder in your "mailboxes" list, instead of starting at the
first folder in the list.

3.43. charset

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data. It is also
the fallback for $send_charset.

Upon startup NeoMutt tries to derive this value from environment variables such
as $LC_CTYPE or $LANG.

Note: It should only be set in case NeoMutt isn't able to determine the
character set used correctly.

3.44. check_mbox_size

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will use file size attribute instead of
access time when checking for new mail in mbox and mmdf folders.

This variable is unset by default and should only be enabled when new mail
detection for these folder types is unreliable or doesn't work.

Note that enabling this variable should happen before any "mailboxes"
directives occur in configuration files regarding mbox or mmdf folders because
NeoMutt needs to determine the initial new mail status of such a mailbox by
performing a fast mailbox scan when it is defined. Afterwards the new mail
status is tracked by file size changes.

3.45. check_new

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Note: this option only affects maildir and MH style mailboxes.

When set, NeoMutt will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is open.
Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite some time since it
involves scanning the directory and checking each file to see if it has already
been looked at. If this variable is unset, no check for new mail is performed
while the mailbox is open.

3.46. collapse_all

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will collapse all threads when entering a folder.

3.47. collapse_flagged

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When unset, NeoMutt will not collapse a thread if it contains any flagged
messages.

3.48. collapse_unread

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When unset, NeoMutt will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread
messages.

3.49. compose_format

Type: string
Default: “-- NeoMutt: Compose  [Approx. msg size: %l   Atts: %a]%>-”

Controls the format of the status line displayed in the "compose" menu. This
string is similar to $status_format, but has its own set of printf(3)-like
sequences:

┌───┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%a │Total number of attachments                                              │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%h │Local hostname                                                           │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%l │Approximate size (in bytes) of the current message (see                  │
│   │formatstrings-size)                                                      │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%v │NeoMutt version string                                                   │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"          │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│pad to the end of the line with character "X"                            │
├───┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│soft-fill with character "X" as pad                                      │
└───┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

See the text describing the $status_format option for more information on how
to set $compose_format.

3.50. config_charset

Type: string
Default: (empty)

When defined, NeoMutt will recode commands in rc files from this encoding to
the current character set as specified by $charset and aliases written to
$alias_file from the current character set.

Please note that if setting $charset it must be done before setting
$config_charset.

Recoding should be avoided as it may render unconvertable characters as
question marks which can lead to undesired side effects (for example in regular
expressions).

3.51. confirmappend

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to an
existing mailbox.

3.52. confirmcreate

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a
mailbox which does not yet exist before creating it.

3.53. connect_timeout

Type: number
Default: 30

Causes NeoMutt to timeout a network connection (for IMAP, POP or SMTP) after
this many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative
value causes NeoMutt to wait indefinitely for the connection attempt to
succeed.

3.54. content_type

Type: string
Default: “text/plain”

Sets the default Content-Type for the body of newly composed messages.

3.55. copy

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages will be
saved for later references. Also see $record, $save_name, $force_name and "
fcc-hook".

3.56. crypt_autoencrypt

Type: boolean
Default: no

Setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to always attempt to PGP encrypt
outgoing messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the "send-hook
" command. It can be overridden by use of the pgp menu, when encryption is not
required or signing is requested as well. If $smime_is_default is set, then
OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be
overridden by use of the smime menu instead. (Crypto only)

3.57. crypt_autopgp

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not NeoMutt may automatically enable PGP
encryption/signing for messages. See also $crypt_autoencrypt,
$crypt_replyencrypt, $crypt_autosign, $crypt_replysign and $smime_is_default.

3.58. crypt_autosign

Type: boolean
Default: no

Setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to always attempt to cryptographically
sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by use of the pgp menu, when
signing is not required or encryption is requested as well. If
$smime_is_default is set, then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME
messages and settings can be overridden by use of the smime menu instead of the
pgp menu. (Crypto only)

3.59. crypt_autosmime

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not NeoMutt may automatically enable S/MIME
encryption/signing for messages. See also $crypt_autoencrypt,
$crypt_replyencrypt, $crypt_autosign, $crypt_replysign and $smime_is_default.

3.60. crypt_chars

Type: character string
Default: “SPsK ”

Controls the characters used in cryptography flags.

┌─────────┬───────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character│Default│Description                                                │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│1        │S      │The mail is signed, and the signature is successfully      │
│         │       │verified.                                                  │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│2        │P      │The mail is PGP encrypted.                                 │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│3        │s      │The mail is signed.                                        │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│4        │K      │The mail contains a PGP public key.                        │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│5        │<space>│The mail has no crypto info.                               │
└─────────┴───────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

3.61. crypt_confirmhook

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, then you will be prompted for confirmation of keys when using the 
crypt-hook command. If unset, no such confirmation prompt will be presented.
This is generally considered unsafe, especially where typos are concerned.

3.62. crypt_opportunistic_encrypt

Type: boolean
Default: no

Setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to automatically enable and disable
encryption, based on whether all message recipient keys can be located by
NeoMutt.

When this option is enabled, NeoMutt will enable/disable encryption each time
the TO, CC, and BCC lists are edited. If $edit_headers is set, NeoMutt will
also do so each time the message is edited.

While this is set, encryption can't be manually enabled/disabled. The pgp or
smime menus provide a selection to temporarily disable this option for the
current message.

If $crypt_autoencrypt or $crypt_replyencrypt enable encryption for a message,
this option will be disabled for that message. It can be manually re-enabled in
the pgp or smime menus. (Crypto only)

3.63. crypt_opportunistic_encrypt_strong_keys

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, this modifies the behavior of $crypt_opportunistic_encrypt to only
search for "strong keys", that is, keys with full validity according to the
web-of-trust algorithm. A key with marginal or no validity will not enable
opportunistic encryption.

For S/MIME, the behavior depends on the backend. Classic S/MIME will filter for
certificates with the 't'(trusted) flag in the .index file. The GPGME backend
will use the same filters as with OpenPGP, and depends on GPGME's logic for
assigning the GPGME_VALIDITY_FULL and GPGME_VALIDITY_ULTIMATE validity flag.

3.64. crypt_protected_headers_read

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will display protected headers ("Memory Hole") in the pager,
and will update the index and header cache with revised headers. Protected
headers are stored inside the encrypted or signed part of an an email, to
prevent disclosure or tampering. For more information see https://github.com/
autocrypt/memoryhole. Currently NeoMutt only supports the Subject header.

Encrypted messages using protected headers often substitute the exposed Subject
header with a dummy value (see $crypt_protected_headers_subject). NeoMutt will
update its concept of the correct subject after the message is opened, i.e. via
the <display-message> function. If you reply to a message before opening it,
NeoMutt will end up using the dummy Subject header, so be sure to open such a
message first. (Crypto only)

3.65. crypt_protected_headers_save

Type: boolean
Default: no

When $crypt_protected_headers_read is set, and a message with a protected
Subject is opened, NeoMutt will save the updated Subject into the header cache
by default. This allows searching/limiting based on the protected Subject
header if the mailbox is re-opened, without having to re-open the message each
time. However, for mbox/mh mailbox types, or if header caching is not set up,
you would need to re-open the message each time the mailbox was reopened before
you could see or search/limit on the protected subject again.

When this variable is set, NeoMutt additionally saves the protected Subject
back in the clear-text message headers. This provides better usability, but
with the tradeoff of reduced security. The protected Subject header, which may
have previously been encrypted, is now stored in clear-text in the message
headers. Copying the message elsewhere, via NeoMutt or external tools, could
expose this previously encrypted data. Please make sure you understand the
consequences of this before you enable this variable. (Crypto only)

3.66. crypt_protected_headers_subject

Type: string
Default: “Encrypted subject”

When $crypt_protected_headers_write is set, and the message is marked for
encryption, this will be substituted into the Subject field in the message
headers. To prevent a subject from being substituted, unset this variable, or
set it to the empty string. (Crypto only)

3.67. crypt_protected_headers_write

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will generate protected headers ("Memory Hole") for signed
and encrypted emails. Protected headers are stored inside the encrypted or
signed part of an an email, to prevent disclosure or tampering. For more
information see https://github.com/autocrypt/memoryhole. Currently NeoMutt only
supports the Subject header. (Crypto only)

3.68. crypt_replyencrypt

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
encrypted. (Crypto only)

3.69. crypt_replysign

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are signed.

Note: this does not work on messages that are encrypted and signed! (Crypto
only)

3.70. crypt_replysignencrypted

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
encrypted. This makes sense in combination with $crypt_replyencrypt, because it
allows you to sign all messages which are automatically encrypted. This works
around the problem noted in $crypt_replysign, that NeoMutt is not able to find
out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)

3.71. crypt_timestamp

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or S/
MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are using colors
to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may unset this setting. (Crypto
only)

3.72. crypt_use_gpgme

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable controls the use of the GPGME-enabled crypto backends. If it is 
set and NeoMutt was built with GPGME support, the gpgme code for S/MIME and PGP
will be used instead of the classic code. Note that you need to set this option
in .neomuttrc; it won't have any effect when used interactively.

Note that the GPGME backend does not support creating old-style inline
(traditional) PGP encrypted or signed messages (see $pgp_autoinline).

3.73. crypt_use_pka

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls whether NeoMutt uses PKA (see http://www.g10code.de/docs/
pka-intro.de.pdf) during signature verification (only supported by the GPGME
backend).

3.74. crypt_verify_sig

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

If "yes", always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If "ask-*", ask
whether or not to verify the signature. If "no", never attempt to verify
cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)

3.75. date_format

Type: string
Default: “!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z”

This variable controls the format of the date printed by the "%d" sequence in
$index_format. This is passed to the strftime(3) function to process the date,
see the man page for the proper syntax.

Unless the first character in the string is a bang ("!"), the month and week
day names are expanded according to the locale. If the first character in the
string is a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in
the rest of the string are expanded in the C locale (that is in US English).

3.76. debug_file

Type: path
Default: “~/.neomuttdebug”

Debug logging is controlled by the variables $debug_file and $debug_level.
$debug_file specifies the root of the filename. NeoMutt will add "0" to the
end. Each time NeoMutt is run with logging enabled, the log files are rotated.
A maximum of five log files are kept, numbered 0 (most recent) to 4 (oldest).

This option can be enabled on the command line, "neomutt -l mylog"

See also: $debug_level

3.77. debug_level

Type: number
Default: 0

Debug logging is controlled by the variables $debug_file and $debug_level.

The debug level controls how much information is saved to the log file. If you
have a problem with NeoMutt, then enabling logging may help find the cause.
Levels 1-3 will usually provide enough information for writing a bug report.
Levels 4,5 will be extremely verbose.

Warning: Logging at high levels may save private information to the file.

This option can be enabled on the command line, "neomutt -d 2"

See also: $debug_file

3.78. default_hook

Type: string
Default: “~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)”

This variable controls how "message-hook", "reply-hook", "send-hook", "
send2-hook", "save-hook", and "fcc-hook" will be interpreted if they are
specified with only a simple regex, instead of a matching pattern. The hooks
are expanded when they are declared, so a hook will be interpreted according to
the value of this variable at the time the hook is declared.

The default value matches if the message is either from a user matching the
regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from address matches "
alternates") and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given regular
expression.

3.79. delete

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or
synchronizing a mailbox. If set to yes, messages marked for deleting will
automatically be purged without prompting. If set to no, messages marked for
deletion will be kept in the mailbox.

3.80. delete_untag

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If this option is set, NeoMutt will untag messages when marking them for
deletion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message, or when you
save it to another folder.

3.81. digest_collapse

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If this option is set, NeoMutt's received-attachments menu will not show the
subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts,
press "v" on that menu.

3.82. display_filter

Type: command
Default: (empty)

When set, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message is viewed
it is passed as standard input to $display_filter, and the filtered message is
read from the standard output.

When preparing the message, NeoMutt inserts some escape sequences into the
text. They are of the form: <esc>]9;XXX<bel> where "XXX" is a random 64-bit
number.

If these escape sequences interfere with your filter, they can be removed using
a tool like ansifilter or sed 's/^\x1b]9;[0-9]\+\x7//'

If they are removed, then PGP and MIME headers will no longer be coloured. This
can be fixed by adding this to your config: color body magenta default '^\[--
.* --\]$'.

3.83. dsn_notify

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The string
consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more of the
following: never, to never request notification, failure, to request
notification on transmission failure, delay, to be notified of message delays, 
success, to be notified of successful transmission.

Example:

set dsn_notify="failure,delay"

Note: when using $sendmail for delivery, you should not enable this unless you
are either using Sendmail 8.8.x or greater or a MTA providing a sendmail(1)
-compatible interface supporting the -N option for DSN. For SMTP delivery, DSN
support is auto-detected so that it depends on the server whether DSN will be
used or not.

3.84. dsn_return

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN messages. It
may be set to either hdrs to return just the message header, or full to return
the full message.

Example:

set dsn_return=hdrs

Note: when using $sendmail for delivery, you should not enable this unless you
are either using Sendmail 8.8.x or greater or a MTA providing a sendmail(1)
-compatible interface supporting the -R option for DSN. For SMTP delivery, DSN
support is auto-detected so that it depends on the server whether DSN will be
used or not.

3.85. duplicate_threads

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable controls whether NeoMutt, when $sort is set to threads, threads
messages with the same Message-Id together. If it is set, it will indicate that
it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign in the thread
tree.

3.86. edit_headers

Type: boolean
Default: no

This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages along with
the body of your message.

Although the compose menu may have localized header labels, the labels passed
to your editor will be standard RFC2822 headers, (e.g. To:, Cc:, Subject:).
Headers added in your editor must also be RFC2822 headers, or one of the pseudo
headers listed in "edit-header". NeoMutt will not understand localized header
labels, just as it would not when parsing an actual email.

Note that changes made to the References: and Date: headers are ignored for
interoperability reasons.

3.87. editor

Type: command
Default: “vi”

This variable specifies which editor is used by NeoMutt. It defaults to the
value of the $VISUAL, or $EDITOR, environment variable, or to the string "vi"
if neither of those are set.

The $editor string may contain a %s escape, which will be replaced by the name
of the file to be edited. If the %s escape does not appear in $editor, a space
and the name to be edited are appended.

The resulting string is then executed by running

sh -c 'string'

where string is the expansion of $editor described above.

3.88. empty_subject

Type: string
Default: “Re: your mail”

This variable specifies the subject to be used when replying to an email with
an empty subject. It defaults to "Re: your mail".

3.89. encode_from

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain the
string "From " (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line. This is
useful to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend
to do with messages (in order to prevent tools from misinterpreting the line as
a mbox message separator).

3.90. envelope_from_address

Type: e-mail address
Default: (empty)

Manually sets the envelope sender for outgoing messages. This value is ignored
if $use_envelope_from is unset.

3.91. escape

Type: string
Default: “~”

Escape character to use for functions in the built-in editor.

3.92. external_search_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

If set, contains the name of the external program used by "~I" patterns. This
will usually be a wrapper script around mairix, mu, or similar indexers other
than notmuch (for which there is optional special support).

Here is an example how it works. Let's assume $external_search_command is set
to "mairix_filter", and mairix_filter is a script which runs the old but well
loved mairix indexer with the arguments given to mairix_filter, in the "raw"
mode of mairix, producing on the standard output a list of Message-IDs, one per
line.

If possible, it also filters down the results coming from mairix such that only
messages in the current folder remain. It can do this because it gets a hidden
first argument which is the path to the folder. (This can be the type of clean
and simple script called a one-liner.)

Now if NeoMutt gets a limit or tag command followed by the pattern "~I '-t
s:bleeping='", mairix_filter runs mairix with the arguments from inside the
quotes (the quotes are needed because of the space after "-t"), mairix finds
all messages with "bleeping" in the Subject plus all messages sharing threads
with these and outputs their file names, and mairix_filter translates the file
names into Message-IDs. Finally, NeoMutt reads the Message-IDs and targets the
matching messages with the command given to it.

You, the user, still have to rewrite the mairix_filter script to match the
behavior of your indexer, but this should help users of indexers other than
notmuch to integrate them cleanly with NeoMutt.

3.93. fast_reply

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped when
replying to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is skipped when
forwarding messages.

Note: this variable has no effect when the $autoedit variable is set.

3.94. fcc_attach

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages are
saved along with the main body of your message.

3.95. fcc_before_send

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, FCCs will occur before sending the message. Before
sending, the message cannot be manipulated, so it will be stored the exact same
as sent: $fcc_attach and $fcc_clear will be ignored (using their default
values).

When unset, the default, FCCs will occur after sending. Variables $fcc_attach
and $fcc_clear will be respected, allowing it to be stored without attachments
or encryption/signing if desired.

3.96. fcc_clear

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and unsigned, even
when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed. (PGP only)

3.97. flag_chars

Type: character string
Default: “*!DdrONon- ”

Controls the characters used in several flags.

┌─────────┬───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character│Default│Description                                  │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│1        │*      │The mail is tagged.                          │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│2        │!      │The mail is flagged as important.            │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│3        │D      │The mail is marked for deletion.             │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│4        │d      │The mail has attachments marked for deletion.│
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│5        │r      │The mail has been replied to.                │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│6        │O      │The mail is Old (Unread but seen).           │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│7        │N      │The mail is New (Unread but not seen).       │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│8        │o      │The mail thread is Old (Unread but seen).    │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│9        │n      │The mail thread is New (Unread but not seen).│
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│10       │-      │The mail is read - %S expando.               │
├─────────┼───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│11       │<space>│The mail is read - %Z expando.               │
└─────────┴───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────┘

3.98. flag_safe

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, flagged messages can't be deleted.

3.99. folder

Type: string
Default: “~/Mail”

Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A "+" or "=" at the beginning
of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this variable. Note that if you
change this variable (from the default) value you need to make sure that the
assignment occurs before you use "+" or "=" for any other variables since
expansion takes place when handling the "mailboxes" command.

3.100. folder_format

Type: string
Default: “%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %i”

This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your personal
taste. This string is similar to $index_format, but has its own set of printf
(3)-like sequences:

┌───┬─┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%C │ │Current file number                                                    │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d │ │Date/time folder was last modified                                     │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%D │ │Date/time folder was last modified using $date_format.                 │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f │ │Filename ("/" is appended to directory names, "@" to symbolic links and│
│   │ │"*" to executable files)                                               │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%F │ │File permissions                                                       │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%g │ │Group name (or numeric gid, if missing)                                │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%i │ │Description of the folder                                              │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%l │ │Number of hard links                                                   │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%m │*│Number of messages in the mailbox                                      │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │*│Number of unread messages in the mailbox                               │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%N │ │"N" if mailbox has new mail, blank otherwise                           │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s │ │Size in bytes (see formatstrings-size)                                 │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t │ │"*" if the file is tagged, blank otherwise                             │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%u │ │Owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)                                │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│ │Right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"        │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│ │Pad to the end of the line with character "X"                          │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│ │Soft-fill with character "X" as pad                                    │
└───┴─┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For an explanation of "soft-fill", see the $index_format documentation.

* = can be optionally printed if nonzero

%m, %n, and %N only work for monitored mailboxes. %m requires $mail_check_stats
to be set. %n requires $mail_check_stats to be set (except for IMAP mailboxes).

3.101. followup_to

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls whether or not the "Mail-Followup-To:" header field is generated when
sending mail. When set, NeoMutt will generate this field when you are replying
to a known mailing list, specified with the "subscribe" or "lists" commands.

This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving duplicate
copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing lists, and second,
ensuring that you do get a reply separately for any messages sent to known
lists to which you are not subscribed.

The header will contain only the list's address for subscribed lists, and both
the list address and your own email address for unsubscribed lists. Without
this header, a group reply to your message sent to a subscribed list will be
sent to both the list and your address, resulting in two copies of the same
email for you.

3.102. followup_to_poster

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

If this variable is set and the keyword "poster" is present in Followup-To
header, follow-up to newsgroup function is not permitted. The message will be
mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.

3.103. force_name

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable is similar to $save_name, except that NeoMutt will store a copy
of your outgoing message by the username of the address you are sending to even
if that mailbox does not exist.

Also see the $record variable.

3.104. forward_attachments

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

When forwarding inline (i.e. $mime_forward unset or answered with “no” and
$forward_decode set), attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable
manner will be attached to the newly composed message if this quadoption is set
or answered with “yes”.

3.105. forward_attribution_intro

Type: string
Default: “----- Forwarded message from %f -----”

This is the string that will precede a message which has been forwarded in the
main body of a message (when $mime_forward is unset). For a full listing of
defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section on $index_format. See also
$attribution_locale.

3.106. forward_attribution_trailer

Type: string
Default: “----- End forwarded message -----”

This is the string that will follow a message which has been forwarded in the
main body of a message (when $mime_forward is unset). For a full listing of
defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section on $index_format. See also
$attribution_locale.

3.107. forward_decode

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded. This variable is only
used, if $mime_forward is unset, otherwise $mime_forward_decode is used
instead.

3.108. forward_decrypt

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message. When set
, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This variable is only used if
$mime_forward is set and $mime_forward_decode is unset. (PGP only)

3.109. forward_edit

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically placed in the
editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want to forward with no
modification, use a setting of "no".

3.110. forward_format

Type: string
Default: “[%a: %s]”

This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message. It uses
the same format sequences as the $index_format variable.

3.111. forward_quote

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, forwarded messages included in the main body of the message (when
$mime_forward is unset) will be quoted using $indent_string.

3.112. forward_references

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, forwarded messages set the "In-Reply-To:" and "References:" headers
in the same way as normal replies would. Hence the forwarded message becomes
part of the original thread instead of starting a new one.

3.113. from

Type: e-mail address
Default: (empty)

When set, this variable contains a default "from" address. It can be overridden
using "my_hdr" (including from a "send-hook") and $reverse_name. This variable
is ignored if $use_from is unset.

If not specified, then it may be read from the environment variable $EMAIL.

3.114. from_chars

Type: character string
Default: (empty)

Controls the character used to prefix the %F and %L fields in the index.

┌─────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character│Description                                                        │
├─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│1        │Mail is written by you and has a To address, or has a known mailing│
│         │list in the To address.                                            │
├─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│2        │Mail is written by you and has a Cc address, or has a known mailing│
│         │list in the Cc address.                                            │
├─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│3        │Mail is written by you and has a Bcc address.                      │
├─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│4        │All remaining cases.                                               │
└─────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

If this is empty or unset (default), the traditional long "To ", "Cc " and "Bcc
" prefixes are used. If set but too short to include a character for a
particular case, a single space will be prepended to the field. To prevent any
prefix at all from being added in a particular case, use the special value CR
(aka ^M) for the corresponding character.

This slightly odd interface is necessitated by NeoMutt's handling of string
variables; one can't tell a variable that is unset from one that is set to the
empty string.

3.115. gecos_mask

Type: regular expression
Default: “^[^,]*”

A regular expression used by NeoMutt to parse the GECOS field of a password
entry when expanding the alias. The default value will return the string up to
the first "," encountered. If the GECOS field contains a string like "lastname,
firstname" then you should set it to ".*".

This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address an e-mail to
user ID "stevef" whose full name is "Steve Franklin". If NeoMutt expands
"stevef" to '"Franklin" stevef@foo.bar' then you should set the $gecos_mask to
a regular expression that will match the whole name so NeoMutt will expand
"Franklin" to "Franklin, Steve".

3.116. group_index_format

Type: string
Default: “%4C %M%N %5s  %-45.45f %d”

This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to your
personal taste. This string is similar to "index_format", but has its own set
of printf()-like sequences:

┌───┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%C │Current newsgroup number                                          │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d │Description of newsgroup (becomes from server)                    │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f │Newsgroup name                                                    │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%M │- if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)│
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%N │N if newsgroup is new, u if unsubscribed, blank otherwise         │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │Number of new articles in newsgroup                               │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s │Number of unread articles in newsgroup                            │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│Right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"   │
├───┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│Pad to the end of the line with character "X"                     │
└───┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

3.117. hdrs

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When unset, the header fields normally added by the "my_hdr" command are not
created. This variable must be unset before composing a new message or replying
in order to take effect. If set, the user defined header fields are added to
every new message.

3.118. header

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, this variable causes NeoMutt to include the header of the message you
are replying to into the edit buffer. The $weed setting applies.

3.119. header_cache

Type: path
Default: (empty)

This variable points to the header cache database. If the path points to an
existing directory, NeoMutt will create a dedicated header cache database per
folder. Otherwise, the path points to a regular file, which will be created as
needed and used as a shared global header cache for all folders. By default it
is unset so no header caching will be used.

Header caching can greatly improve speed when opening POP, IMAP MH or Maildir
folders, see "caching" for details.

3.120. header_cache_backend

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable specifies the header cache backend.

3.121. header_cache_compress_level

Type: number
Default: 1

When NeoMutt is compiled with lz4, zstd or zlib, this option can be used to
setup the compression level.

3.122. header_cache_compress_method

Type: string
Default: (empty)

When NeoMutt is compiled with lz4, zstd or zlib, the header cache backend can
use these compression methods for compressing the cache files. This results in
much smaller cache file sizes and may even improve speed.

3.123. header_color_partial

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, color header regexes behave like color body regexes: color is applied
to the exact text matched by the regex. When unset, color is applied to the
entire header.

One use of this option might be to apply color to just the header labels.

See "color" for more details.

3.124. help

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions provided
by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.

Note: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is bound to a
sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help line may not be updated
if a binding is changed while NeoMutt is running. Since this variable is
primarily aimed at new users, neither of these should present a major problem.

3.125. hidden_host

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will skip the host name part of $hostname variable when
adding the domain part to addresses. This variable does not affect the
generation of Message-IDs, and it will not lead to the cut-off of first-level
domains.

3.126. hidden_tags

Type: string list
Default: “unread,draft,flagged,passed,replied,attachment,signed,encrypted”

This variable specifies private notmuch/imap tags which should not be printed
on screen.

3.127. hide_limited

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
limiting, in the thread tree.

3.128. hide_missing

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will not show the presence of missing messages in the thread
tree.

3.129. hide_thread_subject

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will not show the subject of messages in the thread tree that
have the same subject as their parent or closest previously displayed sibling.

3.130. hide_top_limited

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when
$hide_limited is set, this option will have no effect.

3.131. hide_top_missing

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will not show the presence of missing messages at the top of
threads in the thread tree. Note that when $hide_missing is set, this option
will have no effect.

3.132. history

Type: number
Default: 10

This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of the string
history buffer per category. The buffer is cleared each time the variable is
set.

3.133. history_file

Type: path
Default: “~/.mutthistory”

The file in which NeoMutt will save its history.

Also see $save_history.

3.134. history_remove_dups

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, all of the string history will be scanned for duplicates when a new
entry is added. Duplicate entries in the $history_file will also be removed
when it is periodically compacted.

3.135. honor_disposition

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will not display attachments with a disposition of
"attachment" inline even if it could render the part to plain text. These MIME
parts can only be viewed from the attachment menu.

If unset, NeoMutt will render all MIME parts it can properly transform to plain
text.

3.136. honor_followup_to

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To header is honored when
group-replying to a message.

3.137. hostname

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Specifies the fully-qualified hostname of the system NeoMutt is running on
containing the host's name and the DNS domain it belongs to. It is used as the
domain part (after "@") for local email addresses as well as Message-Id
headers.

If not specified in a config file, then NeoMutt will try to determine the
hostname itself.

Optionally, NeoMutt can be compiled with a fixed domain name.

Also see $use_domain and $hidden_host.

3.138. idn_decode

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will show you international domain names decoded. Note: You
can use IDNs for addresses even if this is unset. This variable only affects
decoding. (IDN only)

3.139. idn_encode

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will encode international domain names using IDN. Unset this
if your SMTP server can handle newer (RFC6531) UTF-8 encoded domains. (IDN
only)

3.140. ignore_list_reply_to

Type: boolean
Default: no

Affects the behavior of the <reply> function when replying to messages from
mailing lists (as defined by the "subscribe" or "lists" commands). When set, if
the "Reply-To:" field is set to the same value as the "To:" field, NeoMutt
assumes that the "Reply-To:" field was set by the mailing list to automate
responses to the list, and will ignore this field. To direct a response to the
mailing list when this option is set, use the <list-reply> function;
<group-reply> will reply to both the sender and the list.

3.141. imap_authenticators

Type: string list
Default: (empty)

This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods NeoMutt may attempt to
use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order NeoMutt should try them.
Authentication methods are either "login" or the right side of an IMAP "AUTH=
xxx" capability string, e.g. "digest-md5", "gssapi" or "cram-md5". This option
is case-insensitive. If it's unset (the default) NeoMutt will try all available
methods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.

Example:

set imap_authenticators="gssapi:cram-md5:login"

Note: NeoMutt will only fall back to other authentication methods if the
previous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication
fails, NeoMutt will not connect to the IMAP server.

3.142. imap_check_subscribed

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will fetch the set of subscribed folders from your server
whenever a mailbox is selected, and add them to the set of mailboxes it polls
for new mail just as if you had issued individual "mailboxes" commands.

3.143. imap_condstore

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will use the CONDSTORE extension (RFC7162) if advertised by
the server. NeoMutt's current implementation is basic, used only for initial
message fetching and flag updates.

For some IMAP servers, enabling this will slightly speed up downloading initial
messages. Unfortunately, Gmail is not one those, and displays worse performance
when enabled. Your mileage may vary.

3.144. imap_deflate

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, mutt will use the COMPRESS=DEFLATE extension (RFC4978) if advertised
by the server.

In general a good compression efficiency can be achieved, which speeds up
reading large mailboxes also on fairly good connections.

3.145. imap_delim_chars

Type: string
Default: “/.”

This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in using the "="
shortcut for your folder variable.

3.146. imap_fetch_chunk_size

Type: number (long)
Default: 0

When set to a value greater than 0, new headers will be downloaded in sets of
this size. If you have a very large mailbox, this might prevent a timeout and
disconnect when opening the mailbox, by sending a FETCH per set of this size
instead of a single FETCH for all new headers.

3.147. imap_headers

Type: string
Default: (empty)

NeoMutt requests these header fields in addition to the default headers
("Date:", "From:", "Sender:", "Subject:", "To:", "Cc:", "Message-Id:",
"References:", "Content-Type:", "Content-Description:", "In-Reply-To:",
"Reply-To:", "Lines:", "List-Post:", "X-Label:") from IMAP servers before
displaying the index menu. You may want to add more headers for spam detection.

Note: This is a space separated list, items should be uppercase and not contain
the colon, e.g. "X-BOGOSITY X-SPAM-STATUS" for the "X-Bogosity:" and
"X-Spam-Status:" header fields.

3.148. imap_idle

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will attempt to use the IMAP IDLE extension to check for new
mail in the current mailbox. Some servers (dovecot was the inspiration for this
option) react badly to NeoMutt's implementation. If your connection seems to
freeze up periodically, try unsetting this.

3.149. imap_keepalive

Type: number
Default: 300

This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that NeoMutt will
wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server from closing
them before NeoMutt has finished with them. The default is well within the
RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30 minutes) before a server is allowed to
do this, but in practice the RFC does get violated every now and then. Reduce
this number if you find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP server due
to inactivity.

3.150. imap_list_subscribed

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for only
subscribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the IMAP browser with
the <toggle-subscribed> function.

3.151. imap_login

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Your login name on the IMAP server.

This variable defaults to the value of $imap_user.

3.152. imap_oauth_refresh_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

The command to run to generate an OAUTH refresh token for authorizing your
connection to your IMAP server. This command will be run on every connection
attempt that uses the OAUTHBEARER authentication mechanism. See "oauth" for
details.

3.153. imap_pass

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If unset, NeoMutt will prompt you
for your password when you invoke the <imap-fetch-mail> function or try to open
an IMAP folder.

Warning: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
machine, because the superuser can read your neomuttrc even if you are the only
one who can read the file.

3.154. imap_passive

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will not open new IMAP connections to check for new mail.
NeoMutt will only check for new mail over existing IMAP connections. This is
useful if you don't want to be prompted for user/password pairs on NeoMutt
invocation, or if opening the connection is slow.

3.155. imap_peek

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever you
fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing, but can make
closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option exists to appease speed
freaks.

3.156. imap_pipeline_depth

Type: number
Default: 15

Controls the number of IMAP commands that may be queued up before they are sent
to the server. A deeper pipeline reduces the amount of time NeoMutt must wait
for the server, and can make IMAP servers feel much more responsive. But not
all servers correctly handle pipelined commands, so if you have problems you
might want to try setting this variable to 0.

Note: Changes to this variable have no effect on open connections.

3.157. imap_poll_timeout

Type: number
Default: 15

This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that NeoMutt will
wait for a response when polling IMAP connections for new mail, before timing
out and closing the connection. Set to 0 to disable timing out.

3.158. imap_qresync

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will use the QRESYNC extension (RFC7162) if advertised by the
server. NeoMutt's current implementation is basic, used only for initial
message fetching and flag updates.

Note: this feature is currently experimental. If you experience strange
behavior, such as duplicate or missing messages please file a bug report to let
us know.

3.159. imap_rfc5161

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will use the IMAP ENABLE extension (RFC5161) to select
CAPABILITIES. Some servers (notably Coremail System IMap Server) do not
properly respond to ENABLE commands, which might cause NeoMutt to hang. If your
connection seems to freeze at login, try unsetting this. See also https://
github.com/neomutt/neomutt/issues/1689

3.160. imap_servernoise

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will display warning messages from the IMAP server as error
messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated due to
configuration problems on the server which are out of the users' hands, you may
wish to suppress them at some point.

3.161. imap_user

Type: string
Default: (empty)

The name of the user whose mail you intend to access on the IMAP server.

This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.

3.162. implicit_autoview

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set to "yes", NeoMutt will look for a mailcap entry with the "copiousoutput"
flag set for every MIME attachment it doesn't have an internal viewer defined
for. If such an entry is found, NeoMutt will use the viewer defined in that
entry to convert the body part to text form.

3.163. include

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to is
included in your reply.

3.164. include_encrypted

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls whether or not NeoMutt includes separately encrypted attachment
contents when replying.

This variable was added to prevent accidental exposure of encrypted contents
when replying to an attacker. If a previously encrypted message were attached
by the attacker, they could trick an unwary recipient into decrypting and
including the message in their reply.

3.165. include_onlyfirst

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls whether or not NeoMutt includes only the first attachment of the
message you are replying.

3.166. indent_string

Type: string
Default: “> ”

Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a message to
which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to change this value,
as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.

The value of this option is ignored if $text_flowed is set, because the quoting
mechanism is strictly defined for format=flowed.

This option is a format string, please see the description of $index_format for
supported printf(3)-style sequences.

3.167. index_format

Type: string
Default: “%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s”

This variable allows you to customize the message index display to your
personal taste.

"Format strings" are similar to the strings used in the C function printf(3) to
format output (see the man page for more details). For an explanation of the %?
construct, see the status_format description. The following sequences are
defined in NeoMutt:

┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%a     │Address of the author                                                │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%A     │Reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)          │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%b     │Filename of the original message folder (think mailbox)              │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%B     │The list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name (%b). │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%C     │Current message number                                               │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%c     │Number of characters (bytes) in the body of the message (see         │
│       │formatstrings-size)                                                  │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%cr    │Number of characters (bytes) in the raw message, including the header│
│       │(see formatstrings-size)                                             │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%D     │Date and time of message using date_format and local timezone        │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d     │Date and time of message using date_format and sender's timezone     │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%e     │Current message number in thread                                     │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%E     │Number of messages in current thread                                 │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%F     │Author name, or recipient name if the message is from you            │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%Fp    │Like %F, but plain. No contextual formatting is applied to recipient │
│       │name                                                                 │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f     │Sender (address + real name), either From: or Return-Path:           │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%g     │Newsgroup name (if compiled with NNTP support)                       │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%g     │Message tags (e.g. notmuch tags/imap flags)                          │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%Gx    │Individual message tag (e.g. notmuch tags/imap flags)                │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%H     │Spam attribute(s) of this message                                    │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%I     │Initials of author                                                   │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%i     │Message-id of the current message                                    │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%J     │Message tags (if present, tree unfolded, and != parent's tags)       │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%K     │The list to which the letter was sent (if any; otherwise: empty)     │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│       │If an address in the "To:" or "Cc:" header field matches an address  │
│%L     │Defined by the users "subscribe" command, this displays "To          │
│       │<list-name>", otherwise the same as %F                               │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%l     │number of lines in the unprocessed message (may not work with        │
│       │maildir, mh, and IMAP folders)                                       │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%M     │Number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed                 │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%m     │Total number of message in the mailbox                               │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%N     │Message score                                                        │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n     │Author's real name (or address if missing)                           │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%O     │Original save folder where NeoMutt would formerly have Stashed the   │
│       │message: list name or recipient name If not sent to a list           │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%P     │Progress indicator for the built-in pager (how much of the file has  │
│       │been displayed)                                                      │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%q     │Newsgroup name (if compiled with NNTP support)                       │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%R     │Comma separated list of "Cc:" recipients                             │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%r     │Comma separated list of "To:" recipients                             │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%S     │Single character status of the message ("N"/"O"/"D"/"d"/"!"/"r"/"*") │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s     │Subject of the message                                               │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%T     │The appropriate character from the $to_chars string                  │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t     │"To:" field (recipients)                                             │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%u     │User (login) name of the author                                      │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%v     │First name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from you│
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%W     │Name of organization of author ("Organization:" field)               │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%x     │"X-Comment-To:" field (if present and compiled with NNTP support)    │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%X     │Number of MIME attachments (please see the "attachments" section for │
│       │possible speed effects)                                              │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│       │"X-Label:" field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,  │
│%Y     │(2) at the top of a thread, or (3) "X-Label:" is different from      │
│       │Preceding message's "X-Label:"                                       │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%y     │"X-Label:" field, if present                                         │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│       │A three character set of message status flags. The first character is│
│       │new/read/replied flags ("n"/"o"/"r"/"O"/"N"). The second is deleted  │
│%Z     │or encryption flags ("D"/"d"/"S"/"P"/"s"/"K"). The third is either   │
│       │tagged/flagged ("*"/"!"), or one of the characters Listed in         │
│       │$to_chars.                                                           │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%zc    │Message crypto flags                                                 │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%zs    │Message status flags                                                 │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%zt    │Message tag flags                                                    │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%@name@│insert and evaluate format-string from the matching “                │
│       │index-format-hook” command                                           │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│       │the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time zone, │
│%{fmt} │and "fmt" is expanded by the library function strftime(3); a leading │
│       │bang disables locales                                                │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│       │the date and time of the message is converted to the local time zone,│
│%[fmt] │and "fmt" is expanded by the library function strftime(3); a leading │
│       │bang disables locales                                                │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│       │the local date and time when the message was received. "fmt" is      │
│%(fmt) │expanded by the library function strftime(3); a leading bang disables│
│       │locales                                                              │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X    │right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"      │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X    │pad to the end of the line with character "X"                        │
├───────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X    │soft-fill with character "X" as pad                                  │
└───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

Date format expressions can be constructed based on relative dates. Using the
date formatting operators along with nested conditionals, the date format can
be modified based on how old a message is. See the section on "Conditional
Dates" for an explanation and examples

Note that for mbox/mmdf, “%l” applies to the unprocessed message, and for
maildir/mh, the value comes from the “Lines:” header field when present (the
meaning is normally the same). Thus the value depends on the encodings used in
the different parts of the message and has little meaning in practice.

"Soft-fill" deserves some explanation: Normal right-justification will print
everything to the left of the "%>", displaying padding and whatever lies to the
right only if there's room. By contrast, soft-fill gives priority to the
right-hand side, guaranteeing space to display it and showing padding only if
there's still room. If necessary, soft-fill will eat text leftwards to make
room for rightward text.

Note that these expandos are supported in “save-hook”, “fcc-hook” and “
fcc-save-hook”, too.

3.168. inews

Type: command
Default: (empty)

If set, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news posted by
NeoMutt. Otherwise, NeoMutt posts article using current connection to news
server. The following printf-style sequence is understood:

┌──┬──────────────────┐
│%a│account url       │
├──┼──────────────────┤
│%p│port              │
├──┼──────────────────┤
│%P│port if specified │
├──┼──────────────────┤
│%s│news server name  │
├──┼──────────────────┤
│%S│url schema        │
├──┼──────────────────┤
│%u│username          │
└──┴──────────────────┘

Example:

set inews="/usr/local/bin/inews -hS"

3.169. ispell

Type: command
Default: “ispell”

How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).

3.170. keep_flagged

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your spool
mailbox to your $mbox mailbox, or as a result of a "mbox-hook" command.

3.171. mail_check

Type: number
Default: 5

This variable configures how often (in seconds) NeoMutt should look for new
mail. Also see the $timeout variable.

3.172. mail_check_recent

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will only notify you about new mail that has been received
since the last time you opened the mailbox. When unset, NeoMutt will notify you
if any new mail exists in the mailbox, regardless of whether you have visited
it recently.

When $mark_old is set, NeoMutt does not consider the mailbox to contain new
mail if only old messages exist.

3.173. mail_check_stats

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will periodically calculate message statistics of a mailbox
while polling for new mail. It will check for unread, flagged, and total
message counts. Because this operation is more performance intensive, it
defaults to unset, and has a separate option, $mail_check_stats_interval, to
control how often to update these counts.

Message statistics can also be explicitly calculated by invoking the
<check-stats> function.

3.174. mail_check_stats_interval

Type: number
Default: 60

When $mail_check_stats is set, this variable configures how often (in seconds)
NeoMutt will update message counts.

3.175. mailcap_path

Type: string list
Default: “~/.mailcap:/usr/share/neomutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/
etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap”

This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to display MIME
bodies not directly supported by NeoMutt. The default value is generated during
startup: see the “mailcap” section of the manual.

$mailcap_path is overridden by the environment variable $MAILCAPS.

The default search path is from RFC1524.

3.176. mailcap_sanitize

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos to a
well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting, but we are not
sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.

DON'T CHANGE THIS SETTING UNLESS YOU ARE REALLY SURE WHAT YOU ARE DOING!

3.177. maildir_check_cur

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will poll both the new and cur directories of a maildir folder
for new messages. This might be useful if other programs interacting with the
folder (e.g. dovecot) are moving new messages to the cur directory. Note that
setting this option may slow down polling for new messages in large folders,
since NeoMutt has to scan all cur messages.

3.178. maildir_header_cache_verify

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Check for Maildir unaware programs other than NeoMutt having modified maildir
files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per message
every time the folder is opened (which can be very slow for NFS folders).

3.179. maildir_trash

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir trashed flag
instead of unlinked. Note: this only applies to maildir-style mailboxes.
Setting it will have no effect on other mailbox types.

3.180. mark_macro_prefix

Type: string
Default: “'”

Prefix for macros created using mark-message. A new macro automatically
generated with <mark-message>a will be composed from this prefix and the letter
a.

3.181. mark_old

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls whether or not NeoMutt marks new unread messages as old if you exit a
mailbox without reading them. With this option set, the next time you start
NeoMutt, the messages will show up with an "O" next to them in the index menu,
indicating that they are old.

3.182. markers

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a "+"
marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines.

Also see the $smart_wrap variable.

3.183. mask

Type: regular expression
Default: “!^\.[^.]”

A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by the not
operator "!". Only files whose names match this mask will be shown. The match
is always case-sensitive.

3.184. mbox

Type: string
Default: “~/mbox”

This specifies the folder into which read mail in your $spoolfile folder will
be appended.

Also see the $move variable.

3.185. mbox_type

Type: enumeration
Default: mbox

The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of "mbox",
"MMDF", "MH" or "Maildir".

This can also be set using the -m command-line option.

3.186. menu_context

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
scrolling through menus. (Similar to $pager_context.)

3.187. menu_move_off

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When unset, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past the bottom of
the screen, unless there are less entries than lines. When set, the bottom
entry may move off the bottom.

3.188. menu_scroll

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt to move
across a screen boundary. If unset, the screen is cleared and the next or
previous page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow links to avoid many
redraws).

3.189. message_cache_clean

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will clean out obsolete entries from the message cache when the
mailbox is synchronized. You probably only want to set it every once in a
while, since it can be a little slow (especially for large folders).

3.190. message_cachedir

Type: path
Default: (empty)

Set this to a directory and NeoMutt will cache copies of messages from your
IMAP and POP servers here. You are free to remove entries at any time.

When setting this variable to a directory, NeoMutt needs to fetch every remote
message only once and can perform regular expression searches as fast as for
local folders.

Also see the $message_cache_clean variable.

3.191. message_format

Type: string
Default: “%s”

This is the string displayed in the "attachment" menu for attachments of type
message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the
section on $index_format.

3.192. meta_key

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, forces NeoMutt to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8) set as
if the user had pressed the Esc key and whatever key remains after having the
high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed has an ASCII value of 0xf8,
then this is treated as if the user had pressed Esc then "x". This is because
the result of removing the high bit from 0xf8 is 0x78, which is the ASCII
character "x".

3.193. metoo

Type: boolean
Default: no

If unset, NeoMutt will remove your address (see the "alternates" command) from
the list of recipients when replying to a message.

3.194. mh_purge

Type: boolean
Default: no

When unset, NeoMutt will mimic mh's behavior and rename deleted messages to ,
<old file name> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. This leaves the
message on disk but makes programs reading the folder ignore it. If the
variable is set, the message files will simply be deleted.

This option is similar to $maildir_trash for Maildir folders.

3.195. mh_seq_flagged

Type: string
Default: “flagged”

The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.

3.196. mh_seq_replied

Type: string
Default: “replied”

The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.

3.197. mh_seq_unseen

Type: string
Default: “unseen”

The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.

3.198. mime_forward

Type: quadoption
Default: no

When set, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a separate message
/rfc822 MIME part instead of included in the main body of the message. This is
useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver can properly view the
message as it was delivered to you. If you like to switch between MIME and not
MIME from mail to mail, set this variable to "ask-no" or "ask-yes".

Also see $forward_decode and $mime_forward_decode.

3.199. mime_forward_decode

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
a message while $mime_forward is set. Otherwise $forward_decode is used
instead.

3.200. mime_forward_rest

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the attachment
menu, attachments which can't be decoded in a reasonable manner will be
attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.

3.201. mime_subject

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If unset, 8-bit "subject:" line in article header will not be encoded according
to RFC2047 to base64. This is useful when message is Usenet article, because
MIME for news is nonstandard feature.

3.202. mime_type_query_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This specifies a command to run, to determine the mime type of a new attachment
when composing a message. Unless $mime_type_query_first is set, this will only
be run if the attachment's extension is not found in the mime.types file.

The string may contain a "%s", which will be substituted with the attachment
filename. NeoMutt will add quotes around the string substituted for "%s"
automatically according to shell quoting rules, so you should avoid adding your
own. If no "%s" is found in the string, NeoMutt will append the attachment
filename to the end of the string.

The command should output a single line containing the attachment's mime type.

Suggested values are "xdg-mime query filetype" or "file -bi".

3.203. mime_type_query_first

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the $mime_type_query_command will be run before the mime.types
lookup.

3.204. move

Type: quadoption
Default: no

Controls whether or not NeoMutt will move read messages from your spool mailbox
to your $mbox mailbox, or as a result of a "mbox-hook" command.

3.205. narrow_tree

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable, when set, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing deeper
threads to fit on the screen.

3.206. net_inc

Type: number
Default: 10

Operations that expect to transfer a large amount of data over the network will
update their progress every $net_inc kilobytes. If set to 0, no progress
messages will be displayed.

See also $read_inc, $write_inc and $net_inc.

3.207. new_mail_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

If set, NeoMutt will call this command after a new message is received. See the
$status_format documentation for the values that can be formatted into this
command.

3.208. news_cache_dir

Type: path
Default: “~/.neomutt”

This variable pointing to directory where NeoMutt will save cached news
articles and headers in. If unset, articles and headers will not be saved at
all and will be reloaded from the server each time.

3.209. news_server

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable specifies domain name or address of NNTP server.

You can also specify username and an alternative port for each news server,
e.g. [[s]news://][username[:password]@]server[:port]

This option can also be set using the command line option "-g", the environment
variable $NNTPSERVER, or putting the server name in the file "/etc/nntpserver".

3.210. newsgroups_charset

Type: string
Default: “utf-8”

Character set of newsgroups descriptions.

3.211. newsrc

Type: path
Default: “~/.newsrc”

The file, containing info about subscribed newsgroups - names and indexes of
read articles. The following printf-style sequence is understood:

┌───────┬─────────────────┬───────────────────┐
│Expando│Description      │Example            │
├───────┼─────────────────┼───────────────────┤
│%a     │Account url      │news:news.gmane.org│
├───────┼─────────────────┼───────────────────┤
│%p     │Port             │119                │
├───────┼─────────────────┼───────────────────┤
│%P     │Port if specified│10119              │
├───────┼─────────────────┼───────────────────┤
│%s     │News server name │news.gmane.org     │
├───────┼─────────────────┼───────────────────┤
│%S     │Url schema       │news               │
├───────┼─────────────────┼───────────────────┤
│%u     │Username         │username           │
└───────┴─────────────────┴───────────────────┘

3.212. nm_db_limit

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable specifies the default limit used in notmuch queries.

3.213. nm_default_url

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable specifies the default Notmuch database in format notmuch://
<absolute path>.

3.214. nm_exclude_tags

Type: string
Default: (empty)

The messages tagged with these tags are excluded and not loaded from notmuch DB
to NeoMutt unless specified explicitly.

3.215. nm_flagged_tag

Type: string
Default: “flagged”

This variable specifies notmuch tag which is used for flagged messages. The
variable is used to count flagged messages in DB and set the flagged flag when
modifying tags. All other NeoMutt commands use standard (e.g. maildir) flags.

3.216. nm_open_timeout

Type: number
Default: 5

This variable specifies the timeout for database open in seconds.

3.217. nm_query_type

Type: string
Default: “messages”

This variable specifies the default query type (threads or messages) used in
notmuch queries.

3.218. nm_query_window_current_position

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable contains the position of the current search for window based
vfolder.

3.219. nm_query_window_current_search

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable contains the currently setup notmuch search for window based
vfolder.

3.220. nm_query_window_duration

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable sets the time duration of a windowed notmuch query. Accepted
values all non negative integers. A value of 0 disables the feature.

3.221. nm_query_window_timebase

Type: string
Default: “week”

This variable sets the time base of a windowed notmuch query. Accepted values
are 'minute', 'hour', 'day', 'week', 'month', 'year'

3.222. nm_record

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable specifies if the NeoMutt record should indexed by notmuch.

3.223. nm_record_tags

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable specifies the default tags applied to messages stored to the
NeoMutt record. When set to 0 this variable disable the window feature.

3.224. nm_replied_tag

Type: string
Default: “replied”

This variable specifies notmuch tag which is used for replied messages. The
variable is used to set the replied flag when modifiying tags. All other
NeoMutt commands use standard (e.g. maildir) flags.

3.225. nm_unread_tag

Type: string
Default: “unread”

This variable specifies notmuch tag which is used for unread messages. The
variable is used to count unread messages in DB and set the unread flag when
modifiying tags. All other NeoMutt commands use standard (e.g. maildir) flags.

3.226. nntp_authenticators

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods NeoMutt may attempt to
use to log in to a news server, in the order NeoMutt should try them.
Authentication methods are either "user" or any SASL mechanism, e.g.
"digest-md5", "gssapi" or "cram-md5". This option is case-insensitive. If it's 
unset (the default) NeoMutt will try all available methods, in order from
most-secure to least-secure.

Example:

set nntp_authenticators="digest-md5:user"

Note: NeoMutt will only fall back to other authentication methods if the
previous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication
fails, NeoMutt will not connect to the IMAP server.

3.227. nntp_context

Type: number
Default: 1000

This variable defines number of articles which will be in index when newsgroup
entered. If active newsgroup have more articles than this number, oldest
articles will be ignored. Also controls how many articles headers will be saved
in cache when you quit newsgroup.

3.228. nntp_listgroup

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not existence of each article is checked when
newsgroup is entered.

3.229. nntp_load_description

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable controls whether or not descriptions for each newsgroup must be
loaded when newsgroup is added to list (first time list loading or new
newsgroup adding).

3.230. nntp_pass

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Your password for NNTP account.

3.231. nntp_poll

Type: number
Default: 60

The time in seconds until any operations on newsgroup except post new article
will cause recheck for new news. If set to 0, NeoMutt will recheck newsgroup on
each operation in index (stepping, read article, etc.).

3.232. nntp_user

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Your login name on the NNTP server. If unset and NNTP server requires
authentication, NeoMutt will prompt you for your account name when you connect
to news server.

3.233. pager

Type: command
Default: “builtin”

This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view messages. The
value "builtin" means to use the built-in pager, otherwise this variable should
specify the pathname of the external pager you would like to use.

Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional keystrokes are
necessary because you can't call NeoMutt functions directly from the pager, and
screen resizes cause lines longer than the screen width to be badly formatted
in the help menu.

3.234. pager_context

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
displaying the next or previous page in the internal pager. By default, NeoMutt
will display the line after the last one on the screen at the top of the next
page (0 lines of context).

This variable also specifies the amount of context given for search results. If
positive, this many lines will be given before a match, if 0, the match will be
top-aligned.

3.235. pager_format

Type: string
Default: “-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n   %s%*  -- (%P)”

This variable controls the format of the one-line message "status" displayed
before each message in either the internal or an external pager. The valid
sequences are listed in the $index_format section.

3.236. pager_index_lines

Type: number
Default: 0

Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in the
pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the folder, will
be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index, giving the reader the
context of a few messages before and after the message. This is useful, for
example, to determine how many messages remain to be read in the current
thread. One of the lines is reserved for the status bar from the index, so a
setting of 6 will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of 0 results
in no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current folder is
less than $pager_index_lines, then the index will only use as many lines as it
needs.

3.237. pager_stop

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the internal-pager will not move to the next message when you are at
the end of a message and invoke the <next-page> function.

3.238. pgp_auto_decode

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP messages
whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would result in the
contents of the message being operated on. For example, if the user displays a
pgp-traditional message which has not been manually checked with the
<check-traditional-pgp> function, NeoMutt will automatically check the message
for traditional pgp.

3.239. pgp_autoinline

Type: boolean
Default: no

This option controls whether NeoMutt generates old-style inline (traditional)
PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain circumstances. This can be
overridden by use of the pgp menu, when inline is not required. The GPGME
backend does not support this option.

Note that NeoMutt might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
of more than a single MIME part. NeoMutt can be configured to ask before
sending PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work.

Also see the $pgp_mime_auto variable.

Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is strongly deprecated.
(PGP only)

3.240. pgp_check_exit

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when signing or
encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess failed. (PGP only)

3.241. pgp_check_gpg_decrypt_status_fd

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will check the status file descriptor output of
$pgp_decrypt_command and $pgp_decode_command for GnuPG status codes indicating
successful decryption. This will check for the presence of DECRYPTION_OKAY,
absence of DECRYPTION_FAILED, and that all PLAINTEXT occurs between the
BEGIN_DECRYPTION and END_DECRYPTION status codes.

If unset, NeoMutt will instead match the status fd output against
$pgp_decryption_okay. (PGP only)

3.242. pgp_clearsign_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This format is used to create an old-style "clearsigned" PGP message. Note that
the use of this format is strongly deprecated.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. Note that in this case, %r expands to the search
string, which is a list of one or more quoted values such as email address,
name, or keyid. (PGP only)

3.243. pgp_decode_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode application/pgp
attachments.

The PGP command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences:

┌──┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%a│The value of $pgp_sign_as if set, otherwise the value of $pgp_default_key.│
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f│Expands to the name of a file containing a message.                       │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%p│Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty string   │
│  │otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.                    │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%r│One or more key IDs (or fingerprints if available).                       │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s│Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a multipart│
│  │/signed attachment when verifying it.                                     │
└──┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions of PGP
which are floating around, see the pgp and gpg sample configuration files in
the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the
documentation. (PGP only)

3.244. pgp_decrypt_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

Note: When decrypting messages using gpg, a pinentry program needs to be
invoked unless the password is cached within gpg-agent. Currently, the
pinentry-tty program (usually distributed with gpg) isn't suitable for being
invoked by NeoMutt. You are encouraged to use a different pinentry-program when
running NeoMutt in order to avoid problems.

See also: https://github.com/neomutt/neomutt/issues/1014

3.245. pgp_decryption_okay

Type: regular expression
Default: (empty)

If you assign text to this variable, then an encrypted PGP message is only
considered successfully decrypted if the output from $pgp_decrypt_command
contains the text. This is used to protect against a spoofed encrypted message,
with multipart/encrypted headers but containing a block that is not actually
encrypted. (e.g. simply signed and ascii armored text).

Note that if $pgp_check_gpg_decrypt_status_fd is set, this variable is ignored.
(PGP only)

3.246. pgp_default_key

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This is the default key-pair to use for PGP operations. It will be used for
encryption (see $postpone_encrypt and $pgp_self_encrypt).

It will also be used for signing unless $pgp_sign_as is set.

The (now deprecated) pgp_self_encrypt_as is an alias for this variable, and
should no longer be used. (PGP only)

3.247. pgp_encrypt_only_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. Note that in this case, %r expands to the search
string, which is a list of one or more quoted values such as email address,
name, or keyid. (PGP only)

3.248. pgp_encrypt_sign_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.249. pgp_entry_format

Type: string
Default: “%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u”

This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to your
personal taste. This string is similar to $index_format, but has its own set of
printf(3)-like sequences:

┌──────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%a    │Algorithm                                             │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%c    │Capabilities                                          │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f    │Flags                                                 │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%k    │Key id                                                │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%l    │Key length                                            │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n    │Number                                                │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%p    │Protocol                                              │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t    │Trust/validity of the key-uid association             │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%u    │User id                                               │
├──────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%[<s>]│Date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression│
└──────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

(PGP only)

3.250. pgp_export_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.251. pgp_getkeys_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is invoked whenever NeoMutt needs to fetch the public key
associated with an email address. Of the sequences supported by
$pgp_decode_command, %r is the only printf(3)-like sequence used with this
format. Note that in this case, %r expands to the email address, not the public
key ID (the key ID is unknown, which is why NeoMutt is invoking this command).
(PGP only)

3.252. pgp_good_sign

Type: regular expression
Default: (empty)

If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only considered
verified if the output from $pgp_verify_command contains the text. Use this
variable if the exit code from the command is 0 even for bad signatures. (PGP
only)

3.253. pgp_ignore_subkeys

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. Unset this if you
want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP only)

3.254. pgp_import_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's public key
ring.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.255. pgp_list_pubring_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The output format
must be analogous to the one used by

gpg --list-keys --with-colons --with-fingerprint

Note: gpg's fixed-list-mode option should not be used. It produces a different
date format which may result in NeoMutt showing incorrect key generation dates.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.256. pgp_list_secring_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The output format
must be analogous to the one used by:

gpg --list-keys --with-colons --with-fingerprint

Note: gpg's fixed-list-mode option should not be used. It produces a different
date format which may result in NeoMutt showing incorrect key generation dates.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.257. pgp_long_ids

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, use 64 bit PGP key IDs, if unset use the normal 32 bit key IDs. NOTE:
Internally, NeoMutt has transitioned to using fingerprints (or long key IDs as
a fallback). This option now only controls the display of key IDs in the key
selection menu and a few other places. (PGP only)

3.258. pgp_mime_auto

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

This option controls whether NeoMutt will prompt you for automatically sending
a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails
(for any reason).

Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is strongly deprecated.
(PGP only)

3.259. pgp_replyinline

Type: boolean
Default: no

Setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to always attempt to create an inline
(traditional) message when replying to a message which is PGP encrypted/signed
inline. This can be overridden by use of the pgp menu, when inline is not
required. This option does not automatically detect if the (replied-to) message
is inline; instead it relies on NeoMutt internals for previously checked/
flagged messages.

Note that NeoMutt might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
of more than a single MIME part. NeoMutt can be configured to ask before
sending PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work.

Also see the $pgp_mime_auto variable.

Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is strongly deprecated.
(PGP only)

3.260. pgp_retainable_sigs

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested multipart/signed
and multipart/encrypted body parts.

This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing lists, where
the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily removed, while the inner
multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP only)

3.261. pgp_self_encrypt

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, PGP encrypted messages will also be encrypted using the key in
$pgp_default_key. (PGP only)

3.262. pgp_show_unusable

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection menu.
This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or have been marked
as "disabled" by the user. (PGP only)

3.263. pgp_sign_as

Type: string
Default: (empty)

If you have a different key pair to use for signing, you should set this to the
signing key. Most people will only need to set $pgp_default_key. It is
recommended that you use the keyid form to specify your key (e.g. 0x00112233).
(PGP only)

3.264. pgp_sign_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a multipart/
signed PGP/MIME body part.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.265. pgp_sort_keys

Type: sort order
Default: address

Specifies how the entries in the pgp menu are sorted. The following are legal
values:

┌───────┬──────────────────────────────┐
│address│sort alphabetically by user id│
├───────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│keyid  │sort alphabetically by key id │
├───────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│date   │sort by key creation date     │
├───────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│trust  │sort by the trust of the key  │
└───────┴──────────────────────────────┘

If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with "reverse-".
(PGP only)

3.266. pgp_strict_enc

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as
quoted-printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead to problems
with non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if you know what you
are doing. (PGP only)

3.267. pgp_timeout

Type: number (long)
Default: 300

The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
(PGP only)

3.268. pgp_use_gpg_agent

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt expects a gpg-agent(1) process will handle private key
passphrase prompts. If unset, NeoMutt will prompt for the passphrase and pass
it via stdin to the pgp command.

Note that as of version 2.1, GnuPG automatically spawns an agent and requires
the agent be used for passphrase management. Since that version is increasingly
prevalent, this variable now defaults set.

NeoMutt works with a GUI or curses pinentry program. A TTY pinentry should not
be used.

If you are using an older version of GnuPG without an agent running, or another
encryption program without an agent, you will need to unset this variable. (PGP
only)

3.269. pgp_verify_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to verify PGP signatures.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.270. pgp_verify_key_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to verify key information from the key selection menu.

This is a format string, see the $pgp_decode_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (PGP only)

3.271. pipe_decode

Type: boolean
Default: no

Used in connection with the <pipe-message> command. When unset, NeoMutt will
pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When set, NeoMutt will weed
headers and will attempt to decode the messages first.

3.272. pipe_sep

Type: string
Default: “\n”

The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged messages to
an external Unix command.

3.273. pipe_split

Type: boolean
Default: no

Used in connection with the <pipe-message> function following <tag-prefix>. If
this variable is unset, when piping a list of tagged messages NeoMutt will
concatenate the messages and will pipe them all concatenated. When set, NeoMutt
will pipe the messages one by one. In both cases the messages are piped in the
current sorted order, and the $pipe_sep separator is added after each message.

3.274. pop_auth_try_all

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, NeoMutt will try all available authentication methods. When unset,
NeoMutt will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previous
methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
NeoMutt will not connect to the POP server.

3.275. pop_authenticators

Type: string list
Default: (empty)

This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods NeoMutt may attempt to
use to log in to an POP server, in the order NeoMutt should try them.
Authentication methods are either "user", "apop" or any SASL mechanism, e.g.
"digest-md5", "gssapi" or "cram-md5". This option is case-insensitive. If this
option is unset (the default) NeoMutt will try all available methods, in order
from most-secure to least-secure.

Example:

set pop_authenticators="digest-md5:apop:user"

3.276. pop_checkinterval

Type: number
Default: 60

This variable configures how often (in seconds) NeoMutt should look for new
mail in the currently selected mailbox if it is a POP mailbox.

3.277. pop_delete

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-no

If set, NeoMutt will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
server when using the <fetch-mail> function. When unset, NeoMutt will download
messages but also leave them on the POP server.

3.278. pop_host

Type: string
Default: (empty)

The name of your POP server for the <fetch-mail> function. You can also specify
an alternative port, username and password, i.e.:

[pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]

where "[...]" denotes an optional part.

3.279. pop_last

Type: boolean
Default: no

If this variable is set, NeoMutt will try to use the "LAST" POP command for
retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the <fetch-mail>
function.

3.280. pop_oauth_refresh_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

The command to run to generate an OAUTH refresh token for authorizing your
connection to your POP server. This command will be run on every connection
attempt that uses the OAUTHBEARER authentication mechanism. See "oauth" for
details.

3.281. pop_pass

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Specifies the password for your POP account. If unset, NeoMutt will prompt you
for your password when you open a POP mailbox.

Warning: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
machine, because the superuser can read your neomuttrc even if you are the only
one who can read the file.

3.282. pop_reconnect

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

Controls whether or not NeoMutt will try to reconnect to the POP server if the
connection is lost.

3.283. pop_user

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Your login name on the POP server.

This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.

3.284. post_indent_string

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Similar to the $attribution variable, NeoMutt will append this string after the
inclusion of a message which is being replied to.

3.285. post_moderated

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

If set to yes, NeoMutt will post article to newsgroup that have not permissions
to posting (e.g. moderated). Note: if news server does not support posting to
that newsgroup or totally read-only, that posting will not have an effect.

3.286. postpone

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

Controls whether or not messages are saved in the $postponed mailbox when you
elect not to send immediately. If set to ask-yes or ask-no, you will be
prompted with "Save (postpone) draft message?" when quitting from the "compose"
screen.

Also see the $recall variable.

3.287. postpone_encrypt

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, postponed messages that are marked for encryption will be
self-encrypted. NeoMutt will first try to encrypt using the value specified in
$pgp_default_key or $smime_default_key. If those are not set, it will try the
deprecated $postpone_encrypt_as. (Crypto only)

3.288. postpone_encrypt_as

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This is a deprecated fall-back variable for $postpone_encrypt. Please use
$pgp_default_key or $smime_default_key. (Crypto only)

3.289. postponed

Type: string
Default: “~/postponed”

NeoMutt allows you to indefinitely "postpone sending a message" which you are
editing. When you choose to postpone a message, NeoMutt saves it in the mailbox
specified by this variable.

Also see the $postpone variable.

3.290. preconnect

Type: string
Default: (empty)

If set, a shell command to be executed if NeoMutt fails to establish a
connection to the server. This is useful for setting up secure connections,
e.g. with ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero status, NeoMutt gives up
opening the server. Example:

set preconnect="ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net \
sleep 20 < /dev/null > /dev/null"

Mailbox "foo" on "mailhost.net" can now be reached as "{localhost:1234}foo".

Note: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the remote
machine without having to enter a password.

3.291. preferred_languages

Type: string list
Default: (empty)

RFC8255 : user preferred languages to be search in parts and display Ex. : set
preferred_languages="en,fr,de"

3.292. print

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-no

Controls whether or not NeoMutt really prints messages. This is set to "ask-no"
by default, because some people accidentally hit "p" often.

3.293. print_command

Type: command
Default: “lpr”

This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.

3.294. print_decode

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Used in connection with the <print-message> command. If this option is set, the
message is decoded before it is passed to the external command specified by
$print_command. If this option is unset, no processing will be applied to the
message when printing it. The latter setting may be useful if you are using
some advanced printer filter which is able to properly format e-mail messages
for printing.

3.295. print_split

Type: boolean
Default: no

Used in connection with the <print-message> command. If this option is set, the
command specified by $print_command is executed once for each message which is
to be printed. If this option is unset, the command specified by $print_command
is executed only once, and all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed
as the message separator.

Those who use the enscript(1) program's mail-printing mode will most likely
want to set this option.

3.296. prompt_after

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If you use an external $pager, setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to
prompt you for a command when the pager exits rather than returning to the
index menu. If unset, NeoMutt will return to the index menu when the external
pager exits.

3.297. query_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This specifies the command NeoMutt will use to make external address queries.
The string may contain a "%s", which will be substituted with the query string
the user types. NeoMutt will add quotes around the string substituted for "%s"
automatically according to shell quoting rules, so you should avoid adding your
own. If no "%s" is found in the string, NeoMutt will append the user's query to
the end of the string. See "query" for more information.

3.298. query_format

Type: string
Default: “%4c %t %-25.25a %-25.25n %?e?(%e)?”

This variable describes the format of the "query" menu. The following printf(3)
-style sequences are understood:

┌───┬─┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%a │ │Destination address                                  │
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%c │ │Current entry number                                 │
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%e │*│Extra information                                    │
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │ │Destination name                                     │
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t │ │"*" if current entry is tagged, a space otherwise    │
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│ │Right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"│
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│ │Pad to the end of the line with "X"                  │
├───┼─┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│ │Soft-fill with character "X" as pad                  │
└───┴─┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For an explanation of "soft-fill", see the $index_format documentation.

* = can be optionally printed if nonzero, see the $status_format documentation.

3.299. quit

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

This variable controls whether "quit" and "exit" actually quit from NeoMutt. If
this option is set, they do quit, if it is unset, they have no effect, and if
it is set to ask-yes or ask-no, you are prompted for confirmation when you try
to quit.

3.300. quote_regex

Type: regular expression
Default: “^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+”

A regular expression used in the internal pager to determine quoted sections of
text in the body of a message. Quoted text may be filtered out using the
<toggle-quoted> command, or colored according to the "color quoted" family of
directives.

Higher levels of quoting may be colored differently ("color quoted1", "color
quoted2", etc.). The quoting level is determined by removing the last character
from the matched text and recursively reapplying the regular expression until
it fails to produce a match.

Match detection may be overridden by the $smileys regular expression.

3.301. toggle_quoted_show_levels

Type: number
Default: 0

Quoted text may be filtered out using the <toggle-quoted> command. If set to a
number greater than 0, then the <toggle-quoted> command will only filter out
quote levels above this number.

3.302. read_inc

Type: number
Default: 10

If set to a value greater than 0, NeoMutt will display which message it is
currently on when reading a mailbox or when performing search actions such as
search and limit. The message is printed after this many messages have been
read or searched (e.g., if set to 25, NeoMutt will print a message when it is
at message 25, and then again when it gets to message 50). This variable is
meant to indicate progress when reading or searching large mailboxes which may
take some time. When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the
reading the mailbox.

Also see the $write_inc, $net_inc and $time_inc variables and the "tuning"
section of the manual for performance considerations.

3.303. read_only

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.

3.304. realname

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This variable specifies what "real" or "personal" name should be used when
sending messages.

If not specified, then the user's "real name" will be read from /etc/passwd.
This option will not be used, if "$from" is set.

3.305. recall

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

Controls whether or not NeoMutt recalls postponed messages when composing a new
message.

Setting this variable to yes is not generally useful, and thus not recommended.
Note that the <recall-message> function can be used to manually recall
postponed messages.

Also see $postponed variable.

3.306. record

Type: string
Default: “~/sent”

This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be appended.
(This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of your messages, but
another way to do this is using the "my_hdr" command to create a "Bcc:" field
with your email address in it.)

The value of $record is overridden by the $force_name and $save_name variables,
and the "fcc-hook" command. Also see $copy and $write_bcc.

3.307. reflow_space_quotes

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This option controls how quotes from format=flowed messages are displayed in
the pager and when replying (with $text_flowed unset). When set, this option
adds spaces after each level of quote marks, turning ">>>foo" into "> > > foo".

Note: If $reflow_text is unset, this option has no effect. Also, this option
does not affect replies when $text_flowed is set.

3.308. reflow_text

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will reformat paragraphs in text/plain parts marked format=
flowed. If unset, NeoMutt will display paragraphs unaltered from how they
appear in the message body. See RFC3676 for details on the format=flowed
format.

Also see $reflow_wrap, and $wrap.

3.309. reflow_wrap

Type: number
Default: 78

This variable controls the maximum paragraph width when reformatting text/plain
parts when $reflow_text is set. When the value is 0, paragraphs will be wrapped
at the terminal's right margin. A positive value sets the paragraph width
relative to the left margin. A negative value set the paragraph width relative
to the right margin.

Also see $wrap.

3.310. reply_regex

Type: regular expression
Default: “^((re|aw|sv)(\[[0-9]+\])*:[ \t]*)*”

A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading and
replying. The default value corresponds to the English "Re:", the German "Aw:"
and the Swedish "Sv:".

3.311. reply_self

Type: boolean
Default: no

If unset and you are replying to a message sent by you, NeoMutt will assume
that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather than to
yourself.

Also see the "alternates" command.

3.312. reply_to

Type: quadoption
Default: ask-yes

If set, when replying to a message, NeoMutt will use the address listed in the
Reply-to: header as the recipient of the reply. If unset, it will use the
address in the From: header field instead. This option is useful for reading a
mailing list that sets the Reply-To: header field to the list address and you
want to send a private message to the author of a message.

3.313. reply_with_xorig

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable provides a toggle. When active, the From: header will be
extracted from the current mail's 'X-Original-To:' header. This setting does
not have precedence over "reverse_realname".

Assuming 'fast_reply' is disabled, this option will prompt the user with a
prefilled From: header.

3.314. resolve

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next (possibly
undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the current message is
executed.

3.315. resume_draft_files

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, draft files (specified by -H on the command line) are processed
similarly to when resuming a postponed message. Recipients are not prompted
for; send-hooks are not evaluated; no alias expansion takes place; user-defined
headers and signatures are not added to the message.

3.316. resume_edited_draft_files

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, draft files previously edited (via -E -H on the command line) will have
$resume_draft_files automatically set when they are used as a draft file again.

The first time a draft file is saved, NeoMutt will add a header,
X-Mutt-Resume-Draft to the saved file. The next time the draft file is read in,
if NeoMutt sees the header, it will set $resume_draft_files.

This option is designed to prevent multiple signatures, user-defined headers,
and other processing effects from being made multiple times to the draft file.

3.317. reverse_alias

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable controls whether or not NeoMutt will display the "personal" name
from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that matches the
message's sender. For example, if you have the following alias:

alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)

and then you receive mail which contains the following header:

From: abd30425@somewhere.net

It would be displayed in the index menu as "Joe User" instead of
"abd30425@somewhere.net." This is useful when the person's e-mail address is
not human friendly.

3.318. reverse_name

Type: boolean
Default: no

It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine, move the
messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages from there. If this
variable is set, the default From: line of the reply messages is built using
the address where you received the messages you are replying to if that address
matches your "alternates". If the variable is unset, or the address that would
be used doesn't match your "alternates", the From: line will use your address
on the current machine.

Also see the "alternates" command and $reverse_realname.

3.319. reverse_realname

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable fine-tunes the behavior of the $reverse_name feature.

When it is unset, NeoMutt will remove the real name part of a matching address.
This allows the use of the email address without having to also use what the
sender put in the real name field.

When it is set, NeoMutt will use the matching address as-is.

In either case, a missing real name will be filled in afterwards using the
value of $realname.

3.320. rfc2047_parameters

Type: boolean
Default: no

When this variable is set, NeoMutt will decode RFC2047-encoded MIME parameters.
You want to set this variable when NeoMutt suggests you to save attachments to
files named like:

=?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=

When this variable is set interactively, the change won't be active until you
change folders.

Note that this use of RFC2047's encoding is explicitly prohibited by the
standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild.

Also note that setting this parameter will not have the effect that NeoMutt 
generates this kind of encoding. Instead, NeoMutt will unconditionally use the
encoding specified in RFC2231.

3.321. save_address

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will take the sender's full address when choosing a default
folder for saving a mail. If $save_name or $force_name is set too, the
selection of the Fcc folder will be changed as well.

3.322. save_empty

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When unset, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed when
closed (the exception is $spoolfile which is never removed). If set, mailboxes
are never removed.

Note: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, NeoMutt does not delete MH
and Maildir directories.

3.323. save_history

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable controls the size of the history (per category) saved in the
$history_file file.

3.324. save_name

Type: boolean
Default: no

This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved. When set, a
check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the recipient address exists
(this is done by searching for a mailbox in the $folder directory with the 
username part of the recipient address). If the mailbox exists, the outgoing
message will be saved to that mailbox, otherwise the message is saved to the
$record mailbox.

Also see the $force_name variable.

3.325. save_unsubscribed

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into "newsrc" file
and into cache.

3.326. score

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When this variable is unset, scoring is turned off. This can be useful to
selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the
$score_threshold_delete variable and related are used.

3.327. score_threshold_delete

Type: number
Default: -1

Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
this variable are automatically marked for deletion by NeoMutt. Since NeoMutt
scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
variable will never mark a message for deletion.

3.328. score_threshold_flag

Type: number
Default: 9999

Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this
variable's value are automatically marked "flagged".

3.329. score_threshold_read

Type: number
Default: -1

Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
this variable are automatically marked as read by NeoMutt. Since NeoMutt scores
are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this variable
will never mark a message read.

3.330. search_context

Type: number
Default: 0

For the pager, this variable specifies the number of lines shown before search
results. By default, search results will be top-aligned.

3.331. send_charset

Type: string
Default: “us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8”

A colon-delimited list of character sets for outgoing messages. NeoMutt will
use the first character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If
your $charset is not "iso-8859-1" and recipients may not understand "UTF-8", it
is advisable to include in the list an appropriate widely used standard
character set (such as "iso-8859-2", "koi8-r" or "iso-2022-jp") either instead
of or after "iso-8859-1".

In case the text can't be converted into one of these exactly, NeoMutt uses
$charset as a fallback.

3.332. sendmail

Type: command
Default: “/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi”

Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by NeoMutt.
NeoMutt expects that the specified program interprets additional arguments as
recipient addresses. NeoMutt appends all recipients after adding a -- delimiter
(if not already present). Additional flags, such as for $use_8bitmime,
$use_envelope_from, $dsn_notify, or $dsn_return will be added before the
delimiter.

See also: $write_bcc.

3.333. sendmail_wait

Type: number
Default: 0

Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the $sendmail process to finish
before giving up and putting delivery in the background.

NeoMutt interprets the value of this variable as follows:

┌──┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│>0│number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing│
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│0 │wait forever for sendmail to finish                               │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<0│always put sendmail in the background without waiting             │
└──┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child process
will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you will be informed
as to where to find the output.

3.334. shell

Type: command
Default: “/bin/sh”

Command to use when spawning a subshell. If not specified, then the user's
login shell from /etc/passwd is used.

3.335. show_multipart_alternative

Type: string
Default: (empty)

When set to info, the multipart/alternative information is shown. When set to
inline, all of the alternatives are displayed. When not set, the default
behavior is to show only the chosen alternative.

3.336. show_new_news

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, news server will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the browser.
Otherwise, it will be done only once for a news server. Also controls whether
or not number of new articles of subscribed newsgroups will be then checked.

3.337. show_only_unread

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will be
displayed in browser.

3.338. sidebar_component_depth

Type: number
Default: 0

By default the sidebar will show the mailbox's path, relative to the $folder
variable. This specifies the number of parent directories to hide from display
in the sidebar. For example: If a maildir is normally displayed in the sidebar
as dir1/dir2/dir3/maildir, setting sidebar_component_depth=2 will display it as
dir3/maildir, having truncated the 2 highest directories.

See also: $sidebar_short_path

3.339. sidebar_delim_chars

Type: string
Default: “/.”

This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
separators for displaying paths in the sidebar.

Local mail is often arranged in directories: 'dir1/dir2/mailbox'.

set sidebar_delim_chars='/'

IMAP mailboxes are often named: 'folder1.folder2.mailbox'.

set sidebar_delim_chars='.'

See also: $sidebar_short_path, $sidebar_folder_indent, $sidebar_indent_string.

3.340. sidebar_divider_char

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This specifies the characters to be drawn between the sidebar (when visible)
and the other NeoMutt panels. ASCII and Unicode line-drawing characters are
supported.

3.341. sidebar_folder_indent

Type: boolean
Default: no

Set this to indent mailboxes in the sidebar.

See also: $sidebar_short_path, $sidebar_indent_string, $sidebar_delim_chars.

3.342. sidebar_format

Type: string
Default: “%B%*  %n”

This variable allows you to customize the sidebar display. This string is
similar to $index_format, but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:

┌───┬──┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%B │  │Name of the mailbox                                                   │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d │* │Number of deleted messages in the mailbox                             │
│   │@ │                                                                      │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%D │  │Descriptive name of the mailbox                                       │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%F │* │Number of flagged messages in the mailbox                             │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%L │* │Number of messages after limiting                                     │
│   │@ │                                                                      │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │  │'N' if mailbox has new mail, ' ' (space) otherwise                    │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%N │* │Number of unread messages in the mailbox (seen or unseen)             │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%o │* │Number of old messages in the mailbox (unread, seen)                  │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%r │* │Number of read messages in the mailbox (read, seen)                   │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%S │* │Size of mailbox (total number of messages)                            │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t │* │Number of tagged messages in the mailbox                              │
│   │@ │                                                                      │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%Z │* │Number of new messages in the mailbox (unread, unseen)                │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%! │  │"!" : one flagged message; "!!" : two flagged messages; "n!" : n      │
│   │  │flagged messages (for n > 2). Otherwise prints nothing.               │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│  │Right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"                 │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│  │Pad to the end of the line with "X"                                   │
├───┼──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│  │Soft-fill with character "X" as pad                                   │
└───┴──┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

* = Can be optionally printed if nonzero

@ = Only applicable to the current folder

In order to use %S, %N, %F, and %!, $mail_check_stats must be set. When thus
set, a suggested value for this option is "%B%?F? [%F]?%* %?N?%N/?%S".

3.343. sidebar_indent_string

Type: string
Default: “  ”

This specifies the string that is used to indent mailboxes in the sidebar. It
defaults to two spaces.

See also: $sidebar_short_path, $sidebar_folder_indent, $sidebar_delim_chars.

3.344. sidebar_new_mail_only

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the sidebar will only display mailboxes containing new, or flagged,
mail.

See also: $sidebar_whitelist, $sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only.

3.345. sidebar_next_new_wrap

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the <sidebar-next-new> command will not stop and the end of the list
of mailboxes, but wrap around to the beginning. The <sidebar-prev-new> command
is similarly affected, wrapping around to the end of the list.

3.346. sidebar_non_empty_mailbox_only

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the sidebar will only display mailboxes that contain one or more
mails.

See also: $sidebar_new_mail_only, $sidebar_whitelist.

3.347. sidebar_on_right

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the sidebar will appear on the right-hand side of the screen.

3.348. sidebar_short_path

Type: boolean
Default: no

By default the sidebar will show the mailbox's path, relative to the $folder
variable. Setting sidebar_shortpath=yes will shorten the names relative to the
previous name. Here's an example:

┌────────────┬─────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│shortpath=no│shortpath=yes│shortpath=yes, folderindent=yes, indentstr=".."│
├────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│fruit       │fruit        │fruit                                          │
├────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│fruit.apple │apple        │..apple                                        │
├────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│fruit.banana│banana       │..banana                                       │
├────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│fruit.cherry│cherry       │..cherry                                       │
└────────────┴─────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────┘

See also: $sidebar_delim_chars, $sidebar_folder_indent, $sidebar_indent_string,
$sidebar_component_depth.

3.349. sidebar_sort_method

Type: sort order
Default: order

Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
sorted alphabetically. Valid values:

  • alpha (alphabetically)

  • count (all message count)

  • flagged (flagged message count)

  • name (alphabetically)

  • new (unread message count)

  • path (alphabetically)

  • unread (unread message count)

  • unsorted

You may optionally use the "reverse-" prefix to specify reverse sorting order
(example: "set sort_browser=reverse-date").

3.350. sidebar_visible

Type: boolean
Default: no

This specifies whether or not to show sidebar. The sidebar shows a list of all
your mailboxes.

See also: $sidebar_format, $sidebar_width

3.351. sidebar_width

Type: number
Default: 30

This controls the width of the sidebar. It is measured in screen columns. For
example: sidebar_width=20 could display 20 ASCII characters, or 10 Chinese
characters.

3.352. sig_dashes

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, a line containing "-- " (note the trailing space) will be inserted
before your $signature. It is strongly recommended that you not unset this
variable unless your signature contains just your name. The reason for this is
because many software packages use "-- \n" to detect your signature. For
example, NeoMutt has the ability to highlight the signature in a different
color in the built-in pager.

3.353. sig_on_top

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded text. It
is strongly recommended that you do not set this variable unless you really
know what you are doing, and are prepared to take some heat from netiquette
guardians.

3.354. signature

Type: path
Default: “~/.signature”

Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all outgoing
messages. If the filename ends with a pipe ("|"), it is assumed that filename
is a shell command and input should be read from its standard output.

3.355. simple_search

Type: string
Default: “~f %s | ~s %s”

Specifies how NeoMutt should expand a simple search into a real search pattern.
A simple search is one that does not contain any of the "~" pattern operators.
See "patterns" for more information on search patterns.

For example, if you simply type "joe" at a search or limit prompt, NeoMutt will
automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable by replacing
"%s" with the supplied string. For the default value, "joe" would be expanded
to: "~f joe | ~s joe".

3.356. size_show_bytes

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, message sizes will display bytes for values less than 1 kilobyte. See
formatstrings-size.

3.357. size_show_fractions

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, message sizes will be displayed with a single decimal value for sizes
from 0 to 10 kilobytes and 1 to 10 megabytes. See formatstrings-size.

3.358. size_show_mb

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set, message sizes will display megabytes for values greater than or equal
to 1 megabyte. See formatstrings-size.

3.359. size_units_on_left

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, message sizes units will be displayed to the left of the number. See
formatstrings-size.

3.360. skip_quoted_offset

Type: number
Default: 0

Lines of quoted text that are displayed before the unquoted text after "skip to
quoted" command (S)

3.361. sleep_time

Type: number
Default: 1

Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging messages from
the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so a value of zero for
this option suppresses the pause.

3.362. smart_wrap

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the internal
pager. If set, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If unset, lines are
simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the $markers variable.

3.363. smileys

Type: regular expression
Default: “(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])”

The pager uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
$quote_regex, most notably smileys and not consider a line quoted text if it
also matches $smileys. This mostly happens at the beginning of a line.

3.364. smime_ask_cert_label

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a
certificate about to be added to the database or not. It is set by default. (S/
MIME only)

3.365. smime_ca_location

Type: path
Default: (empty)

This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which contains
trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)

3.366. smime_certificates

Type: path
Default: (empty)

Since for S/MIME there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, NeoMutt has to handle
storage and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now, and keys
and certificates are stored in two different directories, both named as the
hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains
mailbox-address keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This option
points to the location of the certificates. (S/MIME only)

3.367. smime_decrypt_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt application/
x-pkcs7-mime attachments.

The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences
similar to PGP's:

┌──┬──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%f│Expands to the name of a file containing a message.                       │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s│Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a multipart│
│  │/signed attachment when verifying it.                                     │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%k│The key-pair specified with $smime_default_key                            │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%i│Intermediate certificates                                                 │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%c│One or more certificate IDs.                                              │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%a│The algorithm used for encryption.                                        │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d│The message digest algorithm specified with $smime_sign_digest_alg.       │
├──┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│  │CA location: Depending on whether $smime_ca_location points to a directory│
│%C│or file, this expands to "-CApath $smime_ca_location" or "-CAfile         │
│  │$smime_ca_location".                                                      │
└──┴──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in the samples
/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the
documentation. (S/MIME only)

3.368. smime_decrypt_use_default_key

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set (default) this tells NeoMutt to use the default key for decryption.
Otherwise, if managing multiple certificate-key-pairs, NeoMutt will try to use
the mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a
key, if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)

3.369. smime_default_key

Type: string
Default: (empty)

This is the default key-pair to use for S/MIME operations, and must be set to
the keyid (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly.

It will be used for encryption (see $postpone_encrypt and $smime_self_encrypt).

It will be used for decryption unless $smime_decrypt_use_default_key is unset.

It will also be used for signing unless $smime_sign_as is set.

The (now deprecated) smime_self_encrypt_as is an alias for this variable, and
should no longer be used. (S/MIME only)

3.370. smime_encrypt_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

Encrypt the message to $smime_default_key too. (S/MIME only)

3.371. smime_encrypt_with

Type: string
Default: “aes256”

This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid choices are
"aes128", "aes192", "aes256", "des", "des3", "rc2-40", "rc2-64", "rc2-128". (S/
MIME only)

3.372. smime_get_cert_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.373. smime_get_cert_email_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing X509
certificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the certificate
was issued for the sender's mailbox).

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.374. smime_get_signer_cert_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the email's
"From:" field.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.375. smime_import_cert_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keys.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. NOTE: %c and %k will default to $smime_sign_as if
set, otherwise $smime_default_key. (S/MIME only)

3.376. smime_is_default

Type: boolean
Default: no

The default behavior of NeoMutt is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be set. However,
this has no effect while replying, since NeoMutt will automatically select the
same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original message. (Note that
this variable can be overridden by unsetting $crypt_autosmime.) (S/MIME only)

3.377. smime_keys

Type: path
Default: (empty)

Since for S/MIME there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, NeoMutt has to handle
storage and retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now,
and stores keys and certificates in two different directories, both named as
the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains
mailbox-address keyid pair, and which can be manually edited. This option
points to the location of the private keys. (S/MIME only)

3.378. smime_pk7out_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures, in order
to extract the public X509 certificate(s).

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.379. smime_self_encrypt

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, S/MIME encrypted messages will also be encrypted using the
certificate in $smime_default_key. (S/MIME only)

3.380. smime_sign_as

Type: string
Default: (empty)

If you have a separate key to use for signing, you should set this to the
signing key. Most people will only need to set $smime_default_key. (S/MIME
only)

3.381. smime_sign_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed,
which can be read by all mail clients.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.382. smime_sign_digest_alg

Type: string
Default: “sha256”

This sets the algorithm that should be used for the signature message digest.
Valid choices are "md5", "sha1", "sha224", "sha256", "sha384", "sha512". (S/
MIME only)

3.383. smime_timeout

Type: number
Default: 300

The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
(S/MIME only)

3.384. smime_verify_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.385. smime_verify_opaque_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type application/
x-pkcs7-mime.

This is a format string, see the $smime_decrypt_command command for possible
printf(3)-like sequences. (S/MIME only)

3.386. smtp_authenticators

Type: string list
Default: (empty)

This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods NeoMutt may attempt to
use to log in to an SMTP server, in the order NeoMutt should try them.
Authentication methods are any SASL mechanism, e.g. "plain", "digest-md5",
"gssapi" or "cram-md5". This option is case-insensitive. If it is "unset" (the
default) NeoMutt will try all available methods, in order from most-secure to
least-secure. Support for the "plain" mechanism is bundled; other mechanisms
are provided by an external SASL library (look for +USE_SASL in the output of
neomutt -v).

Example:

set smtp_authenticators="digest-md5:cram-md5"

3.387. smtp_oauth_refresh_command

Type: command
Default: (empty)

The command to run to generate an OAUTH refresh token for authorizing your
connection to your SMTP server. This command will be run on every connection
attempt that uses the OAUTHBEARER authentication mechanism. See "oauth" for
details.

3.388. smtp_pass

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Specifies the password for your SMTP account. If unset, NeoMutt will prompt you
for your password when you first send mail via SMTP. See $smtp_url to configure
NeoMutt to send mail via SMTP.

Warning: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
machine, because the superuser can read your neomuttrc even if you are the only
one who can read the file.

3.389. smtp_user

Type: string
Default: (empty)

The username for the SMTP server.

This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.

3.390. smtp_url

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Defines the SMTP smarthost where sent messages should relayed for delivery.
This should take the form of an SMTP URL, e.g.:

smtp[s]://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]

where "[...]" denotes an optional part. Setting this variable overrides the
value of the $sendmail variable.

Also see $write_bcc.

3.391. sort

Type: sort order
Default: date

Specifies how to sort messages in the "index" menu. Valid values are:

  • date or date-sent

  • date-received

  • from

  • mailbox-order (unsorted)

  • score

  • size

  • spam

  • subject

  • threads

  • to

You may optionally use the "reverse-" prefix to specify reverse sorting order.

Example:

set sort=reverse-date-sent

3.392. sort_alias

Type: sort order
Default: alias

Specifies how the entries in the "alias" menu are sorted. The following are
legal values:

  • address (sort alphabetically by email address)

  • alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)

  • unsorted (leave in order specified in .neomuttrc)

3.393. sort_aux

Type: sort order
Default: date

This provides a secondary sort for messages in the "index" menu, used when the
$sort value is equal for two messages.

When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted in
relation to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees are sorted.
This can be set to any value that $sort can, except "threads" (in that case,
NeoMutt will just use "date-sent"). You can also specify the "last-" prefix in
addition to the "reverse-" prefix, but "last-" must come after "reverse-". The
"last-" prefix causes messages to be sorted against its siblings by which has
the last descendant, using the rest of $sort_aux as an ordering. For instance,

set sort_aux=last-date-received

would mean that if a new message is received in a thread, that thread becomes
the last one displayed (or the first, if you have "set sort=reverse-threads".)

Note: For reversed-threads $sort order, $sort_aux is reversed again (which is
not the right thing to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration
setting).

3.394. sort_browser

Type: sort order
Default: alpha

Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
sorted alphabetically. Valid values:

  • alpha (alphabetically)

  • count (all message count)

  • date

  • desc (description)

  • new (new message count)

  • size

  • unsorted

You may optionally use the "reverse-" prefix to specify reverse sorting order
(example: "set sort_browser=reverse-date").

3.395. sort_re

Type: boolean
Default: yes

This variable is only useful when sorting by mailboxes in sidebar. By default,
entries are unsorted. Valid values:

  • count (all message count)

  • desc (virtual mailbox description)

  • new (new message count)

  • path

  • unsorted

3.396. spam_separator

Type: string
Default: “,”

This variable controls what happens when multiple spam headers are matched: if 
unset, each successive header will overwrite any previous matches value for the
spam label. If set, each successive match will append to the previous, using
this variable's value as a separator.

3.397. spoolfile

Type: string
Default: (empty)

If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where NeoMutt can't find it,
you can specify its location with this variable. The description from
"named-mailboxes" or "virtual-mailboxes" may be used for the spoolfile.

If not specified, then the environment variables $MAIL and $MAILDIR will be
checked.

3.398. ssl_ca_certificates_file

Type: path
Default: (empty)

This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates. Any server
certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates is also
automatically accepted. (GnuTLS only)

Example:

set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt

3.399. ssl_ciphers

Type: string
Default: (empty)

Contains a colon-separated list of ciphers to use when using SSL. For OpenSSL,
see ciphers(1) for the syntax of the string.

For GnuTLS, this option will be used in place of "NORMAL" at the start of the
priority string. See gnutls_priority_init(3) for the syntax and more details.
(Note: GnuTLS version 2.1.7 or higher is required.)

3.400. ssl_client_cert

Type: path
Default: (empty)

The file containing a client certificate and its associated private key.

3.401. ssl_force_tls

Type: boolean
Default: no

If this variable is set, NeoMutt will require that all connections to remote
servers be encrypted. Furthermore it will attempt to negotiate TLS even if the
server does not advertise the capability, since it would otherwise have to
abort the connection anyway. This option supersedes $ssl_starttls.

3.402. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits

Type: number
Default: 0

This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits) for use in
any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the default from the
GNUTLS library. (GnuTLS only)

3.403. ssl_starttls

Type: quadoption
Default: yes

If set (the default), NeoMutt will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
advertising the capability. When unset, NeoMutt will not attempt to use
STARTTLS regardless of the server's capabilities.

3.404. ssl_use_sslv3

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set , NeoMutt will use SSLv3 when communicating with servers that request
it. N.B. As of 2015, SSLv3 is considered insecure, and using it is inadvisable.
See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7525 .

3.405. ssl_use_tlsv1

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set , NeoMutt will use TLSv1.0 when communicating with servers that request
it. N.B. As of 2015, TLSv1.0 is considered insecure, and using it is
inadvisable. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7525 .

3.406. ssl_use_tlsv1_1

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set , NeoMutt will use TLSv1.1 when communicating with servers that request
it. N.B. As of 2015, TLSv1.1 is considered insecure, and using it is
inadvisable. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7525 .

3.407. ssl_use_tlsv1_2

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set , NeoMutt will use TLSv1.2 when communicating with servers that request
it.

3.408. ssl_use_tlsv1_3

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set , NeoMutt will use TLSv1.3 when communicating with servers that request
it.

3.409. ssl_verify_dates

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set (the default), NeoMutt will not automatically accept a server
certificate that is either not yet valid or already expired. You should only
unset this for particular known hosts, using the <account-hook> function.

3.410. ssl_verify_host

Type: boolean
Default: yes

If set (the default), NeoMutt will not automatically accept a server
certificate whose host name does not match the host used in your folder URL.
You should only unset this for particular known hosts, using the <account-hook>
function.

3.411. status_chars

Type: character string
Default: “-*%A”

Controls the characters used by the "%r" indicator in $status_format.

┌─────────┬───────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character│Default│Description                                                │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│1        │-      │Mailbox is unchanged                                       │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│2        │*      │Mailbox has been changed and needs to be resynchronized    │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│         │       │Mailbox is read-only, or will not be written when exiting. │
│3        │%      │(You can toggle whether to write changes to a mailbox with │
│         │       │the <toggle-write> operation, bound by default to "%")     │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│         │       │Folder opened in attach-message mode. (Certain operations  │
│4        │A      │like composing a new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are  │
│         │       │not permitted in this mode)                                │
└─────────┴───────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

3.412. status_format

Type: string
Default: “-%r-NeoMutt: %D [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d? Del:%d?
%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l? %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)
---”

Controls the format of the status line displayed in the "index" menu. This
string is similar to $index_format, but has its own set of printf(3)-like
sequences:

┌───┬─┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│%b │*│Number of mailboxes with new mail                                      │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%d │*│Number of deleted messages                                             │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%D │ │Description of the mailbox                                             │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%f │ │The full pathname of the current mailbox                               │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%F │*│Number of flagged messages                                             │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%h │ │Local hostname                                                         │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%l │*│Size (in bytes) of the current mailbox (see formatstrings-size)        │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%L │*│Size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the current   │
│   │ │limit) (see formatstrings-size)                                        │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%m │*│The number of messages in the mailbox                                  │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%M │*│The number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit)     │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%n │*│Number of new messages in the mailbox (unread, unseen)                 │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%o │*│Number of old messages in the mailbox (unread, seen)                   │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%p │*│Number of postponed messages                                           │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%P │ │Percentage of the way through the index                                │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%r │ │Modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator, According to  │
│   │ │$status_chars                                                          │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%R │*│Number of read messages in the mailbox (read, seen)                    │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%s │ │Current sorting mode ($sort)                                           │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%S │ │Current aux sorting method ($sort_aux)                                 │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%t │*│Number of tagged messages in the mailbox                               │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%u │*│Number of unread messages in the mailbox (seen or unseen)              │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%v │ │NeoMutt version string                                                 │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%V │*│Currently active limit pattern, if any                                 │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%>X│ │Right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"                  │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%|X│ │Pad to the end of the line with "X"                                    │
├───┼─┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│%*X│ │Soft-fill with character "X" as pad                                    │
└───┴─┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

For an explanation of "soft-fill", see the $index_format documentation.

* = can be optionally printed if nonzero

Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string if their
value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the number of flagged
messages if such messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To
optionally print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
construct is used:

%?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?

where sequence_char is a character from the table above, and optional_string is
the string you would like printed if sequence_char is nonzero. optional_string 
may contain other sequences as well as normal text, but you may not nest
optional strings.

Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new
messages in a mailbox:

%?n?%n new messages.?

You can also switch between two strings using the following construct:

%?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?

If the value of sequence_char is non-zero, if_string will be expanded,
otherwise else_string will be expanded.

You can force the result of any printf(3)-like sequence to be lowercase by
prefixing the sequence character with an underscore ("_") sign. For example, if
you want to display the local hostname in lowercase, you would use: "%_h".

If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (":") character, NeoMutt will
replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful with
IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.

3.413. status_on_top

Type: boolean
Default: no

Setting this variable causes the "status bar" to be displayed on the first line
of the screen rather than near the bottom. If $help is set, too it'll be placed
at the bottom.

3.414. strict_threads

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, threading will only make use of the "In-Reply-To" and "References:"
fields when you $sort by message threads. By default, messages with the same
subject are grouped together in "pseudo threads.". This may not always be
desirable, such as in a personal mailbox where you might have several unrelated
messages with the subjects like "hi" which will get grouped together. See also
$sort_re for a less drastic way of controlling this behavior.

3.415. suspend

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When unset, NeoMutt won't stop when the user presses the terminal's susp key,
usually "^Z". This is useful if you run NeoMutt inside an xterm using a command
like "xterm -e neomutt".

3.416. text_flowed

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will generate "format=flowed" bodies with a content type of
"text/plain; format=flowed". This format is easier to handle for some mailing
software, and generally just looks like ordinary text. To actually make use of
this format's features, you'll need support in your editor.

The option only controls newly composed messages. Postponed messages, resent
messages, and draft messages (via -H on the command line) will use the
content-type of the source message.

Note that $indent_string is ignored when this option is set.

3.417. thorough_search

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Affects the ~b and ~h search operations described in section "patterns". If set
, the headers and body/attachments of messages to be searched are decoded
before searching. If unset, messages are searched as they appear in the folder.

Users searching attachments or for non-ASCII characters should set this value
because decoding also includes MIME parsing/decoding and possible character set
conversions. Otherwise NeoMutt will attempt to match against the raw message
received (for example quoted-printable encoded or with encoded headers) which
may lead to incorrect search results.

3.418. thread_received

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt uses the date received rather than the date sent to thread
messages by subject.

3.419. tilde

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the screen
with a tilde ("~").

3.420. time_inc

Type: number
Default: 0

Along with $read_inc, $write_inc, and $net_inc, this variable controls the
frequency with which progress updates are displayed. It suppresses updates less
than $time_inc milliseconds apart. This can improve throughput on systems with
slow terminals, or when running NeoMutt on a remote system.

Also see the "tuning" section of the manual for performance considerations.

3.421. timeout

Type: number
Default: 600

When NeoMutt is waiting for user input either idling in menus or in an
interactive prompt, NeoMutt would block until input is present. Depending on
the context, this would prevent certain operations from working, like checking
for new mail or keeping an IMAP connection alive.

This variable controls how many seconds NeoMutt will at most wait until it
aborts waiting for input, performs these operations and continues to wait for
input.

A value of zero or less will cause NeoMutt to never time out.

3.422. tmpdir

Type: path
Default: “/tmp”

This variable allows you to specify where NeoMutt will place its temporary
files needed for displaying and composing messages.

If this variable is not set, the environment variable $TMPDIR is used. Failing
that, then "/tmp" is used.

3.423. to_chars

Type: character string
Default: “ +TCFLR”

Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you.

┌─────────┬───────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│Character│Default│Description                                                │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│1        │<space>│The mail is not addressed to your address.                 │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│2        │+      │You are the only recipient of the message.                 │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│3        │T      │Your address appears in the "To:" header field, but you are│
│         │       │not the only recipient of the message.                     │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│4        │C      │Your address is specified in the "Cc:" header field, but   │
│         │       │you are not the only recipient.                            │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│5        │F      │Indicates the mail that was sent by you.                   │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│6        │L      │Indicates the mail was sent to a mailing-list you subscribe│
│         │       │to.                                                        │
├─────────┼───────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│7        │R      │Your address appears in the "Reply-To:" header field but   │
│         │       │none of the above applies.                                 │
└─────────┴───────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

3.424. trash

Type: string
Default: (empty)

If set, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the mails
marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably purged.

NOTE: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really deleted, so
that you have a way to clean the trash.

3.425. ts_enabled

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls whether NeoMutt tries to set the terminal status line and icon name.
Most terminal emulators emulate the status line in the window title.

3.426. ts_icon_format

Type: string
Default: “M%?n?AIL&ail?”

Controls the format of the icon title, as long as "$ts_enabled" is set. This
string is identical in formatting to the one used by "$status_format".

3.427. ts_status_format

Type: string
Default: “NeoMutt with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n NEW]?”

Controls the format of the terminal status line (or window title), provided
that "$ts_enabled" has been set. This string is identical in formatting to the
one used by "$status_format".

3.428. tunnel

Type: command
Default: (empty)

Setting this variable will cause NeoMutt to open a pipe to a command instead of
a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up preauthenticated
connections to your IMAP/POP3/SMTP server. Example:

set tunnel="ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd"

Note: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote machine
without having to enter a password.

When set, NeoMutt uses the tunnel for all remote connections. Please see "
account-hook" in the manual for how to use different tunnel commands per
connection.

3.429. uncollapse_jump

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the
current thread is uncollapsed.

3.430. uncollapse_new

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will automatically uncollapse any collapsed thread that
receives a new message. When unset, collapsed threads will remain collapsed.
the presence of the new message will still affect index sorting, though.

3.431. use_8bitmime

Type: boolean
Default: no

Warning: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of sendmail
which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x) or you may not be
able to send mail.

When set, NeoMutt will invoke $sendmail with the -B8BITMIME flag when sending
8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.

3.432. use_domain

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will qualify all local addresses (ones without the "@host"
portion) with the value of $hostname. If unset, no addresses will be qualified.

3.433. use_envelope_from

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will set the envelope sender of the message. If
$envelope_from_address is set, it will be used as the sender address. If unset,
NeoMutt will attempt to derive the sender from the "From:" header.

Note that this information is passed to sendmail command using the -f command
line switch. Therefore setting this option is not useful if the $sendmail
variable already contains -f or if the executable pointed to by $sendmail
doesn't support the -f switch.

3.434. use_from

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will generate the "From:" header field when sending messages.
If unset, no "From:" header field will be generated unless the user explicitly
sets one using the "my_hdr" command.

3.435. use_ipv6

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to contact. If
this option is unset, NeoMutt will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses. Normally,
the default should work.

3.436. user_agent

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will add a "User-Agent:" header to outgoing messages,
indicating which version of NeoMutt was used for composing them.

3.437. vfolder_format

Type: string
Default: “%2C %?n?%4n/&     ?%4m %f”

This variable allows you to customize the file browser display for virtual
folders to your personal taste. This string uses many of the same expandos as
$folder_format.

3.438. virtual_spoolfile

Type: boolean
Default: no

When set, NeoMutt will use the first defined virtual mailbox (see
virtual-mailboxes) as a spool file. This command is now unnecessary. $spoolfile
has been extended to support mailbox descriptions as a value.

3.439. visual

Type: command
Default: “vi”

Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the "~v" command is given in the
built-in editor.

$visual is overridden by the environment variable $VISUAL or $EDITOR.

3.440. wait_key

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls whether NeoMutt will ask you to press a key after an external command
has been invoked by these functions: <shell-escape>, <pipe-message>,
<pipe-entry>, <print-message>, and <print-entry> commands.

It is also used when viewing attachments with "auto_view", provided that the
corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag, and the external program
is interactive.

When set, NeoMutt will always ask for a key. When unset, NeoMutt will wait for
a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.

3.441. weed

Type: boolean
Default: yes

When set, NeoMutt will weed headers when displaying, forwarding, printing, or
replying to messages.

3.442. wrap

Type: number
Default: 0

When set to a positive value, NeoMutt will wrap text at $wrap characters. When
set to a negative value, NeoMutt will wrap text so that there are $wrap
characters of empty space on the right side of the terminal. Setting it to zero
makes NeoMutt wrap at the terminal width.

Also see $reflow_wrap.

3.443. wrap_headers

Type: number
Default: 78

This option specifies the number of characters to use for wrapping an outgoing
message's headers. Allowed values are between 78 and 998 inclusive.

Note: This option usually shouldn't be changed. RFC5233 recommends a line
length of 78 (the default), so please only change this setting when you know
what you're doing.

3.444. wrap_search

Type: boolean
Default: yes

Controls whether searches wrap around the end.

When set, searches will wrap around the first (or last) item. When unset,
incremental searches will not wrap.

3.445. write_bcc

Type: boolean
Default: no

Controls whether mutt writes out the “Bcc:” header when preparing messages to
be sent. Some MTAs, such as Exim and Courier, do not strip the “Bcc:” header;
so it is advisable to leave this unset unless you have a particular need for
the header to be in the sent message.

If mutt is set to deliver directly via SMTP(see $smtp_url), this option does
nothing: mutt will never write out the “Bcc:” header in this case.

Note this option only affects the sending of messages. Fcc'ed copies of a
message will always contain the “Bcc:” header if one exists.

3.446. write_inc

Type: number
Default: 10

When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every $write_inc messages to
indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message will be displayed before
writing a mailbox.

Also see the $read_inc, $net_inc and $time_inc variables and the "tuning"
section of the manual for performance considerations.

3.447. x_comment_to

Type: boolean
Default: no

If set, NeoMutt will add "X-Comment-To:" field (that contains full name of
original article author) to article that followuped to newsgroup.

4. Functions

The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping in which
they are available. The default key setting is given, and an explanation of
what the function does. The key bindings of these functions can be changed with
the bind command.

4.1. Generic Menu

The generic menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions (such as
movement) available in all menus except for pager and editor. Changing settings
for this menu will affect the default bindings for all menus (except as noted).

Table 9.2. Default Generic Menu Bindings

┌─────────────────┬───────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│    Function     │Default key│                 Description                  │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<bottom-page>    │L          │move to the bottom of the page                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<check-stats>    │           │calculate message statistics for all mailboxes│
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<current-bottom> │           │move entry to bottom of screen                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<current-middle> │           │move entry to middle of screen                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<current-top>    │           │move entry to top of screen                   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<end-cond>       │           │end of conditional execution (noop)           │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<enter-command>  │:          │enter a neomuttrc command                     │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<exit>           │q          │exit this menu                                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<first-entry>    │=          │move to the first entry                       │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<half-down>      │]          │scroll down 1/2 page                          │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<half-up>        │[          │scroll up 1/2 page                            │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<help>           │?          │this screen                                   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<jump>           │           │jump to an index number                       │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<last-entry>     │*          │move to the last entry                        │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<middle-page>    │M          │move to the middle of the page                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-entry>     │j          │move to the next entry                        │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-line>      │>          │scroll down one line                          │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-page>      │z          │move to the next page                         │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-entry> │k          │move to the previous entry                    │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-line>  │<          │scroll up one line                            │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-page>  │Z          │move to the previous page                     │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<refresh>        │^L         │clear and redraw the screen                   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search>         │/          │search for a regular expression               │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-next>    │n          │search for next match                         │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-opposite>│           │search for next match in opposite direction   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-reverse> │Esc /      │search backwards for a regular expression     │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<select-entry>   │<Enter>    │select the current entry                      │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<select-entry>   │<Return>   │select the current entry                      │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<shell-escape>   │!          │invoke a command in a subshell                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-entry>      │t          │tag the current entry                         │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-prefix>     │;          │apply next function to tagged messages        │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-prefix-cond>│           │apply next function ONLY to tagged messages   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<top-page>       │H          │move to the top of the page                   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<what-key>       │           │display the keycode for a key press           │
└─────────────────┴───────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────────┘


4.2. Index Menu

Table 9.3. Default Index Menu Bindings

┌─────────────────────────────┬────────┬──────────────────────────────────────┐
│          Function           │Default │             Description              │
│                             │  key   │                                      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<autocrypt-acct-menu>        │A       │manage autocrypt accounts             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<bounce-message>             │b       │remail a message to another user      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<break-thread>               │#       │break the thread in two               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<catchup>                    │        │mark all articles in newsgroup as read│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-folder>              │c       │open a different folder               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-folder-readonly>     │Esc c   │open a different folder in read only  │
│                             │        │mode                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-newsgroup>           │i       │open a different newsgroup            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-newsgroup-readonly>  │Esc i   │open a different newsgroup in read    │
│                             │        │only mode                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-vfolder>             │        │open a different virtual folder       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<check-traditional-pgp>      │Esc P   │check for classic PGP                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<clear-flag>                 │W       │clear a status flag from a message    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<collapse-all>               │Esc V   │collapse/uncollapse all threads       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<collapse-thread>            │Esc v   │collapse/uncollapse current thread    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<compose-to-sender>          │        │compose new message to the current    │
│                             │        │message sender                        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<copy-message>               │C       │copy a message to a file/mailbox      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<create-alias>               │a       │create an alias from a message sender │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decode-copy>                │Esc C   │make decoded (text/plain) copy        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decode-save>                │Esc s   │make decoded copy (text/plain) and    │
│                             │        │delete                                │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decrypt-copy>               │        │make decrypted copy                   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decrypt-save>               │        │make decrypted copy and delete        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-message>             │d       │delete the current entry              │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-pattern>             │D       │delete messages matching a pattern    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-subthread>           │Esc d   │delete all messages in subthread      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-thread>              │^D      │delete all messages in thread         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-address>            │@       │display full address of sender        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-message>            │<Enter> │display a message                     │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-message>            │<Return>│display a message                     │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-toggle-weed>        │h       │display message and toggle header     │
│                             │        │weeding                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit>                       │        │edit the raw message (edit and        │
│                             │        │edit-raw-message are synonyms)        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-label>                 │Y       │add, change, or delete a message's    │
│                             │        │label                                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-or-view-raw-message>   │e       │edit the raw message if the mailbox is│
│                             │        │not read-only, otherwise view it      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-raw-message>           │        │edit the raw message (edit and        │
│                             │        │edit-raw-message are synonyms)        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-type>                  │^E      │edit attachment content type          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<entire-thread>              │        │read entire thread of the current     │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<extract-keys>               │^K      │extract supported public keys         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<fetch-mail>                 │G       │retrieve mail from POP server         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<flag-message>               │F       │toggle a message's 'important' flag   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<followup-message>           │        │followup to newsgroup                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forget-passphrase>          │^F      │wipe passphrases from memory          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-message>            │f       │forward a message with comments       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-to-group>           │        │forward to newsgroup                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<get-children>               │        │get all children of the current       │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<get-message>                │        │get message with Message-Id           │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<get-parent>                 │        │get parent of the current message     │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-chat-reply>           │        │reply to all recipients preserving To/│
│                             │        │Cc                                    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-reply>                │g       │reply to all recipients               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<imap-fetch-mail>            │        │force retrieval of mail from IMAP     │
│                             │        │server                                │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<imap-logout-all>            │        │logout from all IMAP servers          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<limit>                      │l       │show only messages matching a pattern │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<limit-current-thread>       │        │limit view to current thread          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<link-threads>               │&       │link tagged message to the current one│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<list-reply>                 │L       │reply to specified mailing list       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mail>                       │m       │compose a new mail message            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mail-key>                   │Esc k   │mail a PGP public key                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mailbox-list>               │.       │list mailboxes with new mail          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mark-message>               │~       │create a hotkey macro for the current │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-labels>              │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-labels-then-hide>    │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags and then   │
│                             │        │hide message                          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-tags>                │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-tags-then-hide>      │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags and then   │
│                             │        │hide message                          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-new>                   │        │jump to the next new message          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-new-then-unread>       │<Tab>   │jump to the next new or unread message│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-subthread>             │Esc n   │jump to the next subthread            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-thread>                │^N      │jump to the next thread               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-undeleted>             │j       │move to the next undeleted message    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-unread>                │        │jump to the next unread message       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-unread-mailbox>        │        │open next mailbox with new mail       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<parent-message>             │P       │jump to parent message in thread      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<pipe-message>               │|       │pipe message/attachment to a shell    │
│                             │        │command                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<post-message>               │        │post message to newsgroup             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-new>               │        │jump to the previous new message      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-new-then-unread>   │Esc     │jump to the previous new or unread    │
│                             │<Tab>   │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-subthread>         │Esc p   │jump to previous subthread            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-thread>            │^P      │jump to previous thread               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-undeleted>         │k       │move to the previous undeleted message│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-unread>            │        │jump to the previous unread message   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<print-message>              │p       │print the current entry               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<purge-message>              │        │delete the current entry, bypassing   │
│                             │        │the trash folder                      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<purge-thread>               │        │delete the current thread, bypassing  │
│                             │        │the trash folder                      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<quasi-delete>               │        │delete from NeoMutt, don't touch on   │
│                             │        │disk                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<query>                      │Q       │query external program for addresses  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<quit>                       │q       │save changes to mailbox and quit      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<read-subthread>             │Esc r   │mark the current subthread as read    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<read-thread>                │^R      │mark the current thread as read       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<recall-message>             │R       │recall a postponed message            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<reconstruct-thread>         │        │reconstruct thread containing current │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<reply>                      │r       │reply to a message                    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<resend-message>             │Esc e   │use the current message as a template │
│                             │        │for a new one                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<root-message>               │        │jump to root message in thread        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<save-message>               │s       │save message/attachment to a mailbox/ │
│                             │        │file                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<set-flag>                   │w       │set a status flag on a message        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<show-limit>                 │Esc l   │show currently active limit pattern   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<show-log-messages>          │M       │show log (and debug) messages         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<show-version>               │V       │show the NeoMutt version number and   │
│                             │        │date                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-first>              │        │move the highlight to the first       │
│                             │        │mailbox                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-last>               │        │move the highlight to the last mailbox│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-next>               │        │move the highlight to next mailbox    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-next-new>           │        │move the highlight to next mailbox    │
│                             │        │with new mail                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-open>               │        │open highlighted mailbox              │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-page-down>          │        │scroll the sidebar down 1 page        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-page-up>            │        │scroll the sidebar up 1 page          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-prev>               │        │move the highlight to previous mailbox│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-prev-new>           │        │move the highlight to previous mailbox│
│                             │        │with new mail                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-toggle-virtual>     │        │toggle between mailboxes and virtual  │
│                             │        │mailboxes                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-toggle-visible>     │        │make the sidebar (in)visible          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sort-mailbox>               │o       │sort messages                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sort-reverse>               │O       │sort messages in reverse order        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sync-mailbox>               │$       │save changes to mailbox               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-pattern>                │T       │tag messages matching a pattern       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-subthread>              │        │tag the current subthread             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-thread>                 │Esc t   │tag the current thread                │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-new>                 │N       │toggle a message's 'new' flag         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-read>                │        │toggle view of read messages          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-write>               │%       │toggle whether the mailbox will be    │
│                             │        │rewritten                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-message>           │u       │undelete the current entry            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-pattern>           │U       │undelete messages matching a pattern  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-subthread>         │Esc u   │undelete all messages in subthread    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-thread>            │^U      │undelete all messages in thread       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<untag-pattern>              │^T      │untag messages matching a pattern     │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<vfolder-from-query>         │        │generate virtual folder from query    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<vfolder-from-query-readonly>│        │generate a read-only virtual folder   │
│                             │        │from query                            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<vfolder-window-backward>    │        │shifts virtual folder time window     │
│                             │        │backwards                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<vfolder-window-forward>     │        │shifts virtual folder time window     │
│                             │        │forwards                              │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-attachments>           │v       │show MIME attachments                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-raw-message>           │        │show the raw message                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<buffy-list>                 │        │list mailboxes with new mail          │
└─────────────────────────────┴────────┴──────────────────────────────────────┘


4.3. Pager Menu

Table 9.4. Default Pager Menu Bindings

┌─────────────────────────────┬────────┬──────────────────────────────────────┐
│          Function           │Default │             Description              │
│                             │  key   │                                      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<bottom>                     │        │jump to the bottom of the message     │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<bounce-message>             │b       │remail a message to another user      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<break-thread>               │#       │break the thread in two               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-folder>              │c       │open a different folder               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-folder-readonly>     │Esc c   │open a different folder in read only  │
│                             │        │mode                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-newsgroup>           │i       │open a different newsgroup            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-newsgroup-readonly>  │Esc i   │open a different newsgroup in read    │
│                             │        │only mode                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-vfolder>             │        │open a different virtual folder       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<check-stats>                │        │calculate message statistics for all  │
│                             │        │mailboxes                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<check-traditional-pgp>      │Esc P   │check for classic PGP                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<clear-flag>                 │W       │clear a status flag from a message    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<compose-to-sender>          │        │compose new message to the current    │
│                             │        │message sender                        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<copy-message>               │C       │copy a message to a file/mailbox      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<create-alias>               │a       │create an alias from a message sender │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decode-copy>                │Esc C   │make decoded (text/plain) copy        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decode-save>                │Esc s   │make decoded copy (text/plain) and    │
│                             │        │delete                                │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decrypt-copy>               │        │make decrypted copy                   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<decrypt-save>               │        │make decrypted copy and delete        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-message>             │d       │delete the current entry              │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-subthread>           │Esc d   │delete all messages in subthread      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-thread>              │^D      │delete all messages in thread         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-address>            │@       │display full address of sender        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-toggle-weed>        │h       │display message and toggle header     │
│                             │        │weeding                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit>                       │        │edit the raw message (edit and        │
│                             │        │edit-raw-message are synonyms)        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-label>                 │Y       │add, change, or delete a message's    │
│                             │        │label                                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-or-view-raw-message>   │e       │edit the raw message if the mailbox is│
│                             │        │not read-only, otherwise view it      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-raw-message>           │        │edit the raw message (edit and        │
│                             │        │edit-raw-message are synonyms)        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-type>                  │^E      │edit attachment content type          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<enter-command>              │:       │enter a neomuttrc command             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<entire-thread>              │        │read entire thread of the current     │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<exit>                       │q       │exit this menu                        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<extract-keys>               │^K      │extract supported public keys         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<flag-message>               │F       │toggle a message's 'important' flag   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<followup-message>           │        │followup to newsgroup                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forget-passphrase>          │^F      │wipe passphrases from memory          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-message>            │f       │forward a message with comments       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-to-group>           │        │forward to newsgroup                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-chat-reply>           │        │reply to all recipients preserving To/│
│                             │        │Cc                                    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-reply>                │g       │reply to all recipients               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<half-down>                  │        │scroll down 1/2 page                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<half-up>                    │        │scroll up 1/2 page                    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<help>                       │?       │this screen                           │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<imap-fetch-mail>            │        │force retrieval of mail from IMAP     │
│                             │        │server                                │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<imap-logout-all>            │        │logout from all IMAP servers          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<jump>                       │        │jump to an index number               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<link-threads>               │&       │link tagged message to the current one│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<list-reply>                 │L       │reply to specified mailing list       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mail>                       │m       │compose a new mail message            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mail-key>                   │Esc k   │mail a PGP public key                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mailbox-list>               │.       │list mailboxes with new mail          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mark-as-new>                │N       │toggle a message's 'new' flag         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-labels>              │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-labels-then-hide>    │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags and then   │
│                             │        │hide message                          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-tags>                │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<modify-tags-then-hide>      │        │modify (notmuch/imap) tags and then   │
│                             │        │hide message                          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-entry>                 │J       │move to the next entry                │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-line>                  │<Enter> │scroll down one line                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-line>                  │<Return>│scroll down one line                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-new>                   │        │jump to the next new message          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-new-then-unread>       │<Tab>   │jump to the next new or unread message│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-page>                  │<Space> │move to the next page                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-subthread>             │Esc n   │jump to the next subthread            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-thread>                │^N      │jump to the next thread               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-undeleted>             │j       │move to the next undeleted message    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-unread>                │        │jump to the next unread message       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<next-unread-mailbox>        │        │open next mailbox with new mail       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<parent-message>             │P       │jump to parent message in thread      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<pipe-message>               │|       │pipe message/attachment to a shell    │
│                             │        │command                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<post-message>               │        │post message to newsgroup             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-entry>             │K       │move to the previous entry            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-line>              │        │scroll up one line                    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-new>               │        │jump to the previous new message      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-new-then-unread>   │        │jump to the previous new or unread    │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-page>              │-       │move to the previous page             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-subthread>         │Esc p   │jump to previous subthread            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-thread>            │^P      │jump to previous thread               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-undeleted>         │k       │move to the previous undeleted message│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<previous-unread>            │        │jump to the previous unread message   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<print-message>              │p       │print the current entry               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<purge-message>              │        │delete the current entry, bypassing   │
│                             │        │the trash folder                      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<purge-thread>               │        │delete the current thread, bypassing  │
│                             │        │the trash folder                      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<quasi-delete>               │        │delete from NeoMutt, don't touch on   │
│                             │        │disk                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<quit>                       │Q       │save changes to mailbox and quit      │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<read-subthread>             │Esc r   │mark the current subthread as read    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<read-thread>                │^R      │mark the current thread as read       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<recall-message>             │R       │recall a postponed message            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<reconstruct-thread>         │        │reconstruct thread containing current │
│                             │        │message                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<redraw-screen>              │^L      │clear and redraw the screen           │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<reply>                      │r       │reply to a message                    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<resend-message>             │Esc e   │use the current message as a template │
│                             │        │for a new one                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<root-message>               │        │jump to root message in thread        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<save-message>               │s       │save message/attachment to a mailbox/ │
│                             │        │file                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search>                     │/       │search for a regular expression       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-next>                │n       │search for next match                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-opposite>            │        │search for next match in opposite     │
│                             │        │direction                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-reverse>             │Esc /   │search backwards for a regular        │
│                             │        │expression                            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<search-toggle>              │\\      │toggle search pattern coloring        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<set-flag>                   │w       │set a status flag on a message        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<shell-escape>               │!       │invoke a command in a subshell        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<show-version>               │V       │show the NeoMutt version number and   │
│                             │        │date                                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-first>              │        │move the highlight to the first       │
│                             │        │mailbox                               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-last>               │        │move the highlight to the last mailbox│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-next>               │        │move the highlight to next mailbox    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-next-new>           │        │move the highlight to next mailbox    │
│                             │        │with new mail                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-open>               │        │open highlighted mailbox              │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-page-down>          │        │scroll the sidebar down 1 page        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-page-up>            │        │scroll the sidebar up 1 page          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-prev>               │        │move the highlight to previous mailbox│
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-prev-new>           │        │move the highlight to previous mailbox│
│                             │        │with new mail                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-toggle-virtual>     │        │toggle between mailboxes and virtual  │
│                             │        │mailboxes                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sidebar-toggle-visible>     │        │make the sidebar (in)visible          │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<skip-quoted>                │S       │skip beyond quoted text               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sort-mailbox>               │o       │sort messages                         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sort-reverse>               │O       │sort messages in reverse order        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sync-mailbox>               │$       │save changes to mailbox               │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<tag-message>                │t       │tag the current entry                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-quoted>              │T       │toggle display of quoted text         │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-write>               │%       │toggle whether the mailbox will be    │
│                             │        │rewritten                             │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<top>                        │^       │jump to the top of the message        │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-message>           │u       │undelete the current entry            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-subthread>         │Esc u   │undelete all messages in subthread    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-thread>            │^U      │undelete all messages in thread       │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<vfolder-from-query>         │        │generate virtual folder from query    │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<vfolder-from-query-readonly>│        │generate a read-only virtual folder   │
│                             │        │from query                            │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-attachments>           │v       │show MIME attachments                 │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-raw-message>           │        │show the raw message                  │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<what-key>                   │        │display the keycode for a key press   │
├─────────────────────────────┼────────┼──────────────────────────────────────┤
│<buffy-list>                 │        │list mailboxes with new mail          │
└─────────────────────────────┴────────┴──────────────────────────────────────┘


4.4. Alias Menu

Table 9.5. Default Alias Menu Bindings

┌────────────────┬───────────┬──────────────────────────┐
│    Function    │Default key│       Description        │
├────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│<delete-entry>  │d          │delete the current entry  │
├────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-entry>│u          │undelete the current entry│
└────────────────┴───────────┴──────────────────────────┘


4.5. Query Menu

Table 9.6. Default Query Menu Bindings

┌──────────────┬───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────┐
│   Function   │Default key│                Description                │
├──────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<create-alias>│a          │create an alias from a message sender      │
├──────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mail>        │m          │compose a new mail message                 │
├──────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<query>       │Q          │query external program for addresses       │
├──────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<query-append>│A          │append new query results to current results│
└──────────────┴───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────┘


4.6. Attachment Menu

Table 9.7. Default Attachment Menu Bindings

┌───────────────────────┬─────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────┐
│       Function        │ Default │                Description                │
│                       │   key   │                                           │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<bounce-message>       │b        │remail a message to another user           │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<check-traditional-pgp>│Esc P    │check for classic PGP                      │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<collapse-parts>       │v        │toggle display of subparts                 │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<compose-to-sender>    │         │compose new message to the current message │
│                       │         │sender                                     │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-entry>         │d        │delete the current entry                   │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-toggle-weed>  │h        │display message and toggle header weeding  │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-type>            │^E       │edit attachment content type               │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<extract-keys>         │^K       │extract supported public keys              │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<followup-message>     │         │followup to newsgroup                      │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forget-passphrase>    │^F       │wipe passphrases from memory               │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-message>      │f        │forward a message with comments            │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-to-group>     │         │forward to newsgroup                       │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-chat-reply>     │         │reply to all recipients preserving To/Cc   │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-reply>          │g        │reply to all recipients                    │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<list-reply>           │L        │reply to specified mailing list            │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<pipe-entry>           │|        │pipe message/attachment to a shell command │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<print-entry>          │p        │print the current entry                    │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<reply>                │r        │reply to a message                         │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<resend-message>       │Esc e    │use the current message as a template for a│
│                       │         │new one                                    │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<save-entry>           │s        │save message/attachment to a mailbox/file  │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-entry>       │u        │undelete the current entry                 │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-attach>          │<Enter>  │view attachment using mailcap entry if     │
│                       │         │necessary                                  │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-attach>          │<Return> │view attachment using mailcap entry if     │
│                       │         │necessary                                  │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-mailcap>         │m        │force viewing of attachment using mailcap  │
├───────────────────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-text>            │T        │view attachment as text                    │
└───────────────────────┴─────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────┘


4.7. Compose Menu

Table 9.8. Default Compose Menu Bindings

┌─────────────────────┬─────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│      Function       │ Default │                 Description                 │
│                     │   key   │                                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<attach-file>        │a        │attach files to this message                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<attach-key>         │Esc k    │attach a PGP public key                      │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<attach-message>     │A        │attach messages to this message              │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<attach-news-message>│         │attach news articles to this message         │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<autocrypt-menu>     │o        │show autocrypt compose menu options          │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<copy-file>          │C        │save message/attachment to a mailbox/file    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<detach-file>        │D        │delete the current entry                     │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-toggle-weed>│h        │display message and toggle header weeding    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-bcc>           │b        │edit the BCC list                            │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-cc>            │c        │edit the CC list                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-description>   │d        │edit attachment description                  │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-encoding>      │^E       │edit attachment transfer-encoding            │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-fcc>           │f        │enter a file to save a copy of this message  │
│                     │         │in                                           │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-file>          │^X e     │edit the file to be attached                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-followup-to>   │         │edit the Followup-To field                   │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-from>          │Esc f    │edit the from field                          │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-headers>       │E        │edit the message with headers                │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-language>      │^L       │edit the 'Content-Language' of the attachment│
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-message>       │e        │edit the message                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-mime>          │m        │edit attachment using mailcap entry          │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-newsgroups>    │         │edit the newsgroups list                     │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-reply-to>      │r        │edit the Reply-To field                      │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-subject>       │s        │edit the subject of this message             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-to>            │t        │edit the TO list                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-type>          │^T       │edit attachment content type                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<edit-x-comment-to>  │         │edit the X-Comment-To field                  │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<filter-entry>       │F        │filter attachment through a shell command    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forget-passphrase>  │^F       │wipe passphrases from memory                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<get-attachment>     │G        │get a temporary copy of an attachment        │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-alternatives> │&        │group tagged attachments as 'multipart/      │
│                     │         │alternative'                                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<group-multilingual> │^        │group tagged attachments as 'multipart/      │
│                     │         │multilingual'                                │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<ispell>             │i        │run ispell on the message                    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<move-down>          │+        │move an attachment down in the attachment    │
│                     │         │list                                         │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<move-up>            │-        │move an attachment up in the attachment list │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<new-mime>           │n        │compose new attachment using mailcap entry   │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<pgp-menu>           │p        │show PGP options                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<pipe-entry>         │|        │pipe message/attachment to a shell command   │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<postpone-message>   │P        │save this message to send later              │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<print-entry>        │l        │print the current entry                      │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<rename-attachment>  │^O       │send attachment with a different name        │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<rename-file>        │R        │rename/move an attached file                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<send-message>       │y        │send the message                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<smime-menu>         │S        │show S/MIME options                          │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-disposition> │^D       │toggle disposition between inline/attachment │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-recode>      │         │toggle recoding of this attachment           │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-unlink>      │u        │toggle whether to delete file after sending  │
│                     │         │it                                           │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<update-encoding>    │U        │update an attachment's encoding info         │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-attach>        │<Enter>  │view attachment using mailcap entry if       │
│                     │         │necessary                                    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-attach>        │<Return> │view attachment using mailcap entry if       │
│                     │         │necessary                                    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<write-fcc>          │w        │write the message to a folder                │
└─────────────────────┴─────────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────┘


4.8. Postpone Menu

Table 9.9. Default Postpone Menu Bindings

┌────────────────┬───────────┬──────────────────────────┐
│    Function    │Default key│       Description        │
├────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│<delete-entry>  │d          │delete the current entry  │
├────────────────┼───────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│<undelete-entry>│u          │undelete the current entry│
└────────────────┴───────────┴──────────────────────────┘


4.9. Browser Menu

Table 9.10. Default Browser Menu Bindings

┌─────────────────────┬─────────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│      Function       │ Default │                 Description                 │
│                     │   key   │                                             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<catchup>            │         │mark all articles in newsgroup as read       │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<change-dir>         │c        │change directories                           │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<check-new>          │         │check mailboxes for new mail                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<create-mailbox>     │C        │create a new mailbox (IMAP only)             │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-mailbox>     │d        │delete the current mailbox (IMAP only)       │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<descend-directory>  │         │descend into a directory                     │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<display-filename>   │@        │display the currently selected file's name   │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<enter-mask>         │m        │enter a file mask                            │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<goto-folder>        │=        │swap the current folder position with $folder│
│                     │         │if it exists                                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<goto-parent>        │p        │go to parent directory                       │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mailbox-list>       │.        │list mailboxes with new mail                 │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<reload-active>      │         │load list of all newsgroups from NNTP server │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<rename-mailbox>     │r        │rename the current mailbox (IMAP only)       │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<select-new>         │N        │select a new file in this directory          │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sort>               │o        │sort messages                                │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<sort-reverse>       │O        │sort messages in reverse order               │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<subscribe>          │s        │subscribe to current mbox (IMAP/NNTP only)   │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<subscribe-pattern>  │         │subscribe to newsgroups matching a pattern   │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-mailboxes>   │<Tab>    │toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all    │
│                     │         │files                                        │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-subscribed>  │T        │toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP   │
│                     │         │only)                                        │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<uncatchup>          │         │mark all articles in newsgroup as unread     │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<unsubscribe>        │u        │unsubscribe from current mbox (IMAP/NNTP     │
│                     │         │only)                                        │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<unsubscribe-pattern>│         │unsubscribe from newsgroups matching a       │
│                     │         │pattern                                      │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<view-file>          │<Space>  │view file                                    │
├─────────────────────┼─────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<buffy-list>         │         │list mailboxes with new mail                 │
└─────────────────────┴─────────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────┘


4.10. Pgp Menu

Table 9.11. Default Pgp Menu Bindings

┌────────────┬───────────┬───────────────────────┐
│  Function  │Default key│      Description      │
├────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────┤
│<verify-key>│c          │verify a PGP public key│
├────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────┤
│<view-name> │%          │view the key's user id │
└────────────┴───────────┴───────────────────────┘


4.11. Smime Menu

Table 9.12. Default Smime Menu Bindings

┌────────────┬───────────┬───────────────────────┐
│  Function  │Default key│      Description      │
├────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────┤
│<verify-key>│c          │verify a PGP public key│
├────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────┤
│<view-name> │%          │view the key's user id │
└────────────┴───────────┴───────────────────────┘


4.12. Editor Menu

Table 9.13. Default Editor Menu Bindings

┌─────────────────┬───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│    Function     │Default key│                  Description                  │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<backspace>      │<Backspace>│delete the char in front of the cursor         │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<backward-char>  │^B         │move the cursor one character to the left      │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<backward-word>  │Esc b      │move the cursor to the beginning of the word   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<bol>            │^A         │jump to the beginning of the line              │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<capitalize-word>│Esc c      │capitalize the word                            │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<complete>       │<Tab>      │complete filename or alias                     │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<complete-query> │^T         │complete address with query                    │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-char>    │^D         │delete the char under the cursor               │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<downcase-word>  │Esc l      │convert the word to lower case                 │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<eol>            │^E         │jump to the end of the line                    │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-char>   │^F         │move the cursor one character to the right     │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<forward-word>   │Esc f      │move the cursor to the end of the word         │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<history-down>   │           │scroll down through the history list           │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<history-search> │^R         │search through the history list                │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<history-up>     │           │scroll up through the history list             │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<kill-eol>       │^K         │delete chars from cursor to end of line        │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<kill-eow>       │Esc d      │delete chars from the cursor to the end of the │
│                 │           │word                                           │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<kill-line>      │^U         │delete all chars on the line                   │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<kill-word>      │^W         │delete the word in front of the cursor         │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<mailbox-cycle>  │<Space>    │cycle among incoming mailboxes                 │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<quote-char>     │^V         │quote the next typed key                       │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<transpose-chars>│           │transpose character under cursor with previous │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<upcase-word>    │Esc u      │convert the word to upper case                 │
├─────────────────┼───────────┼───────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<buffy-cycle>    │           │cycle among incoming mailboxes                 │
└─────────────────┴───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────────┘


4.13. Autocrypt Account Menu

Table 9.14. Default Autocrypt Account Menu Bindings

┌───────────────────────┬──────────┬──────────────────────────────────────────┐
│       Function        │ Default  │               Description                │
│                       │   key    │                                          │
├───────────────────────┼──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<create-account>       │c         │create a new autocrypt account            │
├───────────────────────┼──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<delete-account>       │D         │delete the current account                │
├───────────────────────┼──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-active>        │a         │toggle the current account active/inactive│
├───────────────────────┼──────────┼──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│<toggle-prefer-encrypt>│p         │toggle the current account prefer-encrypt │
│                       │          │flag                                      │
└───────────────────────┴──────────┴──────────────────────────────────────────┘


Chapter 10. Miscellany

Table of Contents

1. Acknowledgements
2. About This Document

1. Acknowledgements

The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt:

Kari Hurtta, Vikas Agnihotri, Francois Berjon, Aric Blumer, John Capo, David
Champion, Brendan Cully, Liviu Daia, Thomas E. Dickey, David DeSimone, Nickolay
N. Dudorov, Ruslan Ermilov, Edmund Grimley Evans, Michael Finken, Sven Guckes,
Lars Hecking, Mark Holloman, Andreas Holzmann, Marco d'Itri, Björn Jacke,
Byrial Jensen, David Jeske, Christophe Kalt, Tommi Komulainen, Felix von
Leitner (a.k.a “Fefe”), Brandon Long, Jimmy Mäkelä, Lars Marowsky-Bree, Thomas 
“Mike” Michlmayr, Andrew W. Nosenko, David O'Brien, Clint Olsen, Park Myeong
Seok, Thomas Parmelan, Ollivier Robert, Thomas Roessler, Roland Rosenfeld,
Rocco Rutte, TAKIZAWA Takashi, Allain Thivillon, Gero Treuner, Vsevolod Volkov,
Ken Weinert

2. About This Document

This document was written in DocBook, and then rendered using the Gnome XSLT
toolkit.

